ubuntu-desktop-course-ru team mailing list archive
-
ubuntu-desktop-course-ru team
-
Mailing list archive
-
Message #00282
lp:~kundi/ubuntu-desktop-course/ubuntu-desktop-course-romanian-kundi into lp:ubuntu-desktop-course
Carol Iulinszki has proposed merging lp:~kundi/ubuntu-desktop-course/ubuntu-desktop-course-romanian-kundi into lp:ubuntu-desktop-course.
Requested reviews:
Canonical Training (canonical-training)
The attached diff has been truncated due to its size.
--
https://code.launchpad.net/~kundi/ubuntu-desktop-course/ubuntu-desktop-course-romanian-kundi/+merge/19288
Your team Russian Translators Ubuntu Desktop Course is subscribed to branch lp:ubuntu-desktop-course.
=== added file '.xml2po.mo'
Binary files .xml2po.mo 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 and .xml2po.mo 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000 differ
=== added file 'Introduction-ro.po'
--- Introduction-ro.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000
+++ Introduction-ro.po 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,705 @@
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Ubuntu Desktop Course 8.04\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-29 18:44+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-30 01:09+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Doru HoriÈco <doruhushhush@gmail>\n"
+"Language-Team: Ubuntu Romanian Localization <doruhushhush@xxxxxxxxx>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n==0 || (n%100 > 0 && n%100 < 20)) ? 1 : 2;\\n\n"
+"X-Poedit-Language: Romanian\n"
+"X-Poedit-Country: ROMANIA\n"
+"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:4(title)
+msgid "Course Overview"
+msgstr "Sumarul cursului"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:6(title)
+msgid "About the Course"
+msgstr "Despre acest curs"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:7(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu is a community developed Linux-based operating system freely available and suitable for laptops, desktops and servers. This course is based on Ubuntu 8.04 LTS and aims to train new users of Ubuntu how to use key applications including mainstream office applications, Internet connectivity and browsing, graphics arts tools, multi-media and music."
+msgstr "Ubuntu este un sistem de operare de tip Linux dezvoltat de comunitate, disponibil gratuit Èi potrivit pentru laptopuri, desktopuri Èi servere. Acest curs se bazeazÄ pe versiunea Ubuntu 8.04 Èi îÈi propune sÄ instruiascÄ noii utilizatori de Ubuntu sÄ foloseascÄ cele mai importante aplicaÈii incluzând aplicaÈiile importante pentru birou, aplicaÈiile pentru conectarea la Èi navigarea pe Internet, aplicaÈiile pentru graficÄ, aplicaÈii multimedia Èi muzicÄ."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:15(title)
+msgid "Objectives"
+msgstr "Obiective"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:17(para)
+msgid "This course will teach you:"
+msgstr "Acest curs vÄ va învÄÈa:"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:19(para)
+msgid "The concepts of open source and how they tie in with Ubuntu"
+msgstr "Conceptele de open source Èi cum sunt acestea legate de Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:23(para)
+msgid "The benefits of using Ubuntu"
+msgstr "Beneficiile folosirii sistemului de operare Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:26(para)
+msgid "How to customise the look and feel of the Ubuntu desktop"
+msgstr "Cum sÄ personalizaÈi aspectul Èi ergonomia mediului de lucru Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:30(para)
+msgid "How to navigate through the file system and search for files"
+msgstr "Cum sÄ navigaÈi în sistemul de fiÈiere Èi cum sÄ cÄutaÈi fiÈiere"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:34(para)
+msgid "How to connect to and use the Internet"
+msgstr "Cum sÄ vÄ conectaÈi Èi cum sÄ folosiÈi Internetul"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:37(para)
+msgid "How to perform basic word-processing and spreadsheet functions using OpenOffice.org"
+msgstr "Cum sÄ efectuaÈi funcÈiile de bazÄ de procesare text Èi calcul tabelar folosind suita de birou OpenOffice.org"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:41(para)
+msgid "How to Install and play games"
+msgstr "Cum sÄ instalaÈi Èi sÄ jucaÈi jocuri"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:44(para)
+msgid "How to add, remove and update applications"
+msgstr "Cum sÄ instalaÈi, sÄ dezinstalaÈi Èi sÄ actualizaÈi aplicaÈii"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:47(para)
+msgid "How to view, draw, manipulate and scan images"
+msgstr "Cum sÄ vizionaÈi, sÄ manipulaÈi Èi sÄ scanaÈi imagini"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:50(para)
+msgid "How to play, edit and organize music and video files"
+msgstr "Cum sÄ redaÈi, editaÈi Èi sÄ organizaÈi fiÈierele audio Èi video"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:53(para)
+msgid "Where to seek help on Ubuntu from free and commercial sources"
+msgstr "Unde sÄ cÄutaÈi ajutor în Ubuntu din surse gratuite Èi comerciale"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:57(para)
+msgid "How to create partitions and dual-boot options"
+msgstr "Cum sÄ creaÈi partiÈii Èi opÈiuni pentru un sistem dual-boot"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:61(title)
+msgid "Target Audience and Pre-requisites"
+msgstr "Publicul ÈintÄ Èi cunoÈtinÈe necesare"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:62(para)
+msgid "This course provides both home and office users with hands on training on Ubuntu. No prior knowledge of Ubuntu is required, although computer literacy is assumed and is a pre-requisite. Ubuntu 8.04 LTS must be installed on the computer hard disk before starting this course."
+msgstr "Acest curs asigurÄ pregÄtirea utilizatorilor astfel încât aceÈtia sÄ poatÄ folosi Ubuntu atât acasÄ cât Èi într-un mediu productiv, la birou. Nu este necesarÄ deÈinerea de cunoÈtinÈe anterioare despre Ubuntu, cu toate acestea se presupune cÄ studenÈii au cunoÈtinÈe elementare despre folosirea calculatorului. De asemenea, Ubuntu 8.04 LTS trebuie sÄ fie instalat pe discul fix al calculatorului înainte de începerea cursului."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:67(para)
+msgid "The Ubuntu desktop course is designed to be modular. If studied in a classroom in its entirety, it should be completed within two full days. However, topics and lessons can be selected as required and a day's content designed to suit the key learning objectives."
+msgstr "Cursul despre utilizarea Ubuntu este construit modular. Ãn cazul în care este studiat în întregime timpul necesar pentru parcurgerea lui este de aproximativ douÄ zile. Cu toate acestea, subiectele Èi lecÈiile pot fi alese dupÄ necesitÄÈi Èi conÈinutul pentru o zi poate fi adaptat astfel încât sÄ fie atinse obiectivele cheie."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:72(para)
+msgid "Sample material for various exercises is available through the ubuntu-desktop-course-resources package. The most current package is available through the canonical-training PPA (Personal Package Archive) in Launchpad: https://launchpad.net/~canonical-training/+archive."
+msgstr "Material demonstrativ pentru diferite exerciÈii este disponibil în pachetul ubuntu-desktop-course-resources. Versiunea actualÄ a acestui pachet este disponibilÄ prin PPA-ul (Arhiva personalÄ de pachete) canonical_training din Launchpad: https://launchpad.net/~canonical-training/+archive."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:78(title)
+msgid "Instructor Notes:"
+msgstr "Ãn atenÈia instructorilor:"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:79(para)
+msgid "The ubuntu-desktop-course-resource package should be installed on all systems before the course starts. The sample files are placed in /usr/share/ubuntu-desktop-course. It is recommended to add a link to the directory on the students desktop."
+msgstr "Pachetul ubuntu-desktop-course-resource trebuie instalat pe toate calculatoarele înainte de începerea cursului. Documentele demonstrative se aflÄ Ã®n /usr/share/ubuntu-desktop-course. Se recomandÄ crearea unei legÄturi cÄtre acest director pe desktopul calculatoarelor."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:87(title)
+msgid "Student Responsibilities"
+msgstr "ResponsabilitÄÈile cursantului:"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:90(para)
+msgid "Students should arrive on time and stay until the session is dismissed. The instructor should be notified if you expect to arrive late."
+msgstr "CursanÈii trebuie sÄ fie prezenÈi la timp Èi sÄ rÄmânÄ pânÄ la terminarea cursului. Profesorul trebuie anunÈat în eventualitatea unor întârzieri."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:95(para)
+msgid "Participation in class discussions is strongly encouraged. Even when some topics are already familiar to some, sharing relevant experiences can be very helpful to other people."
+msgstr "Participarea la discuÈiile din timpul cursului este încurajatÄ. Chiar dacÄ unele subiecte sunt deja cunoscute de unii cursanÈi, prezentarea cunoÈtinÈelor relevante poate fi foarte utilÄ celorlalÈi."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:101(para)
+msgid "Cell phones and pagers should be placed on silent mode during class."
+msgstr "Telefoanele mobile trebuie trecute în modul silenÈios sau închise pe perioada cursului."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:105(para)
+msgid "Feedback is vital to the improvement of our course development and delivery. All students must complete the course evaluation form at the end of the last day in order to receive a certificate of completion."
+msgstr "Sugestiile despre conÈinutul cursului precum Èi rezultatele obÈinute în urma susÈinerii acestuia sunt foarte importante pentru îmbunÄtÄÈirea Èi distribuÈia acestui cursului. Tuturor studenÈilor li se cere completarea formularului de evaluare la finalul ultimei zi de curs pentru a primi un certificat de atestare a cunoÈtinÈelor."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:111(para)
+msgid "Please provide any and all feedback regarding this course to: training@xxxxxxxxxxxxx."
+msgstr "VÄ rugÄm sÄ trimiteÈi comentariile Èi sugestiile dumneavoastrÄ cu privire la acest curs la: training@xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:117(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu Session Plan"
+msgstr "Planificarea cursului Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:126(emphasis)
+#: Introduction.xml:564(emphasis)
+msgid "Session"
+msgstr "Sesiune"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:131(emphasis)
+msgid "Duration (in minutes)"
+msgstr "Durata (în minute)"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:139(emphasis)
+msgid "DAY 1"
+msgstr "PRIMA Zi"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:148(emphasis)
+msgid "Welcome and Course Overview"
+msgstr "IniÈiere Èi sumar al cursului"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:154(emphasis)
+msgid "20"
+msgstr "20"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:161(emphasis)
+msgid "Introducing Ubuntu"
+msgstr "Introducere în Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:167(emphasis)
+#: Introduction.xml:702(emphasis)
+#: Introduction.xml:787(emphasis)
+#: Introduction.xml:914(emphasis)
+#: Introduction.xml:1015(emphasis)
+msgid "60"
+msgstr "60"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:173(para)
+msgid "About Open Source"
+msgstr "Despre Open Source"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:181(para)
+msgid "Free Software Movement, Open Source and Linux"
+msgstr "MiÈcarea pentru Software Liber, Open Source Èi Linux"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:190(para)
+msgid "About Ubuntu"
+msgstr "Despre Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:198(para)
+msgid "Software Repositories and Categories"
+msgstr "Arhive Èi categorii software"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:206(para)
+msgid "Key Differences between Ubuntu and Microsoft Windows"
+msgstr "DiferenÈele esenÈiale dintre Ubuntu Èi Microsoft Windows"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:215(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:293(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:471(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:539(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:663(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:748(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:875(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:984(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:1045(para)
+msgid "Lesson Summary"
+msgstr "Rezumatul lecÈiei"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:223(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:378(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:479(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:671(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:756(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:883(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:992(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:1053(para)
+msgid "Review Exercise"
+msgstr "ExerciÈii recapitulative"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:240(emphasis)
+msgid "Exploring the Ubuntu Desktop"
+msgstr "Explorarea desktopului Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:246(emphasis)
+msgid "75"
+msgstr "75"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:252(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Components"
+msgstr "Componentele mediului GNOME"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:260(para)
+msgid "Changing the Default Language"
+msgstr "Schimbarea limbii implicite"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:268(para)
+msgid "Creating a User Account and Fast User Switching"
+msgstr "Crearea unui cont de utilizator Èi comutarea rapidÄ Ã®ntre utilizatori"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:277(para)
+msgid "Adding/Removing Applications"
+msgstr "Instalare/Dezinstalare aplicaÈii"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:285(para)
+msgid "Desktop Effects - Compiz Fusion"
+msgstr "Efecte speciale - Compiz Fusion"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:301(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:386(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:487(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:547(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:679(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:764(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:891(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:1061(para)
+msgid "Lab Exercise"
+msgstr "ExerciÈii practice"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:318(emphasis)
+msgid "Using the Internet"
+msgstr "Folosirea Internetului"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:324(emphasis)
+msgid "100"
+msgstr "100"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:330(para)
+msgid "Connecting to and Using the Internet"
+msgstr "Cum sÄ vÄ conectaÈi Èi sÄ folosiÈi Internetul"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:338(para)
+msgid "Browsing the Web"
+msgstr "Navigare web"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:346(para)
+msgid "Accessing RSS Feeds"
+msgstr "Abonarea la un flux RSS"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:354(para)
+msgid "Sending and Receiving E-mail Messages"
+msgstr "Trimiterea Èi primirea de mesaje e-mail"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:362(para)
+msgid "Instant Messaging"
+msgstr "Mesagerie instant"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:370(para)
+msgid "Making Phone Calls using Softphones"
+msgstr "Apeluri telefonice prin internet"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:403(emphasis)
+msgid "Using OpenOffice Applications"
+msgstr "Utilizarea aplicaÈiilor OpenOffice"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:409(emphasis)
+msgid "180"
+msgstr "180"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:415(para)
+msgid "Introducing the OpenOffice.org Suite"
+msgstr "Prezentarea suitei OpenOffice.org"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:423(para)
+msgid "Using OpenOffice.org Writer"
+msgstr "Utilizarea OpenOffice.org Writer"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:431(para)
+msgid "Using OpenOffice.org Calc"
+msgstr "Utilizarea OpenOffice.org Calc"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:439(para)
+msgid "Using OpenOffice.org Impress"
+msgstr "Utilizarea aplicaÈiei OpenOffice.org Impress"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:447(para)
+msgid "Using OpenOffice.org Draw"
+msgstr "Utilizarea programului OpenOffice.org Draw"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:455(para)
+msgid "Using OpenOffice.org Math"
+msgstr "Utilizarea OpenOffice.org Math"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:463(para)
+msgid "Additional Applications"
+msgstr "AplicaÈii suplimentare"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:504(emphasis)
+msgid "Ubuntu and Games"
+msgstr "Ubuntu Èi jocurile"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:509(emphasis)
+msgid "40"
+msgstr "40"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:515(para)
+msgid "Installing Ubuntu Games"
+msgstr "Instalarea jocurilor Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:523(para)
+msgid "Playing Ubuntu Games"
+msgstr "Cum se joacÄ jocurile în Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:531(para)
+msgid "Playing Other Popular Games"
+msgstr "Cum se joacÄ alte jocuri populare"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:569(emphasis)
+msgid "Duration (in minutes) excl. exercises"
+msgstr "Durata (în minute), excluzând exerciÈiile"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:577(emphasis)
+msgid "DAY 2"
+msgstr "A DOUA ZI"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:586(emphasis)
+msgid "Customising the Desktop and Applications"
+msgstr "Personalizarea desktopului Èi a aplicaÈiilor"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:592(emphasis)
+msgid "80"
+msgstr "80"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:598(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:920(para)
+#: Introduction.xml:1214(title)
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introducere"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:606(para)
+msgid "Customising the Desktop"
+msgstr "Personalizarea spaÈiului de lucru (Desktop)"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:614(para)
+msgid "The 3D Effects"
+msgstr "Efecte pentru spaÈiul de lucru"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:622(para)
+msgid "Working with Files Using Nautilus"
+msgstr "Lucrul cu fiÈiere folosind Nautilus"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:630(para)
+msgid "Adding and removing applications using Add/Remove and Synaptic Package Manager"
+msgstr "Instalarea Èi dezinstalarea aplicaÈiilor folosind Instalare/Dezinstalare aplicaÈii Èi Administratorul de pachete Synaptic"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:639(para)
+msgid "Installing a Single Package File"
+msgstr "Instalarea unui singur fiÈier pachet"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:647(para)
+msgid "Software Repositories"
+msgstr "Depozite de programe"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:655(para)
+msgid "Adding New Language Settings"
+msgstr "AdÄugarea opÈiunilor pentru altÄ limbÄ"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:696(emphasis)
+msgid "Making the Most of Images and Photos"
+msgstr "Manipularea imaginilor Èi fotografiilor"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:708(para)
+msgid "Introducing Graphics Applications"
+msgstr "Prezentarea aplicaÈiilor grafice"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:716(para)
+msgid "The GIMP"
+msgstr "GIMP"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:724(para)
+msgid "Managing Photos with F-Spot"
+msgstr "Organizarea fotografiilor cu F-Spot"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:732(para)
+msgid "Drawing with Inkscape"
+msgstr "SÄ Ã®nvÄÈÄm sÄ desenÄm cu Inskape"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:740(para)
+msgid "Using a Scanner"
+msgstr "Utilizarea scanerului"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:781(emphasis)
+msgid "Playing Music and Videos"
+msgstr "Redarea melodiilor Èi videoclipurilor"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:795(para)
+msgid "Legal Restrictions"
+msgstr "RestricÈii legale"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:803(para)
+msgid "Playing Music Files"
+msgstr "Redarea melodiilor"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:811(para)
+msgid "Playing and Extracting Audio CDs"
+msgstr "Redarea Èi extragerea melodiilor de pe CD-uri audio"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:819(para)
+msgid "Burning Audio CDs"
+msgstr "InscripÈionarea CD-urilor audio"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:827(para)
+msgid "Playing Proprietary Multimedia Formats"
+msgstr "Redarea formatelor multimedia proprietare"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:835(para)
+msgid "Using an iPod"
+msgstr "Folosirea unui iPod"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:843(para)
+msgid "Creating and Editing Audio Files"
+msgstr "Crearea Èi modificarea fiÈierelor audio"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:851(para)
+msgid "Using DVDs"
+msgstr "Folosirea DVD-urilor"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:859(para)
+msgid "Playing Online Media"
+msgstr "Redarea fiÈierelor multimedia de pe internet"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:867(para)
+msgid "Editing Videos"
+msgstr "Modificarea videoclipurilor"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:908(emphasis)
+msgid "Ubuntu: Help and Support"
+msgstr "Ubuntu: Ajutor Èi suport"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:928(para)
+msgid "Free support resources"
+msgstr "Resurse de suport gratuit"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:936(para)
+msgid "System documentation"
+msgstr "DocumentaÈia sistemului"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:944(para)
+msgid "Online Documentation"
+msgstr "DocumentaÈie online"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:952(para)
+msgid "Community Support"
+msgstr "Suport oferit de comunitate"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:960(para)
+msgid "Launchpad"
+msgstr "Launchpad"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:968(para)
+msgid "The Fridge"
+msgstr "The Fridge"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:976(para)
+msgid "Paid for Commercial Services"
+msgstr "Servicii comerciale cu platÄ"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1009(emphasis)
+msgid "Partitioning and Booting - optional"
+msgstr "PartiÈionarea Èi pornirea - opÈional"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1021(para)
+msgid "What is Partitioning"
+msgstr "Ce este partiÈionarea"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1029(para)
+msgid "Creating a Partition"
+msgstr "Crearea unei partiÈii"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1037(para)
+msgid "Boot-up Options"
+msgstr "OpÈiuni la încÄrcarea sistemului "
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1069(para)
+msgid "Course Summary"
+msgstr "Sumarul cursului"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1080(title)
+msgid "Instructor Responsibilities"
+msgstr "ResponsabilitÄÈile instructorului"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1081(para)
+msgid "Instructors are:"
+msgstr "Profesorii sunt:"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1084(para)
+msgid "Responsible for conducting classes professionally and ensuring that the classroom environment is conducive to learning; this includes adhering to the schedule for start times, breaks, and lunches."
+msgstr "Responsabili cu expunerea informaÈiilor într-un mod profesional Èi asigurarea unui mediu propice studiului; acest lucru include crearea unui orar cu orÄ de începere fixÄ, pauze de odihnÄ sau de masÄ."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1090(para)
+msgid "Available during lab sessions to answer questions and assist students in completing the exercises."
+msgstr "Disponibili în timpul orelor de laborator pentru a rÄspunde la întrebÄri Èi a asista studenÈii în rezolvarea exerciÈiilor."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1094(para)
+msgid "Committed to delivering a positive learning experience for all students."
+msgstr "DedicaÈi pentru a crea o experienÈÄ de învÄÈare pozitivÄ pentru toÈi studenÈii."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1098(para)
+msgid "Responsible for providing students with a course feedback questionnaire at the end of the course."
+msgstr "Responsabili cu distribuirea chestionarelor cu impresii Èi sugestii la finalul cursului."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1104(title)
+msgid "Pre-Training Preparation/Checks"
+msgstr "VerificÄri Èi pregÄtiri înainte de curs"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1107(para)
+msgid "Familiarise yourself with the student profile and expectations. Some elements of the course may need to be customised."
+msgstr "FamiliarizaÈi-vÄ cu profilul studenÈilor Èi finalitatea doritÄ. Poate apÄrea nevoia modificÄrii unor elemente ale cursului."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1112(para)
+msgid "Pre-run and check all student and instructor computers and make sure they are functional and running well on Ubuntu."
+msgstr "PorniÈi Èi verificaÈi toate calculatoarele destinate studenÈilor Èi profesorilor Èi asiguraÈi-vÄ cÄ acestea sunt funcÈionale Èi ruleazÄ Ubuntu fÄrÄ probleme."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1117(para)
+msgid "Ensure you check the classroom set-up guide, test each lab exercise and troubleshoot problems encountered, if any."
+msgstr "AsiguraÈi-vÄ cÄ aÈi urmat ghidul de aranjare al sÄlii, testaÈi fiecare exerciÈiu de laborator Èi corectaÈi eventualele probleme întâlnite."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1122(para)
+msgid "Go through the Instructor Guide and the presentation slides in detail before getting into the classroom."
+msgstr "ParcurgeÈi Ghidul profesorului Èi imaginile de prezentare în detaliu înainte de predarea cursului."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1127(para)
+msgid "Students may not be able to answer all the questions based on the content in the presentation slides. Please ensure to cover the related topics prior to posing the questions to the students."
+msgstr "Se poate întâmpla ca studenÈii sÄ nu poatÄ rÄspundÄ la toate întrebÄrile bazându-se doar pe diapozitivele de prezentare. AsiguraÈi-vÄ cÄ acoperiÈi toate subiectele prezente în întrebÄri înainte de a testa studenÈii."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1133(para)
+msgid "It is highly recommended that you teach each topic covered in the training material. However, if you are running short of time, optional topics are indicated in the Instructor Notes of each lesson."
+msgstr "Este recomandat sÄ predaÈi toate subiectele prezentate în materialul de instruire. Cu toate acestea, dacÄ dispuneÈi de timp limitat, puteÈi exclude subiectele marcate ca fiind opÈionale în NotiÈele pentru profesori pentru fiecare lecÈie."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1142(title)
+msgid "Instructional Methods"
+msgstr "Metode de predare"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1143(para)
+msgid "Here are some instructional methods that will be used to teach:"
+msgstr "Acestea sunt unele din metodele de predare folosite:"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1147(para)
+msgid "Slides and lecture: Slides will be used to explain concepts and also illustrate the step-by-step procedure to perform each task."
+msgstr "Diapozitive comentate: Diapozitivele vor fi folosite pentru a expune concepte Èi a ilustra pas cu pas realizarea fiecÄrei activitÄÈi."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1152(para)
+msgid "Demonstrations: Instructor will perform live demonstrations of procedures that may be complicated for students, before doing a hands-on exercise."
+msgstr "DemonstraÈii: profesorul va realiza demonstraÈii ale procedurilor care par complicate pentru studenÈi, înainte de a-i lÄsa pe aceÈtia sÄ Ã®ncerce independent."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1157(para)
+msgid "Review questions: Should be interspersed throughout each lesson, to ensure student understanding of key concepts."
+msgstr "ÃntrebÄri recapitulative: acestea trebuie adresate în timpul fiecÄrei sesiuni, pentru a asigura înÈelegerea subiectelor cheie de cÄtre studenÈi."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1162(para)
+msgid "Lab exercises: At regular intervals, students will be performing hands-on lab exercises that replicate the real life scenarios."
+msgstr "ExerciÈii de laborator: la intervale regulate studenÈii vor efectua exerciÈii individuale conforme unor scenarii întâlnite în practicÄ."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1169(title)
+msgid "Instructional Tips/Guidelines"
+msgstr "Sugestii de predare"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1172(para)
+msgid "Use conversational language that is easy to understand and sounds natural to the students."
+msgstr "FolosiÈi termeni care nu sunt excesiv de tehnici Èi care fac parte din vocabularul studenÈilor."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1176(para)
+msgid "Create a comfortable, relaxed environment throughout."
+msgstr "CreaÈi Èi menÈineÈi o atmosferÄ relaxatÄ Èi confortabilÄ."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1180(para)
+msgid "Be prompt with your responses to student queries. If you are not sure about anything, inform them and get back with your response the next day."
+msgstr "RÄspundeÈi prompt la întrebÄrile studenÈilor. DacÄ nu sunteÈi sigur de rÄspuns informaÈi-i de acest lucru Èi reveniÈi cu un rÄspuns în ziua urmÄtoare."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1185(para)
+msgid "Circulate around the room as students complete the exercise and reach out to students struggling with the exercise."
+msgstr "MergeÈi prin salÄ Ã®n timpul efectuÄrii exerciÈiilor de cÄtre studenÈi Èi ajutaÈi-i pe cei care au probleme."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1190(para)
+msgid "Use technology (slides, demos, and guided lab exercises) in the most appropriate ways depending on the audience profile and their comfort with Ubuntu."
+msgstr "FolosiÈi metodele descrise (diapozitive, demonstraÈii Èi exerciÈii de laborator) într-un mod adecvat profilului audienÈei ÈintÄ Èi experienÈei acesteia cu Ubuntu."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1196(para)
+msgid "Use presentation slides to stay on topic and avoid getting lost and cover the main points without forgetting anything. Glance at a specific point and quickly return attention to the students. Avoid reading out the slide word by word."
+msgstr "FolosiÈi diapozitivele pentru a nu devia de la subiect Èi a evita omiterea unor detalii. PriviÈi pentru o clipÄ diapozitivul apoi concentraÈi-vÄ din nou asupra studenÈilor. EvitaÈi sÄ citiÈi conÈinutul prezentÄrii cuvânt cu cuvânt."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1203(para)
+msgid "To encourage interactivity, use the lab exercises throughout the lesson."
+msgstr "Pentru a încuraja interacÈiunile încorporaÈi exerciÈii practice în conÈinutul lecÈiei."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1209(title)
+msgid "Lecture Components"
+msgstr "Componentele lecÈiilor"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1210(para)
+msgid "Each lecture can be divided in the following components."
+msgstr "Fiecare lecÈie poate fi împÄrÈitÄ Ã®n urmÄtoarele componente."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1215(para)
+msgid "On the first day,"
+msgstr "Ãn prima zi,"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1218(para)
+msgid "Welcome the students and introduce yourself followed by students introducing themselves - name, professional background, and company, expectations and level of experience with Linux OS."
+msgstr "UraÈi bun venit studenÈilor, apoi prezentaÈi-vÄ Èi invitaÈi studenÈii sÄ se prezinte pe rând - nume, experienÈÄ profesionalÄ, loc de muncÄ, aÈteptÄri Èi nivel de experienÈÄ Ã®n utilizarea sistemelor de operare Linux."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1224(para)
+msgid "Clearly state the purpose and objectives of the training in general terms."
+msgstr "PrezentaÈi folosind termeni comuni Èi foarte clar scopul Èi obiectivele cursului."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1228(para)
+msgid "Establish the ground rules for breaks."
+msgstr "StabiliÈi regulile de bazÄ pentru pauze."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1233(title)
+msgid "Context Setting"
+msgstr "Stabilirea contextului"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1234(para)
+msgid "Use any/all of the following methods:"
+msgstr "FolosiÈi unele dintre/toate aceste metode:"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1237(para)
+msgid "Giving out a brief introduction to the topic."
+msgstr "Expunerea unei introduceri succinte în subiect."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1241(para)
+msgid "Explaining why the topic is important from learner's perspective."
+msgstr "Explicarea motivelor pentru care subiectul este important din punctul de vedere al cursantului."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1245(para)
+msgid "Providing a link from the previous to the current topic."
+msgstr "Crearea unei legÄturi de la subiectul lecÈiei trecute la cel curent."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1251(title)
+msgid "Main Body"
+msgstr "Expunerea principalÄ"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1252(para)
+msgid "You could use any or all of the Instructional methods listed above. However, depending on the student profile and the complexity of the content piece to be taught, choose any combination of the above mentioned methods. Using a wide range of teaching styles and methods is also a good instructional practice as it brings in variety and breaks monotony."
+msgstr "PuteÈi folosi unele sau toate metodele de predare descrise mai sus. Cu toate acestea, alegeÈi o combinaÈie ale acestor metode corespunzÄtoare cu profilul studenÈilor Èi complexitatea conÈinutului ce urmeazÄ a fi predat. Folosirea unor stiluri Èi metode de predare variate reprezintÄ o practicÄ pedagogicÄ bunÄ deoarece aduce varietate Èi previne formarea monotoniei."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1261(para)
+msgid "For complex topics, demonstrate the procedure and then have the students practice the lab exercise. If the topic is fairly simple, put up the slides illustrating the procedure and have the students perform the associated lab simultaneously."
+msgstr "Pentru subiectele complexe demonstraÈi procedura Èi cereÈi studenÈilor sÄ efectueze exerciÈiul de laborator. DacÄ subiectul este destul de simplu expuneÈi prezentarea Èi cereÈi studenÈilor sÄ efectueze exerciÈiul de laborator simultan."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1268(para)
+msgid "Explain how and when to use each option on the interface."
+msgstr "ExplicaÈi momentul Èi modul de utilizare a fiecÄrei opÈiuni de pe interfaÈÄ."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1275(title)
+msgid "Summary"
+msgstr "Sumar"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1276(para)
+msgid "Always summarize key points of the lesson: The lecture can be summarized by:"
+msgstr "PrezentaÈi întotdeauna un rezumat al punctelor cheie ale lecÈiei: Cursul poate fi rezumat prin:"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1280(para)
+msgid "Asking for questions."
+msgstr "Invitarea studenÈilor sÄ punÄ Ã®ntrebÄri."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1283(para)
+msgid "Asking questions."
+msgstr "Adresarea de întrebÄri studenÈilor."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1286(para)
+msgid "Using the Lesson Summary presentation slide, which highlight the main points."
+msgstr "Folosirea prezentÄrii cu Sumarul lecÈiei, care expune punctele importante."
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1290(para)
+msgid "Reiterating how the topic relates with the learner's job."
+msgstr "Explicarea modului în care subiectul poate fi legat de profesia studentului."
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.
+#: Introduction.xml:0(None)
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+
=== added file 'Introduction.pot'
--- Introduction.pot 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000
+++ Introduction.pot 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-29 18:44+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: Introduction.xml:4(title)
+msgid "Course Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:6(title)
+msgid "About the Course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:7(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu is a community developed Linux-based operating system freely available and suitable for laptops, desktops and servers. This course is based on Ubuntu 8.04 LTS and aims to train new users of Ubuntu how to use key applications including mainstream office applications, Internet connectivity and browsing, graphics arts tools, multi-media and music."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:15(title)
+msgid "Objectives"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:17(para)
+msgid "This course will teach you:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:19(para)
+msgid "The concepts of open source and how they tie in with Ubuntu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:23(para)
+msgid "The benefits of using Ubuntu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:26(para)
+msgid "How to customise the look and feel of the Ubuntu desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:30(para)
+msgid "How to navigate through the file system and search for files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:34(para)
+msgid "How to connect to and use the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:37(para)
+msgid "How to perform basic word-processing and spreadsheet functions using OpenOffice.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:41(para)
+msgid "How to Install and play games"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:44(para)
+msgid "How to add, remove and update applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:47(para)
+msgid "How to view, draw, manipulate and scan images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:50(para)
+msgid "How to play, edit and organize music and video files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:53(para)
+msgid "Where to seek help on Ubuntu from free and commercial sources"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:57(para)
+msgid "How to create partitions and dual-boot options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:61(title)
+msgid "Target Audience and Pre-requisites"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:62(para)
+msgid "This course provides both home and office users with hands on training on Ubuntu. No prior knowledge of Ubuntu is required, although computer literacy is assumed and is a pre-requisite. Ubuntu 8.04 LTS must be installed on the computer hard disk before starting this course."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:67(para)
+msgid "The Ubuntu desktop course is designed to be modular. If studied in a classroom in its entirety, it should be completed within two full days. However, topics and lessons can be selected as required and a day's content designed to suit the key learning objectives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:72(para)
+msgid "Sample material for various exercises is available through the ubuntu-desktop-course-resources package. The most current package is available through the canonical-training PPA (Personal Package Archive) in Launchpad: https://launchpad.net/~canonical-training/+archive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:78(title)
+msgid "Instructor Notes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:79(para)
+msgid "The ubuntu-desktop-course-resource package should be installed on all systems before the course starts. The sample files are placed in /usr/share/ubuntu-desktop-course. It is recommended to add a link to the directory on the students desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:87(title)
+msgid "Student Responsibilities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:90(para)
+msgid "Students should arrive on time and stay until the session is dismissed. The instructor should be notified if you expect to arrive late."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:95(para)
+msgid "Participation in class discussions is strongly encouraged. Even when some topics are already familiar to some, sharing relevant experiences can be very helpful to other people."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:101(para)
+msgid "Cell phones and pagers should be placed on silent mode during class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:105(para)
+msgid "Feedback is vital to the improvement of our course development and delivery. All students must complete the course evaluation form at the end of the last day in order to receive a certificate of completion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:111(para)
+msgid "Please provide any and all feedback regarding this course to: training@xxxxxxxxxxxxx."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:117(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu Session Plan"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:126(emphasis) Introduction.xml:564(emphasis)
+msgid "Session"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:131(emphasis)
+msgid "Duration (in minutes)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:139(emphasis)
+msgid "DAY 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:148(emphasis)
+msgid "Welcome and Course Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:154(emphasis)
+msgid "20"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:161(emphasis)
+msgid "Introducing Ubuntu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:167(emphasis) Introduction.xml:702(emphasis) Introduction.xml:787(emphasis) Introduction.xml:914(emphasis) Introduction.xml:1015(emphasis)
+msgid "60"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:173(para)
+msgid "About Open Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:181(para)
+msgid "Free Software Movement, Open Source and Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:190(para)
+msgid "About Ubuntu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:198(para)
+msgid "Software Repositories and Categories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:206(para)
+msgid "Key Differences between Ubuntu and Microsoft Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:215(para) Introduction.xml:293(para) Introduction.xml:471(para) Introduction.xml:539(para) Introduction.xml:663(para) Introduction.xml:748(para) Introduction.xml:875(para) Introduction.xml:984(para) Introduction.xml:1045(para)
+msgid "Lesson Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:223(para) Introduction.xml:378(para) Introduction.xml:479(para) Introduction.xml:671(para) Introduction.xml:756(para) Introduction.xml:883(para) Introduction.xml:992(para) Introduction.xml:1053(para)
+msgid "Review Exercise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:240(emphasis)
+msgid "Exploring the Ubuntu Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:246(emphasis)
+msgid "75"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:252(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:260(para)
+msgid "Changing the Default Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:268(para)
+msgid "Creating a User Account and Fast User Switching"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:277(para)
+msgid "Adding/Removing Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:285(para)
+msgid "Desktop Effects - Compiz Fusion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:301(para) Introduction.xml:386(para) Introduction.xml:487(para) Introduction.xml:547(para) Introduction.xml:679(para) Introduction.xml:764(para) Introduction.xml:891(para) Introduction.xml:1061(para)
+msgid "Lab Exercise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:318(emphasis)
+msgid "Using the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:324(emphasis)
+msgid "100"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:330(para)
+msgid "Connecting to and Using the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:338(para)
+msgid "Browsing the Web"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:346(para)
+msgid "Accessing RSS Feeds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:354(para)
+msgid "Sending and Receiving E-mail Messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:362(para)
+msgid "Instant Messaging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:370(para)
+msgid "Making Phone Calls using Softphones"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:403(emphasis)
+msgid "Using OpenOffice Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:409(emphasis)
+msgid "180"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:415(para)
+msgid "Introducing the OpenOffice.org Suite"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:423(para)
+msgid "Using OpenOffice.org Writer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:431(para)
+msgid "Using OpenOffice.org Calc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:439(para)
+msgid "Using OpenOffice.org Impress"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:447(para)
+msgid "Using OpenOffice.org Draw"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:455(para)
+msgid "Using OpenOffice.org Math"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:463(para)
+msgid "Additional Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:504(emphasis)
+msgid "Ubuntu and Games"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:509(emphasis)
+msgid "40"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:515(para)
+msgid "Installing Ubuntu Games"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:523(para)
+msgid "Playing Ubuntu Games"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:531(para)
+msgid "Playing Other Popular Games"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:569(emphasis)
+msgid "Duration (in minutes) excl. exercises"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:577(emphasis)
+msgid "DAY 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:586(emphasis)
+msgid "Customising the Desktop and Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:592(emphasis)
+msgid "80"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:598(para) Introduction.xml:920(para) Introduction.xml:1214(title)
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:606(para)
+msgid "Customising the Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:614(para)
+msgid "The 3D Effects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:622(para)
+msgid "Working with Files Using Nautilus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:630(para)
+msgid "Adding and removing applications using Add/Remove and Synaptic Package Manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:639(para)
+msgid "Installing a Single Package File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:647(para)
+msgid "Software Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:655(para)
+msgid "Adding New Language Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:696(emphasis)
+msgid "Making the Most of Images and Photos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:708(para)
+msgid "Introducing Graphics Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:716(para)
+msgid "The GIMP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:724(para)
+msgid "Managing Photos with F-Spot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:732(para)
+msgid "Drawing with Inkscape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:740(para)
+msgid "Using a Scanner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:781(emphasis)
+msgid "Playing Music and Videos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:795(para)
+msgid "Legal Restrictions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:803(para)
+msgid "Playing Music Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:811(para)
+msgid "Playing and Extracting Audio CDs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:819(para)
+msgid "Burning Audio CDs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:827(para)
+msgid "Playing Proprietary Multimedia Formats"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:835(para)
+msgid "Using an iPod"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:843(para)
+msgid "Creating and Editing Audio Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:851(para)
+msgid "Using DVDs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:859(para)
+msgid "Playing Online Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:867(para)
+msgid "Editing Videos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:908(emphasis)
+msgid "Ubuntu: Help and Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:928(para)
+msgid "Free support resources"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:936(para)
+msgid "System documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:944(para)
+msgid "Online Documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:952(para)
+msgid "Community Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:960(para)
+msgid "Launchpad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:968(para)
+msgid "The Fridge"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:976(para)
+msgid "Paid for Commercial Services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1009(emphasis)
+msgid "Partitioning and Booting - optional"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1021(para)
+msgid "What is Partitioning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1029(para)
+msgid "Creating a Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1037(para)
+msgid "Boot-up Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1069(para)
+msgid "Course Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1080(title)
+msgid "Instructor Responsibilities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1081(para)
+msgid "Instructors are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1084(para)
+msgid "Responsible for conducting classes professionally and ensuring that the classroom environment is conducive to learning; this includes adhering to the schedule for start times, breaks, and lunches."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1090(para)
+msgid "Available during lab sessions to answer questions and assist students in completing the exercises."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1094(para)
+msgid "Committed to delivering a positive learning experience for all students."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1098(para)
+msgid "Responsible for providing students with a course feedback questionnaire at the end of the course."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1104(title)
+msgid "Pre-Training Preparation/Checks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1107(para)
+msgid "Familiarise yourself with the student profile and expectations. Some elements of the course may need to be customised."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1112(para)
+msgid "Pre-run and check all student and instructor computers and make sure they are functional and running well on Ubuntu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1117(para)
+msgid "Ensure you check the classroom set-up guide, test each lab exercise and troubleshoot problems encountered, if any."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1122(para)
+msgid "Go through the Instructor Guide and the presentation slides in detail before getting into the classroom."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1127(para)
+msgid "Students may not be able to answer all the questions based on the content in the presentation slides. Please ensure to cover the related topics prior to posing the questions to the students."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1133(para)
+msgid "It is highly recommended that you teach each topic covered in the training material. However, if you are running short of time, optional topics are indicated in the Instructor Notes of each lesson."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1142(title)
+msgid "Instructional Methods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1143(para)
+msgid "Here are some instructional methods that will be used to teach:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1147(para)
+msgid "Slides and lecture: Slides will be used to explain concepts and also illustrate the step-by-step procedure to perform each task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1152(para)
+msgid "Demonstrations: Instructor will perform live demonstrations of procedures that may be complicated for students, before doing a hands-on exercise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1157(para)
+msgid "Review questions: Should be interspersed throughout each lesson, to ensure student understanding of key concepts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1162(para)
+msgid "Lab exercises: At regular intervals, students will be performing hands-on lab exercises that replicate the real life scenarios."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1169(title)
+msgid "Instructional Tips/Guidelines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1172(para)
+msgid "Use conversational language that is easy to understand and sounds natural to the students."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1176(para)
+msgid "Create a comfortable, relaxed environment throughout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1180(para)
+msgid "Be prompt with your responses to student queries. If you are not sure about anything, inform them and get back with your response the next day."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1185(para)
+msgid "Circulate around the room as students complete the exercise and reach out to students struggling with the exercise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1190(para)
+msgid "Use technology (slides, demos, and guided lab exercises) in the most appropriate ways depending on the audience profile and their comfort with Ubuntu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1196(para)
+msgid "Use presentation slides to stay on topic and avoid getting lost and cover the main points without forgetting anything. Glance at a specific point and quickly return attention to the students. Avoid reading out the slide word by word."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1203(para)
+msgid "To encourage interactivity, use the lab exercises throughout the lesson."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1209(title)
+msgid "Lecture Components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1210(para)
+msgid "Each lecture can be divided in the following components."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1215(para)
+msgid "On the first day,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1218(para)
+msgid "Welcome the students and introduce yourself followed by students introducing themselves - name, professional background, and company, expectations and level of experience with Linux OS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1224(para)
+msgid "Clearly state the purpose and objectives of the training in general terms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1228(para)
+msgid "Establish the ground rules for breaks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1233(title)
+msgid "Context Setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1234(para)
+msgid "Use any/all of the following methods:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1237(para)
+msgid "Giving out a brief introduction to the topic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1241(para)
+msgid "Explaining why the topic is important from learner's perspective."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1245(para)
+msgid "Providing a link from the previous to the current topic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1251(title)
+msgid "Main Body"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1252(para)
+msgid "You could use any or all of the Instructional methods listed above. However, depending on the student profile and the complexity of the content piece to be taught, choose any combination of the above mentioned methods. Using a wide range of teaching styles and methods is also a good instructional practice as it brings in variety and breaks monotony."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1261(para)
+msgid "For complex topics, demonstrate the procedure and then have the students practice the lab exercise. If the topic is fairly simple, put up the slides illustrating the procedure and have the students perform the associated lab simultaneously."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1268(para)
+msgid "Explain how and when to use each option on the interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1275(title)
+msgid "Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1276(para)
+msgid "Always summarize key points of the lesson: The lecture can be summarized by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1280(para)
+msgid "Asking for questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1283(para)
+msgid "Asking questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1286(para)
+msgid "Using the Lesson Summary presentation slide, which highlight the main points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introduction.xml:1290(para)
+msgid "Reiterating how the topic relates with the learner's job."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.
+#: Introduction.xml:0(None)
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+
=== added file 'Introduction.ro.xml'
--- Introduction.ro.xml 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000
+++ Introduction.ro.xml 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1177 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE preface PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN" "http://docbook.org/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
+<preface>
+ <title>Sumarul cursului</title>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Despre acest curs</title>
+ <para>Ubuntu este un sistem de operare de tip Linux dezvoltat de comunitate, disponibil gratuit Èi potrivit pentru laptopuri, desktopuri Èi servere. Acest curs se bazeazÄ pe versiunea Ubuntu 8.04 Èi îÈi propune sÄ instruiascÄ noii utilizatori de Ubuntu sÄ foloseascÄ cele mai importante aplicaÈii incluzând aplicaÈiile importante pentru birou, aplicaÈiile pentru conectarea la Èi navigarea pe Internet, aplicaÈiile pentru graficÄ, aplicaÈii multimedia Èi muzicÄ.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <title>Obiective</title>
+
+ <para>Acest curs vÄ va învÄÈa:</para>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Conceptele de open source Èi cum sunt acestea legate de Ubuntu</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Beneficiile folosirii sistemului de operare Ubuntu</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum sÄ personalizaÈi aspectul Èi ergonomia mediului de lucru Ubuntu</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum sÄ navigaÈi în sistemul de fiÈiere Èi cum sÄ cÄutaÈi fiÈiere</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum sÄ vÄ conectaÈi Èi cum sÄ folosiÈi Internetul</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum sÄ efectuaÈi funcÈiile de bazÄ de procesare text Èi calcul tabelar folosind suita de birou OpenOffice.org</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum sÄ instalaÈi Èi sÄ jucaÈi jocuri</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum sÄ instalaÈi, sÄ dezinstalaÈi Èi sÄ actualizaÈi aplicaÈii</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum sÄ vizionaÈi, sÄ manipulaÈi Èi sÄ scanaÈi imagini</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum sÄ redaÈi, editaÈi Èi sÄ organizaÈi fiÈierele audio Èi video</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Unde sÄ cÄutaÈi ajutor în Ubuntu din surse gratuite Èi comerciale</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum sÄ creaÈi partiÈii Èi opÈiuni pentru un sistem dual-boot</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Publicul ÈintÄ Èi cunoÈtinÈe necesare</title>
+ <para>Acest curs asigurÄ pregÄtirea utilizatorilor astfel încât aceÈtia sÄ poatÄ folosi Ubuntu atât acasÄ cât Èi într-un mediu productiv, la birou. Nu este necesarÄ deÈinerea de cunoÈtinÈe anterioare despre Ubuntu, cu toate acestea se presupune cÄ studenÈii au cunoÈtinÈe elementare despre folosirea calculatorului. De asemenea, Ubuntu 8.04 LTS trebuie sÄ fie instalat pe discul fix al calculatorului înainte de începerea cursului.</para>
+ <para>Cursul despre utilizarea Ubuntu este construit modular. Ãn cazul în care este studiat în întregime timpul necesar pentru parcurgerea lui este de aproximativ douÄ zile. Cu toate acestea, subiectele Èi lecÈiile pot fi alese dupÄ necesitÄÈi Èi conÈinutul pentru o zi poate fi adaptat astfel încât sÄ fie atinse obiectivele cheie.</para>
+ <para>Material demonstrativ pentru diferite exerciÈii este disponibil în pachetul ubuntu-desktop-course-resources. Versiunea actualÄ a acestui pachet este disponibilÄ prin PPA-ul (Arhiva personalÄ de pachete) canonical_training din Launchpad: https://launchpad.net/~canonical-training/+archive.</para>
+ <note userlevel="instructor">
+ <title>Ãn atenÈia instructorilor:</title>
+ <para>Pachetul ubuntu-desktop-course-resource trebuie instalat pe toate calculatoarele înainte de începerea cursului. Documentele demonstrative se aflÄ Ã®n /usr/share/ubuntu-desktop-course. Se recomandÄ crearea unei legÄturi cÄtre acest director pe desktopul calculatoarelor.</para>
+ </note>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>ResponsabilitÄÈile cursantului:</title>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CursanÈii trebuie sÄ fie prezenÈi la timp Èi sÄ rÄmânÄ pânÄ la terminarea cursului. Profesorul trebuie anunÈat în eventualitatea unor întârzieri.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Participarea la discuÈiile din timpul cursului este încurajatÄ. Chiar dacÄ unele subiecte sunt deja cunoscute de unii cursanÈi, prezentarea cunoÈtinÈelor relevante poate fi foarte utilÄ celorlalÈi.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Telefoanele mobile trebuie trecute în modul silenÈios sau închise pe perioada cursului.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Sugestiile despre conÈinutul cursului precum Èi rezultatele obÈinute în urma susÈinerii acestuia sunt foarte importante pentru îmbunÄtÄÈirea Èi distribuÈia acestui cursului. Tuturor studenÈilor li se cere completarea formularului de evaluare la finalul ultimei zi de curs pentru a primi un certificat de atestare a cunoÈtinÈelor.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VÄ rugÄm sÄ trimiteÈi comentariile Èi sugestiile dumneavoastrÄ cu privire la acest curs la: training@xxxxxxxxxxxxx</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist><?hard-pagebreak?>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Planificarea cursului Ubuntu</title>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="11cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="2cm"/>
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Sesiune</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Durata (în minute)</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">PRIMA Zi</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">IniÈiere Èi sumar al cursului</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">20</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Introducere în Ubuntu</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">60</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Despre Open Source</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>MiÈcarea pentru Software Liber, Open Source Èi Linux</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Despre Ubuntu</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Arhive Èi categorii software</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>DiferenÈele esenÈiale dintre Ubuntu Èi Microsoft Windows</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Rezumatul lecÈiei</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii recapitulative</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="11cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="2cm"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Explorarea desktopului Ubuntu</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">75</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Componentele mediului GNOME</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Schimbarea limbii implicite</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Crearea unui cont de utilizator Èi comutarea rapidÄ Ã®ntre utilizatori</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Instalare/Dezinstalare aplicaÈii</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Efecte speciale - Compiz Fusion</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Rezumatul lecÈiei</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii practice</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="11cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="2cm"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Folosirea Internetului</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">100</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Cum sÄ vÄ conectaÈi Èi sÄ folosiÈi Internetul</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Navigare web</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Abonarea la un flux RSS</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Trimiterea Èi primirea de mesaje e-mail</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Mesagerie instant</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Apeluri telefonice prin internet</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii recapitulative</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii practice</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="11cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="2cm"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Utilizarea aplicaÈiilor OpenOffice</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">180</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Prezentarea suitei OpenOffice.org</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Utilizarea OpenOffice.org Writer</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Utilizarea OpenOffice.org Calc</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Utilizarea aplicaÈiei OpenOffice.org Impress</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Utilizarea programului OpenOffice.org Draw</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Utilizarea OpenOffice.org Math</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>AplicaÈii suplimentare</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Rezumatul lecÈiei</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii recapitulative</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii practice</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="11cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="2cm"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Ubuntu Èi jocurile</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">40</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Instalarea jocurilor Ubuntu</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Cum se joacÄ jocurile în Ubuntu</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Cum se joacÄ alte jocuri populare</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Rezumatul lecÈiei</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii practice</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="11cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="2cm"/>
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Sesiune</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Durata (în minute), excluzând exerciÈiile</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">A DOUA ZI</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Personalizarea desktopului Èi a aplicaÈiilor</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">80</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Introducere</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Personalizarea spaÈiului de lucru (Desktop)</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Efecte pentru spaÈiul de lucru</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Lucrul cu fiÈiere folosind Nautilus</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Instalarea Èi dezinstalarea aplicaÈiilor folosind Instalare/Dezinstalare aplicaÈii Èi Administratorul de pachete Synaptic</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Instalarea unui singur fiÈier pachet</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Depozite de programe</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>AdÄugarea opÈiunilor pentru altÄ limbÄ</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Rezumatul lecÈiei</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii recapitulative</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii practice</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="11cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="2cm"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Manipularea imaginilor Èi fotografiilor</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">60</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Prezentarea aplicaÈiilor grafice</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>GIMP</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Organizarea fotografiilor cu F-Spot</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>SÄ Ã®nvÄÈÄm sÄ desenÄm cu Inskape</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Utilizarea scanerului</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Rezumatul lecÈiei</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii recapitulative</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii practice</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="11cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="2cm"/>
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Redarea melodiilor Èi videoclipurilor</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">60</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>RestricÈii legale</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Redarea melodiilor</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Redarea Èi extragerea melodiilor de pe CD-uri audio</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>InscripÈionarea CD-urilor audio</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Redarea formatelor multimedia proprietare</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Folosirea unui iPod</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Crearea Èi modificarea fiÈierelor audio</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Folosirea DVD-urilor</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Redarea fiÈierelor multimedia de pe internet</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Modificarea videoclipurilor</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Rezumatul lecÈiei</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii recapitulative</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii practice</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="11cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="2cm"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Ubuntu: Ajutor Èi suport</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">60</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Introducere</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Resurse de suport gratuit</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>DocumentaÈia sistemului</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>DocumentaÈie online</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Suport oferit de comunitate</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Launchpad</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The Fridge</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Servicii comerciale cu platÄ</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Rezumatul lecÈiei</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii recapitulative</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="11cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="2cm"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">PartiÈionarea Èi pornirea - opÈional</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">60</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Ce este partiÈionarea</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Crearea unei partiÈii</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>OpÈiuni la încÄrcarea sistemului </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Rezumatul lecÈiei</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii recapitulative</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>ExerciÈii practice</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Sumarul cursului</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 userlevel="instructor">
+ <title>ResponsabilitÄÈile instructorului</title>
+ <para>Profesorii sunt:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Responsabili cu expunerea informaÈiilor într-un mod profesional Èi asigurarea unui mediu propice studiului; acest lucru include crearea unui orar cu orÄ de începere fixÄ, pauze de odihnÄ sau de masÄ.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Disponibili în timpul orelor de laborator pentru a rÄspunde la întrebÄri Èi a asista studenÈii în rezolvarea exerciÈiilor.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>DedicaÈi pentru a crea o experienÈÄ de învÄÈare pozitivÄ pentru toÈi studenÈii.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Responsabili cu distribuirea chestionarelor cu impresii Èi sugestii la finalul cursului.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>VerificÄri Èi pregÄtiri înainte de curs</title>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>FamiliarizaÈi-vÄ cu profilul studenÈilor Èi finalitatea doritÄ. Poate apÄrea nevoia modificÄrii unor elemente ale cursului.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>PorniÈi Èi verificaÈi toate calculatoarele destinate studenÈilor Èi profesorilor Èi asiguraÈi-vÄ cÄ acestea sunt funcÈionale Èi ruleazÄ Ubuntu fÄrÄ probleme.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>AsiguraÈi-vÄ cÄ aÈi urmat ghidul de aranjare al sÄlii, testaÈi fiecare exerciÈiu de laborator Èi corectaÈi eventualele probleme întâlnite.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ParcurgeÈi Ghidul profesorului Èi imaginile de prezentare în detaliu înainte de predarea cursului.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Se poate întâmpla ca studenÈii sÄ nu poatÄ rÄspundÄ la toate întrebÄrile bazându-se doar pe diapozitivele de prezentare. AsiguraÈi-vÄ cÄ acoperiÈi toate subiectele prezente în întrebÄri înainte de a testa studenÈii.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Este recomandat sÄ predaÈi toate subiectele prezentate în materialul de instruire. Cu toate acestea, dacÄ dispuneÈi de timp limitat, puteÈi exclude subiectele marcate ca fiind opÈionale în NotiÈele pentru profesori pentru fiecare lecÈie.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Metode de predare</title>
+ <para>Acestea sunt unele din metodele de predare folosite:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Diapozitive comentate: Diapozitivele vor fi folosite pentru a expune concepte Èi a ilustra pas cu pas realizarea fiecÄrei activitÄÈi.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>DemonstraÈii: profesorul va realiza demonstraÈii ale procedurilor care par complicate pentru studenÈi, înainte de a-i lÄsa pe aceÈtia sÄ Ã®ncerce independent.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ÃntrebÄri recapitulative: acestea trebuie adresate în timpul fiecÄrei sesiuni, pentru a asigura înÈelegerea subiectelor cheie de cÄtre studenÈi.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ExerciÈii de laborator: la intervale regulate studenÈii vor efectua exerciÈii individuale conforme unor scenarii întâlnite în practicÄ.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Sugestii de predare</title>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>FolosiÈi termeni care nu sunt excesiv de tehnici Èi care fac parte din vocabularul studenÈilor.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CreaÈi Èi menÈineÈi o atmosferÄ relaxatÄ Èi confortabilÄ.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>RÄspundeÈi prompt la întrebÄrile studenÈilor. DacÄ nu sunteÈi sigur de rÄspuns informaÈi-i de acest lucru Èi reveniÈi cu un rÄspuns în ziua urmÄtoare.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>MergeÈi prin salÄ Ã®n timpul efectuÄrii exerciÈiilor de cÄtre studenÈi Èi ajutaÈi-i pe cei care au probleme.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>FolosiÈi metodele descrise (diapozitive, demonstraÈii Èi exerciÈii de laborator) într-un mod adecvat profilului audienÈei ÈintÄ Èi experienÈei acesteia cu Ubuntu.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>FolosiÈi diapozitivele pentru a nu devia de la subiect Èi a evita omiterea unor detalii. PriviÈi pentru o clipÄ diapozitivul apoi concentraÈi-vÄ din nou asupra studenÈilor. EvitaÈi sÄ citiÈi conÈinutul prezentÄrii cuvânt cu cuvânt.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Pentru a încuraja interacÈiunile încorporaÈi exerciÈii practice în conÈinutul lecÈiei.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Componentele lecÈiilor</title>
+ <para>Fiecare lecÈie poate fi împÄrÈitÄ Ã®n urmÄtoarele componente.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Introducere</title>
+ <para>Ãn prima zi,</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic" inheritnum="ignore" continuation="restarts">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>UraÈi bun venit studenÈilor, apoi prezentaÈi-vÄ Èi invitaÈi studenÈii sÄ se prezinte pe rând - nume, experienÈÄ profesionalÄ, loc de muncÄ, aÈteptÄri Èi nivel de experienÈÄ Ã®n utilizarea sistemelor de operare Linux.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>PrezentaÈi folosind termeni comuni Èi foarte clar scopul Èi obiectivele cursului.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>StabiliÈi regulile de bazÄ pentru pauze.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Stabilirea contextului</title>
+ <para>FolosiÈi unele dintre/toate aceste metode:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Expunerea unei introduceri succinte în subiect.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Explicarea motivelor pentru care subiectul este important din punctul de vedere al cursantului.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Crearea unei legÄturi de la subiectul lecÈiei trecute la cel curent.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Expunerea principalÄ</title>
+ <para>PuteÈi folosi unele sau toate metodele de predare descrise mai sus. Cu toate acestea, alegeÈi o combinaÈie ale acestor metode corespunzÄtoare cu profilul studenÈilor Èi complexitatea conÈinutului ce urmeazÄ a fi predat. Folosirea unor stiluri Èi metode de predare variate reprezintÄ o practicÄ pedagogicÄ bunÄ deoarece aduce varietate Èi previne formarea monotoniei.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Pentru subiectele complexe demonstraÈi procedura Èi cereÈi studenÈilor sÄ efectueze exerciÈiul de laborator. DacÄ subiectul este destul de simplu expuneÈi prezentarea Èi cereÈi studenÈilor sÄ efectueze exerciÈiul de laborator simultan.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ExplicaÈi momentul Èi modul de utilizare a fiecÄrei opÈiuni de pe interfaÈÄ.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 userlevel="instructor">
+ <title>Sumar</title>
+ <para>PrezentaÈi întotdeauna un rezumat al punctelor cheie ale lecÈiei: Cursul poate fi rezumat prin:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Invitarea studenÈilor sÄ punÄ Ã®ntrebÄri.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Adresarea de întrebÄri studenÈilor.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Folosirea prezentÄrii cu Sumarul lecÈiei, care expune punctele importante.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Explicarea modului în care subiectul poate fi legat de profesia studentului.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+</preface>
=== added file 'chapter1/.xml2po.mo'
Binary files chapter1/.xml2po.mo 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 and chapter1/.xml2po.mo 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000 differ
=== added file 'chapter1/Introducing_Ubuntu-ro.po'
--- chapter1/Introducing_Ubuntu-ro.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000
+++ chapter1/Introducing_Ubuntu-ro.po 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1090 @@
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Ubuntu Desktop Course 8.04\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-29 18:46+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-30 01:41+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Doru HoriÈco <doruhushhush@gmail>\n"
+"Language-Team: Ubuntu Romanian Localization <Ubuntu Romanian Localization>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n==0 || (n%100 > 0 && n%100 < 20)) ? 1 : 2;\\n\n"
+"X-Poedit-Language: Romanian\n"
+"X-Poedit-Country: ROMANIA\n"
+"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:134(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/chapter1_img_02.png'; md5=7957ea25aac579a2b7b862880520c777"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/chapter1_img_02.png'; md5=7957ea25aac579a2b7b862880520c777"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:192(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/chapter1_img_03.png'; md5=2a756b1ed9f8b8cf907728a6699b1152"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/chapter1_img_03.png'; md5=2a756b1ed9f8b8cf907728a6699b1152"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:238(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/chapter1_img_04.png'; md5=c5625b9df7b30e425d856aa8a863393f"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/chapter1_img_04.png'; md5=c5625b9df7b30e425d856aa8a863393f"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:318(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/chapter1_img_05.png'; md5=510a7c7dce7e72edf30031b775946801"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/chapter1_img_05.png'; md5=510a7c7dce7e72edf30031b775946801"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:863(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_003.png'; md5=a4a51227912e40025008dbf939f49105"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_003.png'; md5=a4a51227912e40025008dbf939f49105"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:889(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_004.png'; md5=b9623c4571de3df2ff01ef96b3ee3912"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_004.png'; md5=b9623c4571de3df2ff01ef96b3ee3912"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1047(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_006.png'; md5=a866364ec51f76682dd89b0fe99ae5cf"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_006.png'; md5=a866364ec51f76682dd89b0fe99ae5cf"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1237(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_008.png'; md5=5f2a3a42285abf2fa7679659b0341c56"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_008.png'; md5=5f2a3a42285abf2fa7679659b0341c56"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1255(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_009.png'; md5=2dc5798a29daeb1a8bef38d0a48f2565"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_009.png'; md5=2dc5798a29daeb1a8bef38d0a48f2565"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1296(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_010.png'; md5=61821237d9c18ef6589fd90e285391e3"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_010.png'; md5=61821237d9c18ef6589fd90e285391e3"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:4(title)
+msgid "Introducing Ubuntu"
+msgstr "Prezentare Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:6(title)
+msgid "Objectives"
+msgstr "Obiective"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:7(para)
+msgid "In this lesson, you will learn:"
+msgstr "Ãn aceastÄ lecÈie veÈi învÄÈa:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:10(para)
+msgid "The fundamental concepts of open source."
+msgstr "Concepte fundamentale Open Source"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:14(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1310(para)
+msgid "The link between the Free Software Movement, open source and Linux"
+msgstr "LegÄtura dintre the Free Software Movement (MiÈcarea pentru programe libere), sursa deschisÄ Èi Linux"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:19(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1314(para)
+msgid "How Ubuntu ties in with open source"
+msgstr "Cum este legat Ubuntu de aplicaÈiile cu sursa publicÄ"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:23(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1317(para)
+msgid "How Ubuntu is developed"
+msgstr "Cum este dezvoltat Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:27(para)
+msgid "About Ubuntu versions"
+msgstr "Despre versiunile Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:31(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1323(para)
+msgid "The key differences between Ubuntu and Microsoft Windows"
+msgstr "Despre diferenÈele majore dintre Ubuntu Èi Microsoft Windows"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:37(title)
+msgid "About Open Source"
+msgstr "Despre conceptul de SursÄ publicÄ"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:39(title)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:215(title)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:251(title)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:274(title)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1331(title)
+msgid "Instructor Notes:"
+msgstr "Ãn atenÈia instructorilor:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:40(para)
+msgid "The focus of this topic is to help students understand the concept of open source, which is the underlying foundation of Ubuntu. Briefly explain the dictionary meaning of 'open source' in general and move on to establishing how the open source ideology developed in the context of Linux. Present this as a story spread over different phases: Free Software Movement, Open Source Movement initiation and its formal launch. Explain the Ubuntu release schedule, naming convention and Ubuntu promise in detail."
+msgstr "Principalul scop al acestei secÈiuni este acela de a ajuta cursanÈii sÄ Ã®nÈeleagÄ conceptul de sursÄ deschisÄ, care reprezintÄ fundamentul pe care este construit Ubuntu. ExplicaÈi pe scurt definiÈia din dicÈionar pentru âopen sourceâ în general Èi continuaÈi cu prezentarea felului în care s-a dezvoltat ideologia open source în contextul Linux. PrezentaÈi acest subiect sub forma unei povestiri care acoperÄ mai multe etape: Free Software Movement, cristalizarea Open Source Movement Èi lansarea formalÄ a acesteia. ExplicaÈi programul lansÄrilor Ubuntu, convenÈia atribuirii numelor Èi promisiunea Ubuntu în detaliu."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:50(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu is a Linux-based open source operating system. The term 'open source' can be defined as a set of principles and practices that promotes access to the design and production of goods and knowledge. Open source is generally applied to the source code of software and is available to users with relaxed or no intellectual property restrictions. This enables users to distribute, create and modify software content, either individually to meet their specific requirement or collaboratively to improve the software. Both open source and Linux have transitioned through various phases to reach their present form."
+msgstr "Ubuntu este un sistem de operare cu sursÄ publicÄ, bazat pe Linux. Termenul âsursÄ publicÄâ poate fi definit ca un set de principii Èi practici care promoveazÄ accesul la proiectarea Èi producerea propriu-zisÄ a bunurilor Èi cunoÈtinÈelor. Sursa deschisÄ se aplicÄ, în general, codului sursÄ al programelor, care devine astfel accesibil utilizatorilor, cu puÈine restricÈii legate de proprietatea intelectualÄ sau fÄrÄ nici o restricÈie. Acest lucru permite utilizatorilor sÄ distribuie, sÄ creeze Èi sÄ modifice conÈinutul programelor, fie individual, pentru satisfacerea unor cerinÈe personale specifice, fie prin colaborare, în scopul îmbunÄtÄÈirii acelui program. Atât miÈcarea sursÄ deschisÄ, cât Èi Linux-ul, au parcurs mai multe etape pânÄ ce au ajuns la forma din zilele noastre."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:61(para)
+msgid "The idea behind openly distributed source code is to encourage the voluntary, collaborative development of software. Users continuously enhance the software, fix bugs, develop new features and share it with others."
+msgstr "Ideea din spatele distribuirii deschise, fÄrÄ constrângeri, a codului sursÄ, este aceea de a încuraja dezvoltarea programelor pe baza colaborÄrii voluntare. Utilizatorii îmbunÄtÄÈesc conÈinutul programelor, rezolvÄ erorile de programare, dezvoltÄ facilitÄÈi noi Èi împÄrtÄÈesc toate acestea celorlalÈi."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:65(para)
+msgid "As a result of collaborative software development which involves a large number of programmers, users receive software that is often better in quality and performance than proprietary alternatives. Users are encouraged to customise the software to their own personal requirements, which in itself is a huge step away from the 'one size fits all' philosophy."
+msgstr "Ca rezultat direct al dezvoltÄrii în colaborare a programelor, colaborare care implicÄ un numÄr mare de programatori, utilizatorii beneficiazÄ de programe care sunt adesea de o calitate mai bunÄ Èi au performanÈe superioare alternativelor proprietare. Utilizatorii sunt încurajaÈi sÄ personalizeze programele, pentru ca acestea sÄ rÄspundÄ mai bine propriilor cerinÈe, ceea ce reprezintÄ Ã®n sine un pas uriaÈ Ã®nainte faÈÄ de modul de gândire âo singurÄ mÄsurÄ pentru toatÄ lumeaâ."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:72(para)
+msgid "Open source projects call on the talents of many people with skills other than programming. Many projects involve artists, musicians, user-interface designers and documentation authors to create a complete product."
+msgstr "Proiectele de tip sursÄ publicÄ apeleazÄ Èi la talentele altor oameni, nu numai la programatori. Multe proiecte implicÄ artiÈti, muzicieni, creatori de interfeÈe grafice Èi autori de documentaÈie, pentru a realiza un produs complet."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:78(title)
+msgid "Free Software Movement, Open Source and Linux"
+msgstr "MiÈcarea pentru Software Liber, Open Source Èi Linux"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:79(para)
+msgid "There is often confusion between open source, free software and Linux. While all three are inter-linked, there are distinct differences which are made clearer when looking at their evolution."
+msgstr "ExistÄ adesea o confuzie legatÄ de programele cu sursa publicÄ, programele gratuite Èi Linux. Cu toate cÄ Ã®ntre acestea trei sunt conexiuni, existÄ Èi diferenÈe distincte, care devin evidente dacÄ studiem evoluÈia acestora."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:84(title)
+msgid "The Free Software Movement"
+msgstr "MiÈcarea pentru Software Liber"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:85(para)
+msgid "In the 1960s, it was typical for software to be distributed freely by companies such as IBM and shared amongst users. Software was then considered an enabler for the hardware, around which the business model of these corporations was built. Software was provided with source code that could be improved and modified; this was therefore the very early seeds of open source software. However, as hardware became cheaper and profit margins eroded in the 1970s, manufacturers looked to software to provide additional revenue streams."
+msgstr "Ãn anii `60, programele erau distribuite liber, în mod obiÈnuit, de companii precum IBM Èi partajate de utilizatori. Programele erau considerate pe atunci o extensie a dispozitivelor fizice, concept în jurul cÄruia a fost dezvoltat modelul de afaceri al acestor corporaÈii. Programele erau puse la dispoziÈie împreunÄ cu codul sursÄ, care putea fi îmbunÄtÄÈit Èi modificat; iatÄ de ce putem spune cÄ aceastÄ abordare poate fi consideratÄ drept originile programelor sursÄ deschisÄ. TotuÈi, odatÄ cu ieftinirea dispozitivelor fizice Èi cu diminuarea profiturilor în anii `70, producÄtorii au gÄsit în programe o modalitate prin care sÄ-Èi asigure surse suplimentare de profit."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:95(para)
+msgid "In September 1983, Richard Matthew Stallman, former programmer at the MIT Artificial Intelligence Lab launched the GNU project to create a free UNIX-like operating system (OS). He was concerned with growth in proprietary software and users' inability to access and modify programmes on their computers. Developer constraint, as opposed to freedom was prevalent. With the launch of the GNU project, Stallman started the Free Software Movement and in October 1985, set up the Free Software Foundation."
+msgstr "Ãn septembrie 1983, Richard Matthew Stallman, fost programator la MIT Artificial Intelligence Lab, a lansat proiectul GNU, prin care s-a dorit realizarea unui sistem de operare (SO) asemÄnÄtor UNIX-ului. El era îngrijorat de ponderea tot mai mare a programelor proprietare, care avea sÄ punÄ utilizatorii în âincapacitatea de a accesa Èi modifica programele din calculatoarele proprii.â Limitarea dezvoltÄrii prevala, în detrimentul libertÄÈii. OdatÄ cu proiectul GNU, Stallman iniÈiazÄ Free Software Movement (MiÈcarea pentru software liber) Èi, în Octombrie 1985, pune bazele Free Software Foundation (FundaÈia pentru software liber)."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:104(para)
+msgid "Stallman pioneered the definition and characteristics of open source software and the concept of copyleft. He is the main author of several copyleft licenses, including the GNU General Public License (GPL), which is the most widely used free software license."
+msgstr "Stallman a dus o muncÄ de pionierat în definirea caracteristicilor sursei publice Èi ale conceptului de copyleft. El este autorul principal al mai multor licenÈe copyleft, inclusiv GNU General Public License (GPL), care este cea mai folositÄ licenÈÄ pentru programele libere."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:110(title)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:140(emphasis)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:158(title)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:227(title)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:332(title)
+msgid "Nice to Know:"
+msgstr "Este bine de reÈinut:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:111(para)
+msgid "For more information on Richard Stallman and the GNU project, refer to the following URL: <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_stallman\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_stallman</ulink>."
+msgstr "Pentru mai multe informaÈii despre Richard Stallman Èi proiectul GNU trebuie sÄ consultaÈi paginile de Internet urmÄtoare: <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_stallman\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_stallman</ulink>."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:115(para)
+msgid "By 1991, a number of GNU tools, including the powerful GNU compiler collection (GCC), had been created. However, a free kernel was not yet available to build a free OS that would use these tools."
+msgstr "PânÄ Ã®n anul 1991 au fost create mai multe unelte GNU, printre care Èi puternicul compilator GNU (GCC). TotuÈi, nu era disponibil un kernel liber pentru realizarea unui sistem de operare liber, care sÄ foloseascÄ aceste unelte."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:121(title)
+msgid "The Open Source Movement and Linux"
+msgstr "MiÈcarea Open Source Èi Linux"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:122(para)
+msgid "The difference between free software and open source can be defined as the difference between a social movement (free software) and a development methodology (open source). Linux refers to the kernel, or the backbones of the open source architecture."
+msgstr "DiferenÈa dintre software liber Èi open source este analogÄ diferenÈei dintre o miÈcare socialÄ (software liber) Èi o metodologie de dezvoltare (open source). Linux se referÄ la kernel sau la scheletul arhitecturii open source."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:127(para)
+msgid "In August 1991, Linus Benedict Torvalds, a Finnish second-year student of computer science at the University of Helsinki, started working on Minix."
+msgstr "Ãn august 1991, Linus Benedict Torvalds, un student finlandez din anul doi la informaticÄ (ÈtiinÈa calculatoarelor) de la Universitatea din Helsinki, a început sÄ lucreze în Minix."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:131(title)
+msgid "Linus Benedict Torvalds"
+msgstr "Linus Benedict Torvalds"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:142(para)
+msgid "Minix is a UNIX-like OS built with open source code that Prof. Andrew S. Tanenbaum created with the intention to teach his students the internal processes of an OS."
+msgstr "Minix este un sistem de operare asemÄnÄtor UNIX-ului, realizat cu codul sursÄ public, creat de Prof. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, cu intenÈia de a prezenta studenÈilor sÄi procesele interne din cadrul unui sistem de operare."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:147(para)
+msgid "Linux was initially designed to be a Minix-like operating system that Linus Torvalds could use on his home computer. By mid-September, Torvalds released the first Linux kernel version 0.01. In 1994, Linux kernel version 1.0 was released under the GNU GPL. The free kernel and GNU tools provided a fertile environment for enthusiasts. By staying close to its UNIX roots, Linux provided a Command Line Interface (CLI) first; the adaptation of the X Window System made a graphical user interface (GUI) available at a later stage."
+msgstr "Linux-ul a fost gândit iniÈial ca un sistem de operare asemÄnÄtor Minix-ului, pe care Linus Torvalds sÄ-l poatÄ utiliza pe calculatorul de acasÄ. Pe la mijlocul lui septembrie, Torvalds scoate primul kernel Linux, versiunea 0.01. Ãn 1994, apare versiunea 1.0 a kernelului Linux, sub licenÈÄ GNU GPL. Kernelul liber Èi uneltele GNU au asigurat un teren fertil pentru entuziaÈti. Din cauza faptului cÄ s-a dorit pÄstrarea rÄdÄcinilor UNIX, Linux-ul a pus la dispoziÈie, pentru început, interfaÈa în linie de comandÄ (Command Line Interface - CLI); adaptarea Sistemului de ferestre X (X Window System), într-un stadiu ulterior, aduce o interfaÈÄ graficÄ cu utilizatorul (Grafical User Interface - GUI)."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:159(para)
+msgid "Linux is not owned by any individual or company, not even Linus Torvalds who started Linux. However, Torvalds is heavily involved in the main kernel development process and owns the trademark, Linux."
+msgstr "Linux-ul nu este proprietatea cuiva, individ sau companie, nici chiar a lui Linus Torvalds, cel care a început dezvoltarea Linux-lui. TotuÈi, Torvalds este implicat major în procesul de dezvoltare al kernelului principal Èi deÈine marca Linux."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:167(para)
+msgid "Is available and accessible to everyone"
+msgstr "Este disponibil Èi accesibil oricui."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:170(para)
+msgid "Can be customised according to an individual's requirements and the platforms used"
+msgstr "Poate fi modificat în funcÈie de cerinÈele individuale specifice Èi în funcÈie de platforma folositÄ."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:174(para)
+msgid "Can be freely redistributed in its current or a modified form"
+msgstr "Poate fi redistribuit liber în forma curentÄ sau în cele modificate."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:164(para)
+msgid "Linux open source code: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr "Codul sursÄ deschisÄ al Linux-ului: <placeholder-1/>"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:178(para)
+msgid "Initially, Linux was a very technical, hard core open source programming tool. Thousands of developers contributed to its evolution as it became more user friendly. This has resulted in the launch of hundreds of commercial and non-commercial distribution versions, designed for everyday application use which are now available."
+msgstr "IniÈial, Linux-ul a fost o unealtÄ foarte tehnicÄ, exclusivistÄ, pentru programarea codului sursÄ. Mii de dezvoltatori au contribuit la evoluÈia Linux-ului pe mÄsurÄ ce acesta devenea mai prietenos cu utilizatorul. Acest lucru a dus la lansarea a sute de versiuni de distribuÈii, atât comerciale, cât Èi necomerciale, proiectate pentru utilizarea de zi cu zi, existente Èi astÄzi."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:184(para)
+msgid "In 1998, Jon \"maddog\" Hall, Larry Augustin, Eric S. Raymond, Bruce Perens et al formally launched the Open Source Movement. They promoted open source software exclusively on the basis of technical excellence."
+msgstr "Ãn 1998, Jon \"maddog\" Hall, Larry Augustin, Eric S. Raymond, Bruce Perens Èi alÈii, au lansat formal Open Source Movement. AceÈtia au promovat programele sursÄ deschisÄ exclusiv pe bazele excelenÈei tehnice."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:189(title)
+msgid "Founders of the Open Source Movement"
+msgstr "Fondatorii Open Source Movement"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:196(para)
+msgid "The open source movement and the dot.com boom of the late 1990s coincided, resulting in the popularity of Linux and the evolution of many open source friendly companies such as Corel (Corel Linux), Sun Microsystems (OpenOffice.org) and IBM (OpenAFS). In the early 21st century when the dot.com crash was at its peak, open source was in a prime position as a viable alternative to expensive proprietary software. Its momentum has strengthened since with the availability of many easy to use applications."
+msgstr "MiÈcarea pentru programe cu sursÄ publicÄ Èi explozia dot.com de la sfârÈitul anilor `90 au coincis, aducând popularitate Linux-ului Èi facilitând evoluÈia mai multor companii care aveau o atitudine prietenoasÄ faÈÄ de sursa publicÄ, companii precum Corel (Corel Linux), Sun Microsystems (OpenOffice.org) Èi IBM (OpenAFS). La începutul secolului 21, când prÄbuÈirea dot.com era în plinÄ desfÄÈurare, sursa publicÄ a fost în prima poziÈie ca alternativÄ viabilÄ la programele proprietare scumpe. Momentul prielnic a fost favorizat Èi de apariÈia unor aplicaÈii uÈor de utilizat."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:205(para)
+msgid "As such, what started off as an idea became a passion to revolutionise a patent and license intense industry. With a significantly cheaper return on investment and enhanced usability features, Linux is now rooted as a viable option for enterprises and home users."
+msgstr "Èi astfel, ceea ce la început a fost doar o idee, a devenit o pasiune pusÄ Ã®n slujba revoluÈionÄrii unei industrii preocupatÄ intens de patente Èi licenÈieri. Cu necesitÄÈi minime de investiÈii Èi îmbunÄtÄÈirea accesibilitÄÈii în utilizare, Linux-ul s-a împÄmântenit ca opÈiune demnÄ de luat în seamÄ pentru intreprinderi Èi utilizatori obiÈnuiÈi."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:213(title)
+msgid "About Ubuntu"
+msgstr "Despre Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:216(para)
+msgid "The focus of this topic is to make the students understand the origins of Ubuntu, the development cycle, version releases and the importance of community contributions towards its development."
+msgstr "Principalul scop al acestei secÈiuni este acela de a face studenÈii sÄ Ã®nÈeleagÄ originile Ubuntu, ciclul de dezvoltare, lansÄrile de versiuni Èi importanÈa contribuÈiei comunitÄÈii la dezvoltarea acestuia."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:221(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu is a community developed, Linux-based operating system that is perfect for laptops, desktops and servers. It contains all the applications you need - including a Web browser, presentation, document and spreadsheet software, instant messaging and much more."
+msgstr "Ubuntu este un sistem de operare dezvoltat de comunitate, bazat pe Linux, care este perfect pentru laptopuri, staÈii de lucru Èi servere. ConÈine toate aplicaÈiile de care aveÈi nevoie - inclusiv un navigator de Internet, programe pentru realizarea de prezentÄri, documente Èi foi de calcul electronice, mesagerie instantanee Èi multe altele."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:228(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu is an African word meaning 'Humanity to others', or 'I am what I am because of who we all are'."
+msgstr "Ubuntu este un cuvânt african care înseamnÄ âumanitate cÄtre ceilalÈiâ sau âsunt ceea ce sunt datoritÄ a ceea ce noi toÈi suntemâ."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:235(title)
+msgid "Mark Shuttleworth"
+msgstr "Mark Shuttleworth"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:231(para)
+msgid "The history of Ubuntu dates back to April 2004 when Mark Shuttleworth formed a group of open source developers to create a new Linux OS. <placeholder-1/>Based on the principles of time-based releases, a strong Debian foundation, the GNOME desktop, and a commitment to freedom, this group operated initially under the auspices of http://no-name-yet.com."
+msgstr "Istoria Ubuntu începe în Aprilie 2004, când Mark Shuttleworth a format un grup de dezvoltatori sursÄ deschisÄ care sÄ creeze un nou sistem de operare Linux. <placeholder-1/>Bazat pe principiile unor lansÄri în intervale de timp prestabilite, pe fundaÈiile puternice ale Debian-ului, pe administratorul spaÈiului de lucru Gnome Èi pe un angajament pentru libertate, acest grup a operat la început sub auspiciile http://no-name-yet.com."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:245(para)
+msgid "In a little over four years, Ubuntu has grown to a community of thousands of members and an estimated user base of over 8 million (as at June 2007). Canonical is the commercial sponsor of Ubuntu."
+msgstr "DupÄ mai bine de trei ani, Ubuntu a crescut la o comunitate de peste 12.000 de membri Èi o bazÄ de utilizatori aproximaÈi la peste 8 milioane (la nivelul lunii iunie 2007). Canonical este sponsorul comercial al Ubuntu."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:252(para)
+msgid "If the students are interested to know more about Mark Shuttleworth, present the following content as a story."
+msgstr "DacÄ studenÈii sunt interesaÈi sÄ cunoascÄ mai multe despre Mark Shuttleworth, prezentaÈi urmÄtorul conÈinut sub forma unei povestiri."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:255(para)
+msgid "Mark Shuttleworth is an African entrepreneur with a love for technology, innovation, change and space flight. Shuttleworth studied finance and information technology at the University of Cape Town and went on to found Thawte, a company specialising in digital certificates and cryptography. He sold Thawte to the U.S. company VeriSign in 1999 and founded HBD Venture Capital and the Shuttleworth Foundation. He moved to London in 2001 and began preparing for the First African in Space mission, training in Star City, Russia and Khazakstan. In April 2002, he became a space traveller as a member of the cosmonaut crew of Soyuz Mission TM34 to the International Space Station. In early 2004, he founded the Ubuntu project, which aims to produce a free, high-quality, user friendly OS available for everybody."
+msgstr "Mark Shuttleworth este un întreprinzÄtor african îndrÄgostit de tehnologie, inovaÈie, schimbÄri Èi zboruri spaÈiale. Shuttleworth a studiat finanÈele Èi tehnologia informaÈiei la Universitatea Cape Town, dupÄ care a fondat Thawte, o companie specializatÄ Ã®n certificate digitale Èi criptogafie. Acesta a vândut Thawte companiei americane VeriSign în 1999 Èi a fondat HBD Venture Capital Èi Shuttleworth Foundation. S-a mutat la Londra în 2001 Èi a început pregÄtirile pentru a deveni primul african într-o misiune spaÈialÄ, antrenându-se în Star City, Rusia Èi Kazakstan. Ãn aprilie 2002 devine cÄlÄtor spaÈial ca membru al echipajului de cosmonauÈi de pe Misiunea Soyuz TM34 cÄtre International Space Station (StaÈia spaÈialÄ internaÈionalÄ - ISS). La începutul lui 2004 demareazÄ proiectul Ubuntu, prin care doreÈte realizarea unui SO liber Èi gratuit, de cea mai bunÄ calitate, prietenos cu utilizatorii, disponibil oricui."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:272(title)
+msgid "The Ubuntu Promise"
+msgstr "Promisiunea Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:275(para)
+msgid "Stress on the Ubuntu promise because it holds the very essence of the spirit and success of the software."
+msgstr "InsistaÈi pe promisiunea Ubuntu, deoarece conÈine însÄÈi esenÈa spiritului Èi succesului programului."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:281(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1373(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu will always be free of charge, including enterprise releases and security updates."
+msgstr "Ubuntu va fi întotdeauna gratuit, inclusiv ediÈiile pentru intreprinderi Èi actualizÄrile de securitate."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:285(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1377(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu comes with full commercial support from Canonical and hundreds of companies around the world."
+msgstr "Ubuntu vine cu suport comercial asigurat de Canonical Èi de sute de companii din toatÄ lumea."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:290(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu includes the best translations and accessibility infrastructure that the free software community has to offer."
+msgstr "Ubuntu include cele mai bune traduceri Èi cea mai bunÄ infrastructurÄ de accesibilitate pe care comunitatea sursÄ deschisÄ le poate oferi."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:295(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu CDs contain only free software applications; Ubuntu encourages you to use free and open source software, improve it and pass it on."
+msgstr "CD-ul Ubuntu conÈine doar aplicaÈii libere Èi gratuite; Ubuntu vÄ Ã®ncurajeazÄ sÄ folosiÈi programe gratuite Èi cu sursÄ publicÄ, sÄ le îmbunÄtÄÈiÈi Èi sÄ le daÈi mai departe."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:302(title)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:315(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu Versions"
+msgstr "Versiuni Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:303(para)
+msgid "In October 2004, Ubuntu released its first version. A new version of Ubuntu is released every six months and upgrades to new releases are free of charge. Users are encouraged to upgrade with each new release in order to enjoy the latest features and applications. Its versions are named using the Y.MM (name) scheme, where Y indicates the year and MM refers to the month of release. The name in brackets is a code name given to the version pre-release."
+msgstr "Ãn octombrie 2004 este lansatÄ prima versiune Ubuntu. O versiune nouÄ a Ubuntu este lansatÄ la fiecare Èase luni, iar actualizÄrile de versiuni sunt gratuite. Utilizatorii sunt sfÄtuiÈi sÄ facÄ actualizÄri de versiune atunci când sunt disponibile, pentru a avea la dispoziÈie cele mai noi aplicaÈii Èi facilitÄÈi. Aceste versiuni sunt denumite dupÄ schema (de nume) A.LL, unde A indicÄ anul, iar MM aratÄ luna lansÄrii. Numele din paranteze este un nume de cod acordat unei versiuni aflatÄ Ã®n dezvoltare."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:311(para)
+msgid "Each release is supported for 18 months; Long Term Support releases (LTS) are supported for 3 years on the desktop and 5 years on the server."
+msgstr "Fiecare versiune este suportatÄ timp de 18 luni; versiunile cu suport pe termen lung (LTS) sunt suportate timp de 3 ani pentru ediÈiile desktop Èi timp de 5 ani pentru ediÈiile server."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:322(para)
+msgid "A brief history of releases:"
+msgstr "O scurtÄ istorie a lansÄrilor:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:326(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 4.10 (Warty Warthog)"
+msgstr "Ubuntu 4.10 (Warty Warthog)"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:327(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu 4.10 was the first release of Ubuntu in October 2004; supported until April 2006."
+msgstr "Ubuntu 4.10 a fost prima versiune a Ubuntu, lansatÄ Ã®n octombrie 2004; a fost asigurat suportul pânÄ Ã®n aprilie 2006."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:333(para)
+msgid "The early testing community of version 4.10 was called the Sounder, named after the collective noun for warthogs. The Sounder mailing list continues today as an open discussion forum for the community."
+msgstr "Prima comunitate de testeri ai versiunii 4.10 a fost numitÄ ScurmÄtori (Sounder), denumire colectivÄ pentru porci mistreÈi (warthogs). Lista de mail a ScurmÄtorilor existÄ Èi astÄzi ca forum pentru discuÈii deschise ale comunitÄÈii."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:342(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 5.04 (Hoary Hedgehog)"
+msgstr "Ubuntu 5.04 (Hoary Hedgehog)"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:343(para)
+msgid "Released in April 2005; supported until October 2006."
+msgstr "Lansat în aprilie 2005; suport asigurat pânÄ Ã®n octombrie 2006."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:349(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 5.10 (Breezy Badger)"
+msgstr "Ubuntu 5.10 (Breezy Badger)"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:350(para)
+msgid "Released in October 2005; supported until April 2007."
+msgstr "Lansat în octombrie 2005; suport asigurat pânÄ Ã®n aprilie 2007."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:356(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 6.06 LTS (Dapper Drake)"
+msgstr "Ubuntu 6.06 LTS (Dapper Drake)"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:357(para)
+msgid "The first release with Long Term Support (LTS); it was released in June 2006. Long-term support version refers to guaranteed three years of support on the desktop and five years on the server. All other releases are provided with 18 month support for desktops and servers. The extended support period provides reassurance and makes it easier and more practical for large deployments of Ubuntu. Desktops supported until June 2009; servers supported until June 2011."
+msgstr "ansat în octombrie 2006. AceastÄ versiune garanteazÄ un proces de pornire (boot) robust; asigurat suportul pânÄ Ã®n aprilie 2007. Suportul pe termen lung se referÄ la suport garantat pentru actualizÄrile de securitate timp de trei ani pentru versiunea desktop Èi de cinci ani pentru versiunea server. Toate celelalte versiuni au suport timp de 18 luni atât pentru versiunea desktop cât Èi pentru versiunea server. Perioada extinsÄ a suportului oferÄ o asigurare în plus Èi face mai uÈoarÄ Èi mai practicÄ implementarea sistemului de operare pe cât mai multe sisteme. Versiunea pentru desktop are suport pânÄ Ã®n iunie 2009 iar versiunea server are suport pânÄ Ã®n iunie 2011."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:370(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 6.10 (Edgy Eft)"
+msgstr "Ubuntu 6.10 (Edgy Eft)"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:371(para)
+msgid "Released in October 2006. This version guarantees a robust boot process; supported until April 2007."
+msgstr "Lansat în octombrie 2006. AceastÄ versiune garanteazÄ un proces de pornire (boot) robust; asigurat suportul pânÄ Ã®n aprilie 2007."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:377(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 7.04 (Feisty Fawn)"
+msgstr "Ubuntu 7.04 (Feisty Fawn)"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:378(para)
+msgid "Released in April 2007. This version introduced significant improvements to network roaming; supported until October 2008."
+msgstr "Lansat în aprilie 2007. AceastÄ versiune aduce îmbunÄtÄÈiri importante în roaming-ul de reÈea; suport asigurat pânÄ Ã®n octombrie 2008."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:385(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 7.10 (Gutsy Gibbon)"
+msgstr "Ubuntu 7.10 (Gutsy Gibbon)"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:386(para)
+msgid "Released in October 2007. Key features include spectacular visual effects by default, fast user switching, printer auto-detection and easier desktop file searching and tracking; supported until April 2009."
+msgstr "Lansat în octombrie 2007. TrÄsÄturile particulare includ efecte vizuale spectaculoase disponibile în instalarea implicitÄ, comutarea mai rapidÄ Ã®ntre utilizatori, auto-detecÈia imprimantelor, cÄutarea Èi indexarea mai rapidÄ a fiÈierelor; suport asigurat pânÄ Ã®n aprilie 2009."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:395(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 8.04 LTS (Hardy Heron)"
+msgstr "Ubuntu 8.04 LTS (Hardy Heron)"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:396(para)
+msgid "Released in April 2008. Ubuntu 8.04 LTS forms the second Long Term Support release of Ubuntu. Desktops will be supported until April 2011; servers supported until April 2013."
+msgstr "LansatÄ Ã®n aprilie 2008, Ubuntu 8.04 LTS este cea de a doua ediÈie cu suport pe termen lung realizatÄ de cÄtre echipa Ubuntu. Versiunea pentru desktop va fi susÈinutÄ pânÄ Ã®n aprilie 2011 iar versiunea server va fi suportatÄ pânÄ Ã®n aprilie 2013."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:404(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 8.10 (Intrepid Ibex)"
+msgstr "Ubuntu 8.10 (Intrepid Ibex)"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:405(para)
+msgid "Released in October 2008. Ubuntu 8.10 includes hundreds of improvements and full 3G support. This release will be supported until April 2010."
+msgstr "Lansat în octombrie 2008, Ubuntu 8.10 include sute de îmbunÄtÄÈiri Èi suport complet pentru 3D. AceastÄ versiune va avea susÈinere pânÄ Ã®n Aprilie 2010."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:412(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 9.04 (Jaunty Jackalope)"
+msgstr "Ubuntu 9.04 (Jaunty Jackalope)"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:413(para)
+msgid "Scheduled for release in April 2009. Ubuntu 9.04 will be the latest cutting edge Ubuntu release. This release will be supported until October 2010."
+msgstr "Programat pentru lansare în Aprilie 2009, Ubuntu 9.04 va fi noua versiune inovatoare Ubuntu."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:420(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu Derivatives"
+msgstr "LucrÄri derivate din Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:421(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu is also available in several editions such as Ubuntu, Edubuntu, Kubuntu and Xubuntu. Edubuntu is Ubuntu customised for the school environment. Kubuntu is an official derivative of Ubuntu based on the work of the K Desktop project (KDE). KDE is a powerful graphical desktop environment, combining ease of use and contemporary functionality. Xubuntu is intended for users with less-powerful computers or those who seek a highly efficient desktop environment on faster systems."
+msgstr "Ubuntu este, de asemenea, disponibil în mai multe âaromeâ precum Ubuntu, Edubuntu, Kubuntu Èi Xubuntu. Edubuntu este Ubuntu special conceput pentru mediul Ècolar. Kubuntu este o derivatÄ oficialÄ a lui Ubuntu care se bazeazÄ pe proiectul K Desktop (KDE). KDE este un mediu desktop puternic, combinând uÈurinÈa în folosire Èi funcÈionalitate modernÄ. Xubuntu se adreseazÄ utilizatorilor care nu deÈin calculatoare performante sau acelora care doresc un mediu desktop extrem de eficient pe un calculator performant."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:429(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu Development and the Community"
+msgstr "Dezvoltarea Ubuntu Èi comunitatea"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:431(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu is a joint collaboration project comprised of Ubuntu community members all around the world. Since its inception in 2004, thousands of contributors have joined the Ubuntu community. These users contribute towards Ubuntu development through writing code, advocacy, artwork, translations, testing and documentation (to name just a few). The development process of Ubuntu is open and transparent to all, whether you are a novice Ubuntu user or an experienced Ubuntu developer - everyone is welcome to get involved with and improve Ubuntu. Canonical also employs developers to contribute to Ubuntu."
+msgstr "Ubuntu este un proiect susÈinut prin colaborarea membrilor comunitÄÈii Ubuntu din toatÄ lumea. De la începuturile sale, în anul 2004, mii de contribuitori s-au alÄturat comunitÄÈii Ubuntu. AceÈti utilizatori îÈi aduc contribuÈia la dezvoltarea Ubuntu prin scrierea de cod, popularizare, înfrumuseÈarea mediului spaÈiului de lucru, traduceri, testare Èi documentare (acestea fiind doar câteva domenii). Procesul de dezvoltare al sistemului de operare Ubuntu este deschis Èi transparent pentru toatÄ lumea, fie cÄ sunteÈi un utilizator începÄtor sau un dezvoltator cu experienÈÄ Ã®n Ubuntu - oricine este binevenit dacÄ doreÈte sÄ se implice în dezvoltarea Èi îmbunÄtÄÈirea Ubuntu. Canonical, de asemenea, a angajat dezvoltatori care îÈi aduc contribuÈia la dezvoltarea Ubuntu."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:443(title)
+msgid "How you can get involved"
+msgstr "Cum vÄ puteÈi implica"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:444(para)
+msgid "The Ubuntu community is made of many individuals and teams who work on different aspects of Ubuntu. If you are a developer, you can participate in the core development, write new applications, package additional software and fix bugs. If you are an artist, you can add value to the look and feel and functionality of Ubuntu. You can also provide online support, write documentation, assist with training material, join Web forums and the mailing lists of Ubuntu. There are lots of ways to get involved!"
+msgstr "Comunitatea Ubuntu este formatÄ din mulÈi indivizi Èi multe echipe care lucreazÄ la diferite aspecte ale lui Ubuntu. DacÄ sunteÈi un dezvoltator, puteÈi participa în nucleul de dezvoltare, puteÈi scrie aplicaÈii noi, puteÈi crea pachete pentru aplicaÈii suplimentare Èi puteÈi ajuta la depistarea Èi eliminarea erorilor de programare. DacÄ aveÈi înclinaÈii artistice puteÈi sÄ vÄ aduceÈi contribuÈia la aspectul grafic Èi la funcÈionalitatea sistemului de operare Ubuntu. De asemenea, puteÈi asigura suport tehnic pe Internet, puteÈi scrie documentaÈie, puteÈi ajuta la crearea materialului pentru instruirea utilizatorilor Ubuntu. Sunt o mulÈime de moduri în care puteÈi contribui."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:455(title)
+msgid "Developer Zone"
+msgstr "Zona Dezvoltatorilor"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:456(para)
+msgid "The developer zone is comprised of developers who create and package software, fix bugs and maintain Ubuntu. They are responsible for ensuring that Ubuntu has a wide catalogue of software and it operates reliably and smoothly. A great way to get started as a packager is to join MOTU - see https://wiki.ubuntu.com/MOTU/GettingStarted."
+msgstr "Zona dezvoltatorilor este compusÄ din dezvoltatori care creeazÄ Èi împacheteazÄ programe, pun la punct defectele de programare Èi întreÈin Ubuntu. Ei sunt responsabili de asigurarea unui catalog cuprinzÄtor de programe Èi de menÈinerea Ubuntu ca sistem de operare pe care te poÈi baza, care ruleazÄ lin, fÄrÄ probleme. O modalitate prin care puteÈi începe sÄ contribuiÈi la împachetarea programelor este sÄ vÄ alÄturaÈi MOTU - consultaÈi https://wiki.ubuntu.com/MOTU/GettingStarted."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:464(title)
+msgid "Idea Pool"
+msgstr "Idea Pool"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:465(para)
+msgid "If you have ideas for projects, proposals and enhancements but do not necessarily want to implement them, you can add the ideas into the idea pool available at https://wiki.ubuntu.com/IdeaPool."
+msgstr "DacÄ aveÈi idei de proiecte, propuneri Èi îmbunÄtÄÈiri, dar nu aveÈi posibilitatea de a le implementa personal, le puteÈi adÄuga în colectorul de idei, disponibil la https://wiki.ubuntu.com/IdeaPool."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:471(title)
+msgid "Technical Users"
+msgstr "Utilizatori cu pregÄtire tehnicÄ"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:476(para)
+msgid "Test the pre-release versions of Ubuntu to help find bugs before the final release."
+msgstr "TestaÈi versiunile Ubuntu aflate în dezvoltare pentru a ajuta la depistarea erorilor de programare înainte de lansarea propriu-zisÄ."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:480(para)
+msgid "Report bugs and help the development team analyse them."
+msgstr "TrimiteÈi informÄri despre erorile de programare Èi ajutaÈi echipa de dezvoltatori în analizarea acestora."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:484(para)
+msgid "Triage (edit and categorise) bugs to read, assess and sort them before they can be fixed."
+msgstr "TriaÈi (editaÈi Èi încadraÈi în categorii) defectele de programare pentru a fi citite, evaluate Èi sortate înainte de repararea acestora."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:488(para)
+msgid "Join an e-mail support list or discussion list on the Ubuntu mailing lists."
+msgstr "ÃnscrieÈi-vÄ pe listele de asistenÈÄ prin poÈtÄ electronicÄ (e-mail) sau pe listele de discuÈii ale Ubuntu."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:492(para)
+msgid "Join Web forums and respond to requests."
+msgstr "DeveniÈi membru în forumurile de pe Internet Èi rÄspundeÈi solicitÄrilor existente."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:495(para)
+msgid "Join the Ubuntu support and discussion Internet Relay Chat (IRC) channel, which is a form of real-time Internet chat."
+msgstr "AlÄturaÈi-vÄ canalului IRC Ubuntu, o formÄ de chat Internet în timp real, pentru a participa la discuÈii Èi a oferi asistenÈÄ."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:472(para)
+msgid "If you have the requisite technical skills, you can contribute to the Ubuntu community in the following ways: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr "DacÄ aveÈi pregÄtire sau înclinaÈii tehnice, puteÈi contribui în cadrul comunitÄÈii Ubuntu în urmÄtoarele moduri: <placeholder-1/>"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:502(title)
+msgid "Non-Technical Users"
+msgstr "Utilizatori fÄrÄ Ã®nclinaÈii tehnice"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:507(para)
+msgid "Artwork and design"
+msgstr "GraficÄ Èi Design"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:510(para)
+msgid "Translation and localisation"
+msgstr "Traduceri Èi localizare"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:513(para)
+msgid "Writing and updating documentation and training materials"
+msgstr "Scrierea Èi actualizarea documentaÈiei Èi a materialelor pentru instruirea utilizatorilor"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:516(para)
+msgid "Advocacy"
+msgstr "Popularizare"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:503(para)
+msgid "Even if you do not have technical knowledge of Ubuntu, you can help Ubuntu users through the following projects: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr "Chiar dacÄ nu aveÈi cunoÈtinÈe tehnice despre Ubuntu, puteÈi ajuta utilizatorii Ubuntu prin urmÄtoarele proiecte: <placeholder-1/>"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:521(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Course Development"
+msgstr "Realizarea cursului despre Ubuntu Desktop"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:522(para)
+msgid "Part of Canonical's mission is to enable the widest deployment of Ubuntu on as many computers and servers, in as many corners of the world as possible. Training is seen as a core enabler for the adoption of Ubuntu and as such courses are designed to certify Ubuntu professionals, assist partners to deploy Ubuntu and show desktop users (such as yourselves) how to use and get the most out of it. For more information on Ubuntu course availability and certifications, please refer to http://www.ubuntu.com/training."
+msgstr "Unul dintre scopurile urmÄrite de Canonical este acela de a asigura o pÄtrundere a sistemului de operare Ubuntu pe cât mai multe calculatoare Èi servere, peste tot în lume. Asigurarea instruirii este vÄzutÄ drept calea principalÄ prin care se faciliteazÄ adoptarea Ubuntu Èi astfel de cursuri sunt concepute pentru certificarea profesioniÈtilor Ubuntu, sprijinirea partenerilor care distribuie Ubuntu Èi pregÄtirea utilizatorilor obiÈnuiÈi (ca dumneavoastrÄ) pentru ca aceÈtia sÄ obÈinÄ cât mai multe de la acest SO. Pentru mai multe informaÈii despre cursurile Ubuntu existente Èi programul de certificÄri, consultaÈi http://www.ubuntu.com/training."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:533(para)
+msgid "As with software development, the community contributes towards the development and enhancement of this desktop course. As Ubuntu experts, the community defines the scope and structure of the training by identifying requirements from the users' perspective; they also assist the Canonical and third-party content writers in developing content and reviewing it. More information on the Ubuntu Training community effort can be found at http://wiki.ubuntu.com/Training."
+msgstr "Ca Èi în cazul dezvoltÄrii de programe, comunitatea contribuie Èi la dezvoltarea Èi îmbunÄtÄÈirea acestui curs. Membrii comunitÄÈii care sunt experÈi în Ubuntu definesc scopul Èi structura programului de pregÄtire, prin identificarea cerinÈelor din perspectiva utilizatorilor; ei ajutÄ Canonical, precum Èi terÈe pÄrÈi, în realizarea conÈinutului Èi în corectarea acestuia. Mai multe informaÈii despre efortul depus de comunitatea Ubuntu în programele de instruire puteÈi gÄsi la: //wiki.ubuntu.com/Training."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:542(para)
+msgid "The entire content development process is in the true spirit of Ubuntu's philosophy and the open source tradition."
+msgstr "Procesul de dezvoltare, în totalitatea sa, respectÄ cu adevÄrat spiritul filosofiei Ubuntu Èi tradiÈiile sursei deschise."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:603(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu and Microsoft Windows: Key Differences"
+msgstr "Ubuntu Èi Microsoft Windows: DiferenÈele majore"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:604(para)
+msgid "Open source differs from the proprietary software model in that it:"
+msgstr "Programele cu sursa publicÄ diferÄ de modelul programelor proprietare, dupÄ cum urmeazÄ:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:608(para)
+msgid "Encourages customisation and variation as opposed to a one size fits many approach."
+msgstr "ÃncurajeazÄ personalizarea Èi varietatea, ca opuse ideii o singurÄ mÄsurÄ care sÄ se potriveascÄ tuturor nevoilor."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:612(para)
+msgid "Relies on a 'services attached' business model rather than per license and seat basis."
+msgstr "Se bazeazÄ pe modelul de afaceri âservicii adÄugateâ, în loc de a folosi licenÈierea sau taxarea la bucatÄ."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:616(para)
+msgid "Believes that the benefits of collaboration and multi-developer contribution outweigh those of controlled project work of smaller, paid developer teams."
+msgstr "Are convingerea cÄ beneficiile colaborÄrii Èi contribuÈiile mai multor dezvoltatori depÄÈesc beneficiile aduse de proiectele controlate, dezvoltate de echipe mai mici, formate din dezvoltatori plÄtiÈi."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:624(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu and Microsoft Windows can be differentiated by many characteristics. Elements of cost, release cycle, security, customisation and mobility are presented here."
+msgstr "Ubuntu Èi Microsoft Windows se diferenÈiazÄ prin multe trÄsÄturi. Elementele legate de costuri, cicluri de lansare, securitate, personalizare Èi mobilitate trebuie luate în considerare în aceastÄ discuÈie."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:630(title)
+msgid "Key Attributes"
+msgstr "TrÄsÄturi definitorii"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:639(emphasis)
+msgid "Attribute"
+msgstr "Atribut"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:644(emphasis)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:919(emphasis)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1073(emphasis)
+msgid "Ubuntu"
+msgstr "Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:649(emphasis)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:924(emphasis)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1078(emphasis)
+msgid "Microsoft Windows"
+msgstr "Microsoft Windows"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:659(emphasis)
+msgid "Costs"
+msgstr "Costuri"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:666(para)
+msgid "Free of licensing charges"
+msgstr "Nu impune taxe de licenÈiere (fÄrÄ costuri)"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:675(para)
+msgid "Charges per user license and/or for a fixed term"
+msgstr "Costuri pe utilizator Èi/sau pe o perioadÄ limitatÄ de timp"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:685(emphasis)
+msgid "Versions Released"
+msgstr "LansÄrile de versiuni"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:693(para)
+msgid "Same version and features for home and professional users"
+msgstr "AceeaÈi versiune Èi aceleaÈi facilitÄÈi sunt destinate atât utilizatorilor obiÈnuiÈi, casnici, cât Èi celor profesionali."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:697(para)
+msgid "Six-monthly fully supported free release"
+msgstr "Lansarea unei versiuni noi, cu asigurarea asistenÈei complete, la fiecare Èase luni."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:707(para)
+msgid "Separate Professional and Home editions"
+msgstr "EdiÈii diferite pentru utilizatorii obiÈnuiÈi Èi profesioniÈti (ediÈii Home Èi Professional)"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:711(para)
+msgid "Less frequent and less visible release schedule"
+msgstr "LansÄri mai puÈin frecvente Èi un program deloc transparent"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:721(emphasis)
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Securitate"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:728(para)
+msgid "Locked administrative user root"
+msgstr "Utilizatorului cu drepturi de administrator (root) i se creeazÄ un cont securizat"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:731(para)
+msgid "Rarely targeted by malware and viruses"
+msgstr "Este rar Èinta programelor maliÈioase (malware) Èi a viruÈilor"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:741(para)
+msgid "Enables easy access to administrative user"
+msgstr "Permite accesul neîngrÄdit la contul utilizatorului cu drepturi administrative"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:745(para)
+msgid "Regularly targeted by malware and viruses"
+msgstr "Constituie Èinta predilectÄ a programelor malware Èi a viruÈilor"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:755(emphasis)
+msgid "Customisation"
+msgstr "Personalizare"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:762(para)
+msgid "Easy to design and personalise"
+msgstr "Foarte uÈor de personalizat Èi transformat"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:765(para)
+msgid "Can run different flavours of Ubuntu in parallel"
+msgstr "Este posibilÄ rularea mai multor arome (versiuni) de Ubuntu în paralel"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:775(para)
+msgid "Standard OS with limited options to personalise"
+msgstr "Sistem de operare standard, cu opÈiuni limitate de personalizare"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:779(para)
+msgid "Paid for additional applications"
+msgstr "AplicaÈiile suplimentare implicÄ costuri suplimentare"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:788(emphasis)
+msgid "Data Storage"
+msgstr "Stocarea de date"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:795(para)
+msgid "Easy to upgrade and downgrade"
+msgstr "UÈor de trecut de la o versiune la alta (upgrade Èi downgrade)"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:798(para)
+msgid "User data stored in home directory"
+msgstr "Datele utilizatorilor sunt stocate într-un singur director âhomeâ"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:801(para)
+msgid "Easy to migrate and replicate user data and configuration to another computer"
+msgstr "Migrarea datele utilizatorilor Èi refacerea acestora Èi a configurÄrilor personale pe alt calculator se poate face foarte uÈor"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:811(para)
+msgid "User data saved in multiple locations"
+msgstr "Datele utilizatorilor sunt stocate în mai multe locuri"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:815(para)
+msgid "Difficult to backup and migrate to computer"
+msgstr "Realizarea unor copii de siguranÈÄ Èi migrarea datelor unui utilizator pe alt calculator sunt sarcini foarte dificile"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:825(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1208(para)
+msgid "Looking at each element outlined in the table in greater detail:"
+msgstr "Discutarea fiecÄrui element prezentat în tabel mai în detaliu:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:828(title)
+msgid "Associated Costs:"
+msgstr "Costuri asociate:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:829(para)
+msgid "The Microsoft Windows OS is proprietary and the overall price increases with added functionality and applications. The associated price is sometimes a factor of using third party applications and not just a Microsoft decision. With Ubuntu new release versions and applications are free."
+msgstr "Sistemul de operare Microsoft Windows este unul proprietar, iar costul total creÈte cu fiecare funcÈie Èi aplicaÈie care îi este adÄugatÄ. PreÈul rezultat este câteodatÄ influenÈat Èi de folosirea unor aplicaÈii realizate de terÈe pÄrÈi, nefiind controlat numai de Microsoft. Ãn cazul Ubuntu, lansÄrile de versiuni noi Èi aplicaÈii sunt, Èi acestea, gratuite."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:836(title)
+msgid "New version releases:"
+msgstr "LansÄrile de versiuni noi:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:837(para)
+msgid "There is only one released version of Ubuntu and therefore features available to home and professional users are the same. The Home and Professional editions of Microsoft Windows are not the same. For example, Microsoft Windows Professional editions have more security features than Home editions."
+msgstr "Ãn cazul lansÄrilor Ubuntu, existÄ o singurÄ versiune, de aceea aplicaÈiile Èi facilitÄÈile puse la dispoziÈia utilizatorilor obiÈnuiÈi sunt aceleaÈi cu cele folosite de utilizatorii profesioniÈti. EdiÈiile Home Èi Professional ale Microsoft Windows diferÄ. De exemplu, ediÈia Microsoft Windows Professional dispune de mai multe elemente de securitate decât ediÈia Home."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:844(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu's 6 monthly release cycle also makes it very easy for users to have access to all the latest applications. An upgrade from one release to the next is free and fully supported. Microsoft scheduled releases are less frequent and less visible to the public."
+msgstr "Programul de lansÄri în cazul Ubuntu, bazat pe un ciclu de 6 luni, face ca utilizatorii sÄ aibÄ acces la cele mai noi aplicaÈii. Actualizarea de versiune (de la cea veche, la cea nou apÄrutÄ) este gratuitÄ Èi suportatÄ pe deplin. LansÄrile Microsoft sunt mai rare, iar programul acestor lansÄri nu este accesibil publicului."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:851(title)
+msgid "Security aspects:"
+msgstr "Aspecte legate de securitate:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:852(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu is rarely targeted by malware and viruses. The administrative user root is locked by default in Ubuntu and only certain tasks are run with administrative privileges. Microsoft Windows provides an environment where people can access administrative user directly."
+msgstr "Ubuntu este rar Èinta atacurilor programelor malware Èi a viruÈilor. Contul utilizatorului cu drepturi administrative este securizat implicit în Ubuntu Èi doar câteva sarcini implicÄ folosirea drepturilor speciale. Microsoft Windows pune la dispoziÈie un mediu în care accesul la utilizatorul cu drepturi depline se face direct (nerestricÈionat)."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:860(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu Security"
+msgstr "Securitatea în Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:869(title)
+msgid "Customisation:"
+msgstr "Personalizare:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:870(para)
+msgid "As you will discover throughout this course, Ubuntu is yours to design and personalise. You can have different flavours of Ubuntu running parallel; for example, you can install the Kubuntu (KDE) desktop together with Ubuntu (GNOME) and then select the desktop environment you want to use. More than 17,000 packages are available and easily accessible through the Internet. As a result, you are not stuck with using one version because it was the first you installed."
+msgstr "DupÄ cum veÈi descoperi în acest curs, Ubuntu vÄ invitÄ sÄ-l redesenaÈi Èi sÄ-l personalizaÈi. PuteÈi rula în paralel mai multe versiuni Ubuntu; de exemplu, puteÈi instala Kubuntu (KDE) împreunÄ cu Ubuntu (GNOME) Èi sÄ selectaÈi mediul spaÈiului de lucru pe care doriÈi sÄ-l utilizaÈi. Mai mult de 17,000 pachete sunt disponibile Èi uÈor de accesat prin intermediul Internetului. Ca urmare, nu sunteÈi nevoiÈi sÄ folosiÈi o anume versiune din cauzÄ cÄ pe aceea aÈi instalat-o iniÈial."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:882(para)
+msgid "Microsoft Windows is a standard OS with some options for customization. While many applications are available, most are proprietary software which incur a license fee."
+msgstr "Microsoft Windows este un SO standard, cu puÈine posibilitÄÈi de personalizare. Cu toate cÄ sunt disponibile foarte multe aplicaÈii, acestea, aproape în totalitate, sunt programe proprietare care impun o taxÄ de licenÈiere."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:886(title)
+msgid "Desktop Customisation"
+msgstr "Personalizarea spaÈiului de lucru"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:894(title)
+msgid "Data Storage:"
+msgstr "Stocarea datelor:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:895(para)
+msgid "User data is often located in multiple locations in Microsoft Windows, which can make backing up and migrating from one computer to another tricky. Ubuntu saves your user information in one place - the home directory. This makes the migration of data from an old computer to a new one easy, as well as keeping user specific backup data separate."
+msgstr "Ãn Microsoft Windows, datele utilizatorilor sunt stocate în mai multe locuri, ceea ce face ca realizarea copiilor de siguranÈÄ Èi migrarea datelor pe alte calculatoare sÄ fie fÄcute cu greutate. Ubuntu pÄstreazÄ datele unui utilizator într-un singur loc - directorul home (acasÄ). Aceasta face ca migrarea datelor de pe un calculator vechi pe altul nou sÄ fie fÄcutÄ cu uÈurinÈÄ, oferind posibilitatea pÄstrÄrii copiilor de siguranÈÄ Ã®n locuri sigure."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:903(title)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:914(emphasis)
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Instalare"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:905(title)
+msgid "Installation Differences"
+msgstr "DiferenÈe legate de instalare"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:934(emphasis)
+msgid "OS Installation"
+msgstr "Instalarea sistemului de operare"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:942(para)
+msgid "Freely downloadable from the Internet or using a free CD"
+msgstr "Poate fi descÄrcat de pe Internet, gratuit, sau poate fi comandat, gratuit, ca CD"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:946(para)
+msgid "Can be used directly from the live-CD"
+msgstr "Poate fi folosit direct de pe live-CD"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:956(para)
+msgid "Purchase required"
+msgstr "Trebuie cumpÄrat"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:959(para)
+msgid "OS must be installed on comÂputer hard drive"
+msgstr "Sistemul de operare trebuie instalat pe discul fix al calculatorului"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:969(emphasis)
+msgid "Software Installation"
+msgstr "Instalarea programelor"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:977(para)
+msgid "Huge variety of applications available by default"
+msgstr "Este disponibilÄ o varietate impresionantÄ de programe"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:981(para)
+msgid "All freely downloadable from the Internet"
+msgstr "Toate pot fi descÄrcate de pe Internet"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:991(para)
+msgid "Limited selection of software available by default"
+msgstr "Ãn instalarea implicitÄ, programele disponibile sunt în numÄr redus"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:995(para)
+msgid "Users can purchase and download some software online, others can only be manually installed"
+msgstr "Utilizatorii pot cumpÄra Èi descÄrca programe de pe Internet, dar existÄ Èi programe care pot fi instalate doar manual"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1010(title)
+msgid "OS Installation:"
+msgstr "Instalarea Sistemului de Operare (SO):"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1011(para)
+msgid "Both Microsoft Windows and Ubuntu come as pre-installed OSs on computers. However, to install post-purchase, Ubuntu can be freely downloaded from the Internet or a free CD can be requested. Any Microsoft Windows version will need to be purchased."
+msgstr "TotuÈi, pentru o instalare pe un calculator cumpÄrat fÄrÄ sistem de operare, în cazul Ubuntu puteÈi gÄsi acest sistem de operare pe Internet, gratuit, sau puteÈi comanda un CD, de asemenea, gratuit. Pentru orice versiune de Microsoft Windows trebuie sÄ achitaÈi contravaloarea taxei de licenÈiere impusÄ de Microsoft."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1019(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu comes in live-CD mode which means you can use the OS directly from the CD without installing it on a host computer. If you like what you see, install it. If you don't, pass it on to a friend. The live-CD option is also useful for system recovery."
+msgstr "Ubuntu existÄ Èi în modul live-CD, ceea ce înseamnÄ cÄ puteÈi folosi sistemul de operare direct de pe CD, fÄrÄ a-l instala în calculator. DacÄ vÄ place ceea ce vedeÈi, puteÈi sÄ treceÈi la instalare. DacÄ nu, daÈi-l unui prieten. Live-CD-ul este foarte folositor Èi atunci când trebuie sÄ reparaÈi un sistem."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1024(para)
+msgid "The installation of Microsoft Windows and Ubuntu is easy and conducted by running the installation CD and booting the computer. Both installations vary in length according to how powerful your computer is, with an average install taking 20 - 30 minutes."
+msgstr "InstalÄrile pentru Microsoft Windows Èi Ubuntu se fac foarte uÈor, prin rularea CD-ului de instalare Èi repornirea calculatorului. Ãn cazul ambelor instalÄri, durata acestora variazÄ Ã®n funcÈie de specificaÈiile calculatorului, o duratÄ medie situându-se în intervalul 20-30 de minute."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1032(title)
+msgid "Software Installation:"
+msgstr "Instalarea aplicaÈiilor:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1033(para)
+msgid "You can add software on Ubuntu by using the Add/Remove Applications and Synaptic Package Manager. The Add/Remove Applications allows you to search the entire directory of free applications recommended for Ubuntu and install the ones you want. In Microsoft Windows, each programme supplies its own installation method. Microsoft Vista has a Digital Locker feature enables users to purchase software online and download it in a protected manner."
+msgstr "PuteÈi adÄuga programe în Ubuntu folosind utilitarul Instalare/Dezinstalare (Add/Remove Applications) sau administratorul de pachete Synaptic. Utilitarul Instalare/Dezinstalare vÄ permite sÄ vizionaÈi toate aplicaÈiile libere Èi gratuite, recomandate a fi folosite în Ubuntu, Èi sÄ le instalaÈi pe acelea pe care le doriÈi. Ãn cazul Microsoft Windows, fiecare program are propria metodÄ de instalare. Microsoft Vista dispune de o facilitate numitÄ Digital Locker care permite utilizatorilor sÄ cumpere programe de pe Internet Èi sÄ le descarce într-un mod protejat."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1044(title)
+msgid "Installing Software Applications"
+msgstr "Instalarea aplicaÈiilor"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1055(title)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1068(emphasis)
+msgid "Applications"
+msgstr "AplicaÈii"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1056(para)
+msgid "The table below displays a comparison between Ubuntu and Microsoft Windows applications:"
+msgstr "Tabelul de mai jos conÈine o comparaÈie între aplicaÈiile Ubuntu Èi cele specifice Microsoft Windows:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1059(title)
+msgid "Application Based Differences"
+msgstr "DiferenÈe de bazÄ Ã®ntre aplicaÈii"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1088(emphasis)
+msgid "Web browsing and E-mail"
+msgstr "Navigare web Èi E-mail"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1096(para)
+msgid "Firefox Web browser by default"
+msgstr "Navigatorul Firefox în instalarea implicitÄ"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1099(para)
+msgid "Evolution e-mail client by default"
+msgstr "Clientul de e-mail Evolution în instalarea implicitÄ"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1109(para)
+msgid "Internet Explorer Web browser by default"
+msgstr "Navigatorul Internet Explorer în instalarea implicitÄ"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1113(para)
+msgid "Outlook e-mail client by default"
+msgstr "Clientul de e-mail Outlook în instalarea implicitÄ"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1122(emphasis)
+msgid "Word Processing"
+msgstr "Procesare de text"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1130(para)
+msgid "OpenOffice.org suite"
+msgstr "Suita OpenOffice.org"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1139(para)
+msgid "WordPad by default"
+msgstr "WordPad în instalarea implicitÄ"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1148(emphasis)
+msgid "Multimedia"
+msgstr "Multimedia"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1155(para)
+msgid "Includes Audio CD Extractor, Brasero, Rhythmbox, Movie Player and Sound Recorder"
+msgstr "Sunt incluse aplicaÈiile Audio CD Extractor, Brasero, Rhythmbox, Player pentru filme Èi Ãnregistrare sunet"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1165(para)
+msgid "Includes Microsoft Windows Media Player 11 (WMP) and Microsoft Windows Media Center (WMC)"
+msgstr "Include Microsoft Windows Media Player 11 (WMP) Èi Microsoft Windows Media Center (WMC)"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1176(emphasis)
+msgid "Image Editing and Picture Management"
+msgstr "Editare de imagini Èi gestionarea fotografiilor"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1184(para)
+msgid "F-Spot photo manager"
+msgstr "F-Spot pentru gestionarea fotografiilor"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1187(para)
+msgid "Gimp for image editing"
+msgstr "Gimp pentru editarea imaginilor"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1196(para)
+msgid "Picture Gallery application"
+msgstr "AplicaÈia Picture Gallery"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1199(para)
+msgid "Paint"
+msgstr "Desen"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1212(title)
+msgid "Networking, Web browsing and E-mail"
+msgstr "ReÈea, navigare web Èi e-mail"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1213(para)
+msgid "Network setup on both Ubuntu and Microsoft Windows is easy. Web browsing features are more or less the same on both OSs."
+msgstr "Configurarea reÈelei este uÈoarÄ, atât pentru Ubuntu, cât Èi pentru Microsoft Windows. Navigarea pe Internet dispune de aproximativ aceleaÈi facilitÄÈi în cazul ambelor sisteme de operare."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1218(para)
+msgid "Mozilla Firefox is loaded as the default browser on Ubuntu, and Internet Explorer is the default browser on Vista. You can also install Firefox on Microsoft Windows."
+msgstr "Mozilla Firefox este navigatorul de Internet instalat implicit de Ubuntu, iar Internet Explorer este navigatorul de Internet din Vista. PuteÈi instala Firefox în Microsoft Windows."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1222(para)
+msgid "Evolution is the default e-mail client on Ubuntu. It connects to POP accounts, conventional UNIX mailboxes and Exchange servers via Outlook Web Access. Evolution also has a built-in Personal Information Manager (PIM) and a calendaring and appointment system. The Microsoft Windows Mail application in Vista is a rewritten version of Outlook Express, with a stripped down calendar or appointment application, Microsoft Windows Calendar. An upgrade to Outlook is suggested if you use the calendar often or if you have a full PIM. Ubuntu users enjoy the out-of-the-box mail client setup facility."
+msgstr "Evolution este clientul de mail implicit al Ubuntu. Se poate conecta la conturile POP, cÄsuÈele poÈtale convenÈionale UNIX Èi serverele Exchange prin Outlook Web Access. Evolution dispune Èi de un Personal Information Manager (PIM - administrator al informaÈiilor personale) Èi un utilitar gen agendÄ pentru programarea activitÄÈilor zilnice. AplicaÈia pentru e-mail din Microsoft Vista este o versiune rescrisÄ a aplicaÈiei Outlook Express, care conÈine o versiune trunchiatÄ a utilitarului agendÄ, Microsoft Windows Calendar. Ar trebui sÄ luaÈi în considerare instalarea Outlook dacÄ doriÈi sÄ folosiÈi des agenda sau dacÄ doriÈi un PIM pe deplin funcÈional. Utilizatorii Ubuntu se bucurÄ de un client de e-mail care cuprinde toate facilitÄÈile."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1234(title)
+msgid "Evolution E-mail Client"
+msgstr "Clientul de e-mail Evolution"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1242(title)
+msgid "Word Processing:"
+msgstr "Procesare de text:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1250(emphasis)
+msgid "OpenOffice.org Writer"
+msgstr "OpenOffice.org Writer"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1243(para)
+msgid "The OpenOffice.org suite is installed on Ubuntu by default and provides many features of Microsoft Office. Vista comes with WordPad by default; the full version of Microsoft Word (or Office) for Microsoft Windows, is available at an additional cost. <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr "Suita OpenOffice.org este prezentÄ Ã®n instalarea implicitÄ a SO Ubuntu Èi asigurÄ multe din facilitÄÈile prezente în Microsoft Office. Vista are în instalarea implicitÄ WordPad; versiunea completÄ a Microsoft Word (sau Office) pentru Microsoft Windows este disponibilÄ, dar implicÄ alte costuri. <placeholder-1/>"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1261(title)
+msgid "Multimedia:"
+msgstr "Multimedia:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1262(para)
+msgid "Several multimedia programmes are configured by default on Ubuntu, such as Audio CD Extractor, Brasero Disc Burning, Rhythmbox Music Player, Movie Player and Sound Recorder. Rhythmbox is the default application for playing audio CDs and organising music and playlists. Rhythmbox is similiar to Microsoft Windows Media Player. You can use Brasero to author audio CDs."
+msgstr "O serie de programe multimedia sunt configurate implicit în Ubuntu, precum Audio CD Extractor, Brasero scriere discuri, Rhythmbox redare muzicÄ, Player pentru filme Èi Ãnregistrare sunet. Rhythmbox este programul implicit pentru redarea CD-urilor audio Èi pentru organizarea colecÈiilor Èi a listelor de redare. Rhythmbox este similar programului Microsoft Windows Media Player. Brasero poate fi folosit pentru inscriÈionarea CD-urilor cu muzicÄ."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1266(para)
+msgid "To play the mp3 format on Ubuntu, you need to install a codec pack. This is because Ubuntu is not distributed with mp3 codecs due to licensing restrictions. Playback of mp3 files is enabled by default on some versions of Microsoft Windows."
+msgstr "Pentru a reda formatul mp3 în Ubuntu, trebuie sÄ instalaÈi un pachet de codecuri. Acest lucru este necesar deoarece Ubuntu nu este distribuit cu codecurile mp3 din cauza restricÈiilor impuse de licenÈa acestora. Redarea fiÈierelor mp3 se poate face implicit pentru unele versiuni de Microsoft Windows."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1271(para)
+msgid "Vista has two multimedia programmes, Windows Media Player 11 (WMP for short) and Windows Media Center (WMC for short). WMP is best for playing music, and WMC is useful if you are using the computer as your core entertainment system. WMP can contain a large music library. With the index search system of WMP, you can search music numbers by a particular artist or search for specific numbers."
+msgstr "Vista are douÄ programe multimedia, Windows Media Player 11 (WMP, pe scurt) Èi Windows Media Center (WMC, pe scurt). WMP este mai bun la redarea fiÈierelor care conÈin muzicÄ, iar WMC este folositor dacÄ intenÈionaÈi sÄ transformaÈi calculatorul în centru de divertisment. WMP poate conÈine o bibliotecÄ cuprinzÄtoare de muzicÄ . Folosind sistemul WMP de cÄutare Èi indexare, puteÈi cÄuta piese muzicale ale unui anume artist sau o anumitÄ piesÄ."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1280(title)
+msgid "Image Editing and Picture Management:"
+msgstr "Editarea imaginilor Èi gestionarea fotografiilor"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1281(para)
+msgid "With the Picture Gallery application of Microsoft Vista, you can upload thousands of images and add tags. You can also organise the images quickly and work on them easily because you can tag them with one click. F-Spot photo manager organises your personal photos on Ubuntu. It integrates seamlessly with popular Web based image databases, such as Flickr and Picasa Web."
+msgstr "Cu aplicaÈia Picture Gallery din Microsoft Vista, puteÈi încÄrca mii de fotografii Èi puteÈi adÄuga etichete acestora. VÄ puteÈi organiza pozele rapid Èi puteÈi lucra cu ele deoarece le puteÈi eticheta printr-un singur clic de maus. Administratorul fotografiilor din Ubuntu, F-Spot, vÄ organizeazÄ colecÈia personalÄ. LucreazÄ fÄrÄ probleme cu bazele de date populare de pe Internet pentru fotografii, cum ar fi Flickr Èi Picasa Web."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1289(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu provides GIMP for image editing which is a powerful Photoshop-like application. Microsoft Windows Vista provides 'Paint' for basic image editing."
+msgstr "Ubuntu aduce GIMP pentru editarea imaginilor, care este o aplicaÈie puternicÄ, asemÄnÄtoare Photoshop-ului. Microsoft Windows Vista oferÄ âPaintâ pentru editÄri de bazÄ ale imaginilor."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1293(title)
+msgid "GIMP"
+msgstr "GIMP"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1303(title)
+msgid "Lesson Summary"
+msgstr "Rezumatul lecÈiei"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1304(para)
+msgid "In this lesson, you learned:"
+msgstr "Ãn aceastÄ lecÈie aÈi învÄÈat:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1307(para)
+msgid "The fundamental concepts of open source"
+msgstr "Concepte fundamentale Open Source"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1320(para)
+msgid "The Ubuntu version naming conventions"
+msgstr "ConvenÈia folositÄ pentru stabilirea numelui versiunii Ubuntu"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1329(title)
+msgid "Review Exercise"
+msgstr "ExerciÈii recapitulative"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1332(para)
+msgid "If you are running short of time, administer this exercise when Exploring the Ubuntu Desktop in <xref linkend=\"lesson2\"/>."
+msgstr "DacÄ nu vÄ ajunge timpul, daÈi spre rezolvare acest exerciÈiu cu lecÈia Explorarea Ubuntu Desktop în <xref linkend=\"lesson2\"/>."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1338(para)
+msgid "What is meant by the term free software?"
+msgstr "Ce se înÈelege prin termenul software liber?"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1341(para)
+msgid "Quoting the Free Software Foundation's 'What is Free Software', the freedoms at the core of free software are defined as:"
+msgstr "Ãn concordanÈÄ cu declaraÈia Free Software Foundation, referitor la întrebarea âCe este software-ul liberâ, libertÄÈile care stau la baza conceptului de software liber se referÄ la:"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1346(para)
+msgid "The freedom to run the programme, for any purpose."
+msgstr "Libertatea de a rula un program, în orice scop."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1350(para)
+msgid "The freedom to study how the programme works and adapt it to your needs."
+msgstr "Libertatea de a studia felul în care lucreazÄ un program Èi de a-l adapta nevoilor personale."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1354(para)
+msgid "The freedom to redistribute copies so you can help others."
+msgstr "Libertatea de a redistribui copii ale programelor, pentru a fi de ajutor celorlalÈi."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1358(para)
+msgid "The freedom to improve the programme and release your improvements to the public, so that everyone benefits."
+msgstr "Libertatea de a aduce îmbunÄtÄÈiri programelor Èi de a pune la dispoziÈia publicului aceste îmbunÄtÄÈiri, pentru ca toatÄ lumea sÄ beneficieze de ele."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1367(para)
+msgid "What is the Ubuntu promise?"
+msgstr "Care este promisiunea Ubuntu?"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1382(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu includes the best translations and accessibility infrastructure that the open source community has to offer."
+msgstr "Ubuntu include cele mai bune traduceri Èi cea mai bunÄ infrastructurÄ de accesibilitate pe care comunitatea sursÄ deschisÄ le poate oferi."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1387(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu CDs contain only open source applications; Ubuntu encourages you to use free and open source software, improve it and pass it on."
+msgstr "CD-ul Ubuntu conÈine doar aplicaÈii libere Èi gratuite; Ubuntu vÄ Ã®ncurajeazÄ sÄ folosiÈi programe gratuite Èi sursÄ deschisÄ, sÄ le îmbunÄtÄÈiÈi Èi sÄ le daÈi mai departe."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1370(para)
+msgid "The Ubuntu promise is: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr "Promisiunea Ubuntu este: <placeholder-1/>"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1397(para)
+msgid "Match the Ubuntu versions with the years in which they were released."
+msgstr "PotriviÈi versiunile Ubuntu cu anii în care acestea au fost lansate."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1406(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1448(para)
+msgid "1) 7.04"
+msgstr "1) 7.04"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1409(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1467(para)
+msgid "a) June 2006"
+msgstr "a) Iunie 2006"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1414(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1456(para)
+msgid "2) 4.10"
+msgstr "2) 4.10"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1417(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1475(para)
+msgid "b) October 2007"
+msgstr "b) Octombrie 2007"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1422(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1464(para)
+msgid "3) 6.06"
+msgstr "3) 6.06"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1425(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1451(para)
+msgid "c) April 2007"
+msgstr "c) Aprilie 2007"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1430(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1472(para)
+msgid "4) 7.10"
+msgstr "4) 7.10"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1433(para)
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1459(para)
+msgid "d) October 2004"
+msgstr "d) Octombrie 2004"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1485(para)
+msgid "List 3 ways in which non-technical users can contribute towards the development of Ubuntu."
+msgstr "MenÈionaÈi 3 moduri în care utilizatorii fÄrÄ pregÄtire tehnicÄ pot contribui la dezvoltarea Ubuntu."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1489(para)
+msgid "The three ways in which non-technical users can contribute towards Ubuntu development are artwork, translation and localisation and document solutions."
+msgstr "Cele trei moduri prin care utilizatorii fÄrÄ pregÄtire tehnicÄ pot contribui la dezvoltarea Ubuntu sunt: graficÄ, traduceri Èi localizare, precum Èi documentarea soluÈiilor."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1497(para)
+msgid "The default web browser on Ubuntu is _________________."
+msgstr "Navigatorul implicit din Ubuntu este _________________."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1501(para)
+msgid "The default web browser on Ubuntu is Mozilla Firefox."
+msgstr "Navigatorul implicit din Ubuntu este Mozilla Firefox."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1507(para)
+msgid "The default e-mail client on Ubuntu is __________________."
+msgstr "Clientul implicit de e-mail din Ubuntu este __________________."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1511(para)
+msgid "The default e-mail client on Ubuntu is Evolution."
+msgstr "Clientul implicit de e-mail din Ubuntu este Evolution."
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1517(para)
+msgid "What are the advantages of Ubuntu 6 monthly releases?"
+msgstr "Care sunt avantajele programului Ubuntu de lansÄri noi la perioade de 6 luni?"
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1521(para)
+msgid "Quicker upgrade and availability of new applications, as well as improved functionality."
+msgstr "ActualizÄri mai rapide Èi disponibilitatea aplicaÈiilor noi, precum Èi posibilitatea includerii de caracteristici îmbunÄtÄÈite."
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:0(None)
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+
=== added file 'chapter1/Introducing_Ubuntu.pot'
--- chapter1/Introducing_Ubuntu.pot 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000
+++ chapter1/Introducing_Ubuntu.pot 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1056 @@
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-29 18:46+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:134(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/chapter1_img_02.png'; md5=7957ea25aac579a2b7b862880520c777"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:192(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/chapter1_img_03.png'; md5=2a756b1ed9f8b8cf907728a6699b1152"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:238(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/chapter1_img_04.png'; md5=c5625b9df7b30e425d856aa8a863393f"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:318(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/chapter1_img_05.png'; md5=510a7c7dce7e72edf30031b775946801"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:863(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_003.png'; md5=a4a51227912e40025008dbf939f49105"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:889(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_004.png'; md5=b9623c4571de3df2ff01ef96b3ee3912"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1047(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_006.png'; md5=a866364ec51f76682dd89b0fe99ae5cf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1237(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_008.png'; md5=5f2a3a42285abf2fa7679659b0341c56"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1255(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_009.png'; md5=2dc5798a29daeb1a8bef38d0a48f2565"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1296(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson02_images_010.png'; md5=61821237d9c18ef6589fd90e285391e3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:4(title)
+msgid "Introducing Ubuntu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:6(title)
+msgid "Objectives"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:7(para)
+msgid "In this lesson, you will learn:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:10(para)
+msgid "The fundamental concepts of open source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:14(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1310(para)
+msgid "The link between the Free Software Movement, open source and Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:19(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1314(para)
+msgid "How Ubuntu ties in with open source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:23(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1317(para)
+msgid "How Ubuntu is developed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:27(para)
+msgid "About Ubuntu versions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:31(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1323(para)
+msgid "The key differences between Ubuntu and Microsoft Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:37(title)
+msgid "About Open Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:39(title) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:215(title) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:251(title) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:274(title) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1331(title)
+msgid "Instructor Notes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:40(para)
+msgid "The focus of this topic is to help students understand the concept of open source, which is the underlying foundation of Ubuntu. Briefly explain the dictionary meaning of 'open source' in general and move on to establishing how the open source ideology developed in the context of Linux. Present this as a story spread over different phases: Free Software Movement, Open Source Movement initiation and its formal launch. Explain the Ubuntu release schedule, naming convention and Ubuntu promise in detail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:50(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu is a Linux-based open source operating system. The term 'open source' can be defined as a set of principles and practices that promotes access to the design and production of goods and knowledge. Open source is generally applied to the source code of software and is available to users with relaxed or no intellectual property restrictions. This enables users to distribute, create and modify software content, either individually to meet their specific requirement or collaboratively to improve the software. Both open source and Linux have transitioned through various phases to reach their present form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:61(para)
+msgid "The idea behind openly distributed source code is to encourage the voluntary, collaborative development of software. Users continuously enhance the software, fix bugs, develop new features and share it with others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:65(para)
+msgid "As a result of collaborative software development which involves a large number of programmers, users receive software that is often better in quality and performance than proprietary alternatives. Users are encouraged to customise the software to their own personal requirements, which in itself is a huge step away from the 'one size fits all' philosophy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:72(para)
+msgid "Open source projects call on the talents of many people with skills other than programming. Many projects involve artists, musicians, user-interface designers and documentation authors to create a complete product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:78(title)
+msgid "Free Software Movement, Open Source and Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:79(para)
+msgid "There is often confusion between open source, free software and Linux. While all three are inter-linked, there are distinct differences which are made clearer when looking at their evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:84(title)
+msgid "The Free Software Movement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:85(para)
+msgid "In the 1960s, it was typical for software to be distributed freely by companies such as IBM and shared amongst users. Software was then considered an enabler for the hardware, around which the business model of these corporations was built. Software was provided with source code that could be improved and modified; this was therefore the very early seeds of open source software. However, as hardware became cheaper and profit margins eroded in the 1970s, manufacturers looked to software to provide additional revenue streams."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:95(para)
+msgid "In September 1983, Richard Matthew Stallman, former programmer at the MIT Artificial Intelligence Lab launched the GNU project to create a free UNIX-like operating system (OS). He was concerned with growth in proprietary software and users' inability to access and modify programmes on their computers. Developer constraint, as opposed to freedom was prevalent. With the launch of the GNU project, Stallman started the Free Software Movement and in October 1985, set up the Free Software Foundation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:104(para)
+msgid "Stallman pioneered the definition and characteristics of open source software and the concept of copyleft. He is the main author of several copyleft licenses, including the GNU General Public License (GPL), which is the most widely used free software license."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:110(title) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:140(emphasis) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:158(title) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:227(title) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:332(title)
+msgid "Nice to Know:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:111(para)
+msgid "For more information on Richard Stallman and the GNU project, refer to the following URL: <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_stallman\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_stallman</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:115(para)
+msgid "By 1991, a number of GNU tools, including the powerful GNU compiler collection (GCC), had been created. However, a free kernel was not yet available to build a free OS that would use these tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:121(title)
+msgid "The Open Source Movement and Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:122(para)
+msgid "The difference between free software and open source can be defined as the difference between a social movement (free software) and a development methodology (open source). Linux refers to the kernel, or the backbones of the open source architecture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:127(para)
+msgid "In August 1991, Linus Benedict Torvalds, a Finnish second-year student of computer science at the University of Helsinki, started working on Minix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:131(title)
+msgid "Linus Benedict Torvalds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:142(para)
+msgid "Minix is a UNIX-like OS built with open source code that Prof. Andrew S. Tanenbaum created with the intention to teach his students the internal processes of an OS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:147(para)
+msgid "Linux was initially designed to be a Minix-like operating system that Linus Torvalds could use on his home computer. By mid-September, Torvalds released the first Linux kernel version 0.01. In 1994, Linux kernel version 1.0 was released under the GNU GPL. The free kernel and GNU tools provided a fertile environment for enthusiasts. By staying close to its UNIX roots, Linux provided a Command Line Interface (CLI) first; the adaptation of the X Window System made a graphical user interface (GUI) available at a later stage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:159(para)
+msgid "Linux is not owned by any individual or company, not even Linus Torvalds who started Linux. However, Torvalds is heavily involved in the main kernel development process and owns the trademark, Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:167(para)
+msgid "Is available and accessible to everyone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:170(para)
+msgid "Can be customised according to an individual's requirements and the platforms used"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:174(para)
+msgid "Can be freely redistributed in its current or a modified form"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:164(para)
+msgid "Linux open source code: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:178(para)
+msgid "Initially, Linux was a very technical, hard core open source programming tool. Thousands of developers contributed to its evolution as it became more user friendly. This has resulted in the launch of hundreds of commercial and non-commercial distribution versions, designed for everyday application use which are now available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:184(para)
+msgid "In 1998, Jon \"maddog\" Hall, Larry Augustin, Eric S. Raymond, Bruce Perens et al formally launched the Open Source Movement. They promoted open source software exclusively on the basis of technical excellence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:189(title)
+msgid "Founders of the Open Source Movement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:196(para)
+msgid "The open source movement and the dot.com boom of the late 1990s coincided, resulting in the popularity of Linux and the evolution of many open source friendly companies such as Corel (Corel Linux), Sun Microsystems (OpenOffice.org) and IBM (OpenAFS). In the early 21st century when the dot.com crash was at its peak, open source was in a prime position as a viable alternative to expensive proprietary software. Its momentum has strengthened since with the availability of many easy to use applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:205(para)
+msgid "As such, what started off as an idea became a passion to revolutionise a patent and license intense industry. With a significantly cheaper return on investment and enhanced usability features, Linux is now rooted as a viable option for enterprises and home users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:213(title)
+msgid "About Ubuntu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:216(para)
+msgid "The focus of this topic is to make the students understand the origins of Ubuntu, the development cycle, version releases and the importance of community contributions towards its development."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:221(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu is a community developed, Linux-based operating system that is perfect for laptops, desktops and servers. It contains all the applications you need - including a Web browser, presentation, document and spreadsheet software, instant messaging and much more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:228(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu is an African word meaning 'Humanity to others', or 'I am what I am because of who we all are'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:235(title)
+msgid "Mark Shuttleworth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:231(para)
+msgid "The history of Ubuntu dates back to April 2004 when Mark Shuttleworth formed a group of open source developers to create a new Linux OS. <placeholder-1/>Based on the principles of time-based releases, a strong Debian foundation, the GNOME desktop, and a commitment to freedom, this group operated initially under the auspices of http://no-name-yet.com."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:245(para)
+msgid "In a little over four years, Ubuntu has grown to a community of thousands of members and an estimated user base of over 8 million (as at June 2007). Canonical is the commercial sponsor of Ubuntu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:252(para)
+msgid "If the students are interested to know more about Mark Shuttleworth, present the following content as a story."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:255(para)
+msgid "Mark Shuttleworth is an African entrepreneur with a love for technology, innovation, change and space flight. Shuttleworth studied finance and information technology at the University of Cape Town and went on to found Thawte, a company specialising in digital certificates and cryptography. He sold Thawte to the U.S. company VeriSign in 1999 and founded HBD Venture Capital and the Shuttleworth Foundation. He moved to London in 2001 and began preparing for the First African in Space mission, training in Star City, Russia and Khazakstan. In April 2002, he became a space traveller as a member of the cosmonaut crew of Soyuz Mission TM34 to the International Space Station. In early 2004, he founded the Ubuntu project, which aims to produce a free, high-quality, user friendly OS available for everybody."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:272(title)
+msgid "The Ubuntu Promise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:275(para)
+msgid "Stress on the Ubuntu promise because it holds the very essence of the spirit and success of the software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:281(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1373(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu will always be free of charge, including enterprise releases and security updates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:285(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1377(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu comes with full commercial support from Canonical and hundreds of companies around the world."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:290(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu includes the best translations and accessibility infrastructure that the free software community has to offer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:295(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu CDs contain only free software applications; Ubuntu encourages you to use free and open source software, improve it and pass it on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:302(title) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:315(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:303(para)
+msgid "In October 2004, Ubuntu released its first version. A new version of Ubuntu is released every six months and upgrades to new releases are free of charge. Users are encouraged to upgrade with each new release in order to enjoy the latest features and applications. Its versions are named using the Y.MM (name) scheme, where Y indicates the year and MM refers to the month of release. The name in brackets is a code name given to the version pre-release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:311(para)
+msgid "Each release is supported for 18 months; Long Term Support releases (LTS) are supported for 3 years on the desktop and 5 years on the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:322(para)
+msgid "A brief history of releases:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:326(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 4.10 (Warty Warthog)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:327(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu 4.10 was the first release of Ubuntu in October 2004; supported until April 2006."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:333(para)
+msgid "The early testing community of version 4.10 was called the Sounder, named after the collective noun for warthogs. The Sounder mailing list continues today as an open discussion forum for the community."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:342(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 5.04 (Hoary Hedgehog)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:343(para)
+msgid "Released in April 2005; supported until October 2006."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:349(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 5.10 (Breezy Badger)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:350(para)
+msgid "Released in October 2005; supported until April 2007."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:356(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 6.06 LTS (Dapper Drake)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:357(para)
+msgid "The first release with Long Term Support (LTS); it was released in June 2006. Long-term support version refers to guaranteed three years of support on the desktop and five years on the server. All other releases are provided with 18 month support for desktops and servers. The extended support period provides reassurance and makes it easier and more practical for large deployments of Ubuntu. Desktops supported until June 2009; servers supported until June 2011."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:370(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 6.10 (Edgy Eft)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:371(para)
+msgid "Released in October 2006. This version guarantees a robust boot process; supported until April 2007."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:377(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 7.04 (Feisty Fawn)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:378(para)
+msgid "Released in April 2007. This version introduced significant improvements to network roaming; supported until October 2008."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:385(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 7.10 (Gutsy Gibbon)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:386(para)
+msgid "Released in October 2007. Key features include spectacular visual effects by default, fast user switching, printer auto-detection and easier desktop file searching and tracking; supported until April 2009."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:395(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 8.04 LTS (Hardy Heron)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:396(para)
+msgid "Released in April 2008. Ubuntu 8.04 LTS forms the second Long Term Support release of Ubuntu. Desktops will be supported until April 2011; servers supported until April 2013."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:404(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 8.10 (Intrepid Ibex)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:405(para)
+msgid "Released in October 2008. Ubuntu 8.10 includes hundreds of improvements and full 3G support. This release will be supported until April 2010."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:412(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu 9.04 (Jaunty Jackalope)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:413(para)
+msgid "Scheduled for release in April 2009. Ubuntu 9.04 will be the latest cutting edge Ubuntu release. This release will be supported until October 2010."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:420(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu Derivatives"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:421(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu is also available in several editions such as Ubuntu, Edubuntu, Kubuntu and Xubuntu. Edubuntu is Ubuntu customised for the school environment. Kubuntu is an official derivative of Ubuntu based on the work of the K Desktop project (KDE). KDE is a powerful graphical desktop environment, combining ease of use and contemporary functionality. Xubuntu is intended for users with less-powerful computers or those who seek a highly efficient desktop environment on faster systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:429(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu Development and the Community"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:431(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu is a joint collaboration project comprised of Ubuntu community members all around the world. Since its inception in 2004, thousands of contributors have joined the Ubuntu community. These users contribute towards Ubuntu development through writing code, advocacy, artwork, translations, testing and documentation (to name just a few). The development process of Ubuntu is open and transparent to all, whether you are a novice Ubuntu user or an experienced Ubuntu developer - everyone is welcome to get involved with and improve Ubuntu. Canonical also employs developers to contribute to Ubuntu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:443(title)
+msgid "How you can get involved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:444(para)
+msgid "The Ubuntu community is made of many individuals and teams who work on different aspects of Ubuntu. If you are a developer, you can participate in the core development, write new applications, package additional software and fix bugs. If you are an artist, you can add value to the look and feel and functionality of Ubuntu. You can also provide online support, write documentation, assist with training material, join Web forums and the mailing lists of Ubuntu. There are lots of ways to get involved!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:455(title)
+msgid "Developer Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:456(para)
+msgid "The developer zone is comprised of developers who create and package software, fix bugs and maintain Ubuntu. They are responsible for ensuring that Ubuntu has a wide catalogue of software and it operates reliably and smoothly. A great way to get started as a packager is to join MOTU - see https://wiki.ubuntu.com/MOTU/GettingStarted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:464(title)
+msgid "Idea Pool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:465(para)
+msgid "If you have ideas for projects, proposals and enhancements but do not necessarily want to implement them, you can add the ideas into the idea pool available at https://wiki.ubuntu.com/IdeaPool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:471(title)
+msgid "Technical Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:476(para)
+msgid "Test the pre-release versions of Ubuntu to help find bugs before the final release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:480(para)
+msgid "Report bugs and help the development team analyse them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:484(para)
+msgid "Triage (edit and categorise) bugs to read, assess and sort them before they can be fixed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:488(para)
+msgid "Join an e-mail support list or discussion list on the Ubuntu mailing lists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:492(para)
+msgid "Join Web forums and respond to requests."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:495(para)
+msgid "Join the Ubuntu support and discussion Internet Relay Chat (IRC) channel, which is a form of real-time Internet chat."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:472(para)
+msgid "If you have the requisite technical skills, you can contribute to the Ubuntu community in the following ways: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:502(title)
+msgid "Non-Technical Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:507(para)
+msgid "Artwork and design"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:510(para)
+msgid "Translation and localisation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:513(para)
+msgid "Writing and updating documentation and training materials"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:516(para)
+msgid "Advocacy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:503(para)
+msgid "Even if you do not have technical knowledge of Ubuntu, you can help Ubuntu users through the following projects: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:521(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Course Development"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:522(para)
+msgid "Part of Canonical's mission is to enable the widest deployment of Ubuntu on as many computers and servers, in as many corners of the world as possible. Training is seen as a core enabler for the adoption of Ubuntu and as such courses are designed to certify Ubuntu professionals, assist partners to deploy Ubuntu and show desktop users (such as yourselves) how to use and get the most out of it. For more information on Ubuntu course availability and certifications, please refer to http://www.ubuntu.com/training."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:533(para)
+msgid "As with software development, the community contributes towards the development and enhancement of this desktop course. As Ubuntu experts, the community defines the scope and structure of the training by identifying requirements from the users' perspective; they also assist the Canonical and third-party content writers in developing content and reviewing it. More information on the Ubuntu Training community effort can be found at http://wiki.ubuntu.com/Training."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:542(para)
+msgid "The entire content development process is in the true spirit of Ubuntu's philosophy and the open source tradition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:603(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu and Microsoft Windows: Key Differences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:604(para)
+msgid "Open source differs from the proprietary software model in that it:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:608(para)
+msgid "Encourages customisation and variation as opposed to a one size fits many approach."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:612(para)
+msgid "Relies on a 'services attached' business model rather than per license and seat basis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:616(para)
+msgid "Believes that the benefits of collaboration and multi-developer contribution outweigh those of controlled project work of smaller, paid developer teams."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:624(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu and Microsoft Windows can be differentiated by many characteristics. Elements of cost, release cycle, security, customisation and mobility are presented here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:630(title)
+msgid "Key Attributes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:639(emphasis)
+msgid "Attribute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:644(emphasis) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:919(emphasis) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1073(emphasis)
+msgid "Ubuntu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:649(emphasis) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:924(emphasis) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1078(emphasis)
+msgid "Microsoft Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:659(emphasis)
+msgid "Costs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:666(para)
+msgid "Free of licensing charges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:675(para)
+msgid "Charges per user license and/or for a fixed term"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:685(emphasis)
+msgid "Versions Released"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:693(para)
+msgid "Same version and features for home and professional users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:697(para)
+msgid "Six-monthly fully supported free release"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:707(para)
+msgid "Separate Professional and Home editions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:711(para)
+msgid "Less frequent and less visible release schedule"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:721(emphasis)
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:728(para)
+msgid "Locked administrative user root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:731(para)
+msgid "Rarely targeted by malware and viruses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:741(para)
+msgid "Enables easy access to administrative user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:745(para)
+msgid "Regularly targeted by malware and viruses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:755(emphasis)
+msgid "Customisation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:762(para)
+msgid "Easy to design and personalise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:765(para)
+msgid "Can run different flavours of Ubuntu in parallel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:775(para)
+msgid "Standard OS with limited options to personalise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:779(para)
+msgid "Paid for additional applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:788(emphasis)
+msgid "Data Storage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:795(para)
+msgid "Easy to upgrade and downgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:798(para)
+msgid "User data stored in home directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:801(para)
+msgid "Easy to migrate and replicate user data and configuration to another computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:811(para)
+msgid "User data saved in multiple locations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:815(para)
+msgid "Difficult to backup and migrate to computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:825(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1208(para)
+msgid "Looking at each element outlined in the table in greater detail:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:828(title)
+msgid "Associated Costs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:829(para)
+msgid "The Microsoft Windows OS is proprietary and the overall price increases with added functionality and applications. The associated price is sometimes a factor of using third party applications and not just a Microsoft decision. With Ubuntu new release versions and applications are free."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:836(title)
+msgid "New version releases:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:837(para)
+msgid "There is only one released version of Ubuntu and therefore features available to home and professional users are the same. The Home and Professional editions of Microsoft Windows are not the same. For example, Microsoft Windows Professional editions have more security features than Home editions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:844(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu's 6 monthly release cycle also makes it very easy for users to have access to all the latest applications. An upgrade from one release to the next is free and fully supported. Microsoft scheduled releases are less frequent and less visible to the public."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:851(title)
+msgid "Security aspects:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:852(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu is rarely targeted by malware and viruses. The administrative user root is locked by default in Ubuntu and only certain tasks are run with administrative privileges. Microsoft Windows provides an environment where people can access administrative user directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:860(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:869(title)
+msgid "Customisation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:870(para)
+msgid "As you will discover throughout this course, Ubuntu is yours to design and personalise. You can have different flavours of Ubuntu running parallel; for example, you can install the Kubuntu (KDE) desktop together with Ubuntu (GNOME) and then select the desktop environment you want to use. More than 17,000 packages are available and easily accessible through the Internet. As a result, you are not stuck with using one version because it was the first you installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:882(para)
+msgid "Microsoft Windows is a standard OS with some options for customization. While many applications are available, most are proprietary software which incur a license fee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:886(title)
+msgid "Desktop Customisation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:894(title)
+msgid "Data Storage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:895(para)
+msgid "User data is often located in multiple locations in Microsoft Windows, which can make backing up and migrating from one computer to another tricky. Ubuntu saves your user information in one place - the home directory. This makes the migration of data from an old computer to a new one easy, as well as keeping user specific backup data separate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:903(title) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:914(emphasis)
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:905(title)
+msgid "Installation Differences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:934(emphasis)
+msgid "OS Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:942(para)
+msgid "Freely downloadable from the Internet or using a free CD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:946(para)
+msgid "Can be used directly from the live-CD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:956(para)
+msgid "Purchase required"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:959(para)
+msgid "OS must be installed on comÂputer hard drive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:969(emphasis)
+msgid "Software Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:977(para)
+msgid "Huge variety of applications available by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:981(para)
+msgid "All freely downloadable from the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:991(para)
+msgid "Limited selection of software available by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:995(para)
+msgid "Users can purchase and download some software online, others can only be manually installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1010(title)
+msgid "OS Installation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1011(para)
+msgid "Both Microsoft Windows and Ubuntu come as pre-installed OSs on computers. However, to install post-purchase, Ubuntu can be freely downloaded from the Internet or a free CD can be requested. Any Microsoft Windows version will need to be purchased."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1019(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu comes in live-CD mode which means you can use the OS directly from the CD without installing it on a host computer. If you like what you see, install it. If you don't, pass it on to a friend. The live-CD option is also useful for system recovery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1024(para)
+msgid "The installation of Microsoft Windows and Ubuntu is easy and conducted by running the installation CD and booting the computer. Both installations vary in length according to how powerful your computer is, with an average install taking 20 - 30 minutes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1032(title)
+msgid "Software Installation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1033(para)
+msgid "You can add software on Ubuntu by using the Add/Remove Applications and Synaptic Package Manager. The Add/Remove Applications allows you to search the entire directory of free applications recommended for Ubuntu and install the ones you want. In Microsoft Windows, each programme supplies its own installation method. Microsoft Vista has a Digital Locker feature enables users to purchase software online and download it in a protected manner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1044(title)
+msgid "Installing Software Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1055(title) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1068(emphasis)
+msgid "Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1056(para)
+msgid "The table below displays a comparison between Ubuntu and Microsoft Windows applications:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1059(title)
+msgid "Application Based Differences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1088(emphasis)
+msgid "Web browsing and E-mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1096(para)
+msgid "Firefox Web browser by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1099(para)
+msgid "Evolution e-mail client by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1109(para)
+msgid "Internet Explorer Web browser by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1113(para)
+msgid "Outlook e-mail client by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1122(emphasis)
+msgid "Word Processing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1130(para)
+msgid "OpenOffice.org suite"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1139(para)
+msgid "WordPad by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1148(emphasis)
+msgid "Multimedia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1155(para)
+msgid "Includes Audio CD Extractor, Brasero, Rhythmbox, Movie Player and Sound Recorder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1165(para)
+msgid "Includes Microsoft Windows Media Player 11 (WMP) and Microsoft Windows Media Center (WMC)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1176(emphasis)
+msgid "Image Editing and Picture Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1184(para)
+msgid "F-Spot photo manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1187(para)
+msgid "Gimp for image editing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1196(para)
+msgid "Picture Gallery application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1199(para)
+msgid "Paint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1212(title)
+msgid "Networking, Web browsing and E-mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1213(para)
+msgid "Network setup on both Ubuntu and Microsoft Windows is easy. Web browsing features are more or less the same on both OSs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1218(para)
+msgid "Mozilla Firefox is loaded as the default browser on Ubuntu, and Internet Explorer is the default browser on Vista. You can also install Firefox on Microsoft Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1222(para)
+msgid "Evolution is the default e-mail client on Ubuntu. It connects to POP accounts, conventional UNIX mailboxes and Exchange servers via Outlook Web Access. Evolution also has a built-in Personal Information Manager (PIM) and a calendaring and appointment system. The Microsoft Windows Mail application in Vista is a rewritten version of Outlook Express, with a stripped down calendar or appointment application, Microsoft Windows Calendar. An upgrade to Outlook is suggested if you use the calendar often or if you have a full PIM. Ubuntu users enjoy the out-of-the-box mail client setup facility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1234(title)
+msgid "Evolution E-mail Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1242(title)
+msgid "Word Processing:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1250(emphasis)
+msgid "OpenOffice.org Writer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1243(para)
+msgid "The OpenOffice.org suite is installed on Ubuntu by default and provides many features of Microsoft Office. Vista comes with WordPad by default; the full version of Microsoft Word (or Office) for Microsoft Windows, is available at an additional cost. <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1261(title)
+msgid "Multimedia:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1262(para)
+msgid "Several multimedia programmes are configured by default on Ubuntu, such as Audio CD Extractor, Brasero Disc Burning, Rhythmbox Music Player, Movie Player and Sound Recorder. Rhythmbox is the default application for playing audio CDs and organising music and playlists. Rhythmbox is similiar to Microsoft Windows Media Player. You can use Brasero to author audio CDs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1266(para)
+msgid "To play the mp3 format on Ubuntu, you need to install a codec pack. This is because Ubuntu is not distributed with mp3 codecs due to licensing restrictions. Playback of mp3 files is enabled by default on some versions of Microsoft Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1271(para)
+msgid "Vista has two multimedia programmes, Windows Media Player 11 (WMP for short) and Windows Media Center (WMC for short). WMP is best for playing music, and WMC is useful if you are using the computer as your core entertainment system. WMP can contain a large music library. With the index search system of WMP, you can search music numbers by a particular artist or search for specific numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1280(title)
+msgid "Image Editing and Picture Management:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1281(para)
+msgid "With the Picture Gallery application of Microsoft Vista, you can upload thousands of images and add tags. You can also organise the images quickly and work on them easily because you can tag them with one click. F-Spot photo manager organises your personal photos on Ubuntu. It integrates seamlessly with popular Web based image databases, such as Flickr and Picasa Web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1289(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu provides GIMP for image editing which is a powerful Photoshop-like application. Microsoft Windows Vista provides 'Paint' for basic image editing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1293(title)
+msgid "GIMP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1303(title)
+msgid "Lesson Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1304(para)
+msgid "In this lesson, you learned:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1307(para)
+msgid "The fundamental concepts of open source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1320(para)
+msgid "The Ubuntu version naming conventions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1329(title)
+msgid "Review Exercise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1332(para)
+msgid "If you are running short of time, administer this exercise when Exploring the Ubuntu Desktop in <xref linkend=\"lesson2\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1338(para)
+msgid "What is meant by the term free software?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1341(para)
+msgid "Quoting the Free Software Foundation's 'What is Free Software', the freedoms at the core of free software are defined as:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1346(para)
+msgid "The freedom to run the programme, for any purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1350(para)
+msgid "The freedom to study how the programme works and adapt it to your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1354(para)
+msgid "The freedom to redistribute copies so you can help others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1358(para)
+msgid "The freedom to improve the programme and release your improvements to the public, so that everyone benefits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1367(para)
+msgid "What is the Ubuntu promise?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1382(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu includes the best translations and accessibility infrastructure that the open source community has to offer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1387(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu CDs contain only open source applications; Ubuntu encourages you to use free and open source software, improve it and pass it on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1370(para)
+msgid "The Ubuntu promise is: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1397(para)
+msgid "Match the Ubuntu versions with the years in which they were released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1406(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1448(para)
+msgid "1) 7.04"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1409(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1467(para)
+msgid "a) June 2006"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1414(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1456(para)
+msgid "2) 4.10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1417(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1475(para)
+msgid "b) October 2007"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1422(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1464(para)
+msgid "3) 6.06"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1425(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1451(para)
+msgid "c) April 2007"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1430(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1472(para)
+msgid "4) 7.10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1433(para) Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1459(para)
+msgid "d) October 2004"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1485(para)
+msgid "List 3 ways in which non-technical users can contribute towards the development of Ubuntu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1489(para)
+msgid "The three ways in which non-technical users can contribute towards Ubuntu development are artwork, translation and localisation and document solutions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1497(para)
+msgid "The default web browser on Ubuntu is _________________."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1501(para)
+msgid "The default web browser on Ubuntu is Mozilla Firefox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1507(para)
+msgid "The default e-mail client on Ubuntu is __________________."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1511(para)
+msgid "The default e-mail client on Ubuntu is Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1517(para)
+msgid "What are the advantages of Ubuntu 6 monthly releases?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:1521(para)
+msgid "Quicker upgrade and availability of new applications, as well as improved functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.
+#: Introducing_Ubuntu.xml:0(None)
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+
=== added file 'chapter1/Introducing_Ubuntu.ro.xml'
--- chapter1/Introducing_Ubuntu.ro.xml 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000
+++ chapter1/Introducing_Ubuntu.ro.xml 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1113 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN" "http://docbook.org/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
+<chapter id="lesson1">
+ <title>Prezentare Ubuntu</title>
+<itemizedlist>
+ <title>Obiective</title>
+ <para>Ãn aceastÄ lecÈie veÈi învÄÈa:</para>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Concepte fundamentale Open Source</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>LegÄtura dintre the Free Software Movement (MiÈcarea pentru programe libere), sursa deschisÄ Èi Linux</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum este legat Ubuntu de aplicaÈiile cu sursa publicÄ</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum este dezvoltat Ubuntu</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Despre versiunile Ubuntu</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Despre diferenÈele majore dintre Ubuntu Èi Microsoft Windows</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Despre conceptul de SursÄ publicÄ</title>
+ <note userlevel="instructor">
+ <title>Ãn atenÈia instructorilor:</title>
+ <para>Principalul scop al acestei secÈiuni este acela de a ajuta cursanÈii sÄ Ã®nÈeleagÄ conceptul de sursÄ deschisÄ, care reprezintÄ fundamentul pe care este construit Ubuntu. ExplicaÈi pe scurt definiÈia din dicÈionar pentru âopen sourceâ în general Èi continuaÈi cu prezentarea felului în care s-a dezvoltat ideologia open source în contextul Linux. PrezentaÈi acest subiect sub forma unei povestiri care acoperÄ mai multe etape: Free Software Movement, cristalizarea Open Source Movement Èi lansarea formalÄ a acesteia. ExplicaÈi programul lansÄrilor Ubuntu, convenÈia atribuirii numelor Èi promisiunea Ubuntu în detaliu.</para>
+ </note>
+ <para>Ubuntu este un sistem de operare cu sursÄ publicÄ, bazat pe Linux. Termenul âsursÄ publicÄâ poate fi definit ca un set de principii Èi practici care promoveazÄ accesul la proiectarea Èi producerea propriu-zisÄ a bunurilor Èi cunoÈtinÈelor. Sursa deschisÄ se aplicÄ, în general, codului sursÄ al programelor, care devine astfel accesibil utilizatorilor, cu puÈine restricÈii legate de proprietatea intelectualÄ sau fÄrÄ nici o restricÈie. Acest lucru permite utilizatorilor sÄ distribuie, sÄ creeze Èi sÄ modifice conÈinutul programelor, fie individual, pentru satisfacerea unor cerinÈe personale specifice, fie prin colaborare, în scopul îmbunÄtÄÈirii acelui program. Atât miÈcarea sursÄ deschisÄ, cât Èi Linux-ul, au parcurs mai multe etape pânÄ ce au ajuns la forma din zilele noastre.</para>
+ <para>Ideea din spatele distribuirii deschise, fÄrÄ constrângeri, a codului sursÄ, este aceea de a încuraja dezvoltarea programelor pe baza colaborÄrii voluntare. Utilizatorii îmbunÄtÄÈesc conÈinutul programelor, rezolvÄ erorile de programare, dezvoltÄ facilitÄÈi noi Èi împÄrtÄÈesc toate acestea celorlalÈi.</para>
+ <para>Ca rezultat direct al dezvoltÄrii în colaborare a programelor, colaborare care implicÄ un numÄr mare de programatori, utilizatorii beneficiazÄ de programe care sunt adesea de o calitate mai bunÄ Èi au performanÈe superioare alternativelor proprietare. Utilizatorii sunt încurajaÈi sÄ personalizeze programele, pentru ca acestea sÄ rÄspundÄ mai bine propriilor cerinÈe, ceea ce reprezintÄ Ã®n sine un pas uriaÈ Ã®nainte faÈÄ de modul de gândire âo singurÄ mÄsurÄ pentru toatÄ lumeaâ.</para>
+ <para>Proiectele de tip sursÄ publicÄ apeleazÄ Èi la talentele altor oameni, nu numai la programatori. Multe proiecte implicÄ artiÈti, muzicieni, creatori de interfeÈe grafice Èi autori de documentaÈie, pentru a realiza un produs complet.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>MiÈcarea pentru Software Liber, Open Source Èi Linux</title>
+ <para>ExistÄ adesea o confuzie legatÄ de programele cu sursa publicÄ, programele gratuite Èi Linux. Cu toate cÄ Ã®ntre acestea trei sunt conexiuni, existÄ Èi diferenÈe distincte, care devin evidente dacÄ studiem evoluÈia acestora.</para>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>MiÈcarea pentru Software Liber</title>
+ <para>Ãn anii `60, programele erau distribuite liber, în mod obiÈnuit, de companii precum IBM Èi partajate de utilizatori. Programele erau considerate pe atunci o extensie a dispozitivelor fizice, concept în jurul cÄruia a fost dezvoltat modelul de afaceri al acestor corporaÈii. Programele erau puse la dispoziÈie împreunÄ cu codul sursÄ, care putea fi îmbunÄtÄÈit Èi modificat; iatÄ de ce putem spune cÄ aceastÄ abordare poate fi consideratÄ drept originile programelor sursÄ deschisÄ. TotuÈi, odatÄ cu ieftinirea dispozitivelor fizice Èi cu diminuarea profiturilor în anii `70, producÄtorii au gÄsit în programe o modalitate prin care sÄ-Èi asigure surse suplimentare de profit.</para>
+ <para>Ãn septembrie 1983, Richard Matthew Stallman, fost programator la MIT Artificial Intelligence Lab, a lansat proiectul GNU, prin care s-a dorit realizarea unui sistem de operare (SO) asemÄnÄtor UNIX-ului. El era îngrijorat de ponderea tot mai mare a programelor proprietare, care avea sÄ punÄ utilizatorii în âincapacitatea de a accesa Èi modifica programele din calculatoarele proprii.â Limitarea dezvoltÄrii prevala, în detrimentul libertÄÈii. OdatÄ cu proiectul GNU, Stallman iniÈiazÄ Free Software Movement (MiÈcarea pentru software liber) Èi, în Octombrie 1985, pune bazele Free Software Foundation (FundaÈia pentru software liber).</para>
+ <para>Stallman a dus o muncÄ de pionierat în definirea caracteristicilor sursei publice Èi ale conceptului de copyleft. El este autorul principal al mai multor licenÈe copyleft, inclusiv GNU General Public License (GPL), care este cea mai folositÄ licenÈÄ pentru programele libere.</para>
+ <tip>
+ <title>Este bine de reÈinut:</title>
+ <para>Pentru mai multe informaÈii despre Richard Stallman Èi proiectul GNU trebuie sÄ consultaÈi paginile de Internet urmÄtoare: <ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_stallman">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_stallman</ulink>.</para>
+ </tip>
+ <para>PânÄ Ã®n anul 1991 au fost create mai multe unelte GNU, printre care Èi puternicul compilator GNU (GCC). TotuÈi, nu era disponibil un kernel liber pentru realizarea unui sistem de operare liber, care sÄ foloseascÄ aceste unelte.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>MiÈcarea Open Source Èi Linux</title>
+ <para>DiferenÈa dintre software liber Èi open source este analogÄ diferenÈei dintre o miÈcare socialÄ (software liber) Èi o metodologie de dezvoltare (open source). Linux se referÄ la kernel sau la scheletul arhitecturii open source.</para>
+ <para>Ãn august 1991, Linus Benedict Torvalds, un student finlandez din anul doi la informaticÄ (ÈtiinÈa calculatoarelor) de la Universitatea din Helsinki, a început sÄ lucreze în Minix.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Linus Benedict Torvalds</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/chapter1_img_02.png" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <tip>
+ <title>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Este bine de reÈinut:</emphasis>
+ </title>
+ <para>Minix este un sistem de operare asemÄnÄtor UNIX-ului, realizat cu codul sursÄ public, creat de Prof. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, cu intenÈia de a prezenta studenÈilor sÄi procesele interne din cadrul unui sistem de operare.</para>
+ </tip>
+ <para>Linux-ul a fost gândit iniÈial ca un sistem de operare asemÄnÄtor Minix-ului, pe care Linus Torvalds sÄ-l poatÄ utiliza pe calculatorul de acasÄ. Pe la mijlocul lui septembrie, Torvalds scoate primul kernel Linux, versiunea 0.01. Ãn 1994, apare versiunea 1.0 a kernelului Linux, sub licenÈÄ GNU GPL. Kernelul liber Èi uneltele GNU au asigurat un teren fertil pentru entuziaÈti. Din cauza faptului cÄ s-a dorit pÄstrarea rÄdÄcinilor UNIX, Linux-ul a pus la dispoziÈie, pentru început, interfaÈa în linie de comandÄ (Command Line Interface - CLI); adaptarea Sistemului de ferestre X (X Window System), într-un stadiu ulterior, aduce o interfaÈÄ graficÄ cu utilizatorul (Grafical User Interface - GUI).</para>
+ <tip>
+ <title>Este bine de reÈinut:</title>
+ <para>Linux-ul nu este proprietatea cuiva, individ sau companie, nici chiar a lui Linus Torvalds, cel care a început dezvoltarea Linux-lui. TotuÈi, Torvalds este implicat major în procesul de dezvoltare al kernelului principal Èi deÈine marca Linux.</para>
+ </tip>
+ <para>Codul sursÄ deschisÄ al Linux-ului: <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Este disponibil Èi accesibil oricui.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Poate fi modificat în funcÈie de cerinÈele individuale specifice Èi în funcÈie de platforma folositÄ.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Poate fi redistribuit liber în forma curentÄ sau în cele modificate.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+ <para>IniÈial, Linux-ul a fost o unealtÄ foarte tehnicÄ, exclusivistÄ, pentru programarea codului sursÄ. Mii de dezvoltatori au contribuit la evoluÈia Linux-ului pe mÄsurÄ ce acesta devenea mai prietenos cu utilizatorul. Acest lucru a dus la lansarea a sute de versiuni de distribuÈii, atât comerciale, cât Èi necomerciale, proiectate pentru utilizarea de zi cu zi, existente Èi astÄzi.</para>
+ <para>Ãn 1998, Jon "maddog" Hall, Larry Augustin, Eric S. Raymond, Bruce Perens Èi alÈii, au lansat formal Open Source Movement. AceÈtia au promovat programele sursÄ deschisÄ exclusiv pe bazele excelenÈei tehnice.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Fondatorii Open Source Movement</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/chapter1_img_03.png" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>MiÈcarea pentru programe cu sursÄ publicÄ Èi explozia dot.com de la sfârÈitul anilor `90 au coincis, aducând popularitate Linux-ului Èi facilitând evoluÈia mai multor companii care aveau o atitudine prietenoasÄ faÈÄ de sursa publicÄ, companii precum Corel (Corel Linux), Sun Microsystems (OpenOffice.org) Èi IBM (OpenAFS). La începutul secolului 21, când prÄbuÈirea dot.com era în plinÄ desfÄÈurare, sursa publicÄ a fost în prima poziÈie ca alternativÄ viabilÄ la programele proprietare scumpe. Momentul prielnic a fost favorizat Èi de apariÈia unor aplicaÈii uÈor de utilizat.</para>
+ <para>Èi astfel, ceea ce la început a fost doar o idee, a devenit o pasiune pusÄ Ã®n slujba revoluÈionÄrii unei industrii preocupatÄ intens de patente Èi licenÈieri. Cu necesitÄÈi minime de investiÈii Èi îmbunÄtÄÈirea accesibilitÄÈii în utilizare, Linux-ul s-a împÄmântenit ca opÈiune demnÄ de luat în seamÄ pentru intreprinderi Èi utilizatori obiÈnuiÈi.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Despre Ubuntu</title>
+ <note userlevel="instructor">
+ <title>Ãn atenÈia instructorilor:</title>
+ <para>Principalul scop al acestei secÈiuni este acela de a face studenÈii sÄ Ã®nÈeleagÄ originile Ubuntu, ciclul de dezvoltare, lansÄrile de versiuni Èi importanÈa contribuÈiei comunitÄÈii la dezvoltarea acestuia.</para>
+ </note>
+ <para>Ubuntu este un sistem de operare dezvoltat de comunitate, bazat pe Linux, care este perfect pentru laptopuri, staÈii de lucru Èi servere. ConÈine toate aplicaÈiile de care aveÈi nevoie - inclusiv un navigator de Internet, programe pentru realizarea de prezentÄri, documente Èi foi de calcul electronice, mesagerie instantanee Èi multe altele.</para>
+ <tip>
+ <title>Este bine de reÈinut:</title>
+ <para>Ubuntu este un cuvânt african care înseamnÄ âumanitate cÄtre ceilalÈiâ sau âsunt ceea ce sunt datoritÄ a ceea ce noi toÈi suntemâ.</para>
+ </tip>
+ <para>Istoria Ubuntu începe în Aprilie 2004, când Mark Shuttleworth a format un grup de dezvoltatori sursÄ deschisÄ care sÄ creeze un nou sistem de operare Linux. <figure float="0">
+ <title>Mark Shuttleworth</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/chapter1_img_04.png" width="7cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>Bazat pe principiile unor lansÄri în intervale de timp prestabilite, pe fundaÈiile puternice ale Debian-ului, pe administratorul spaÈiului de lucru Gnome Èi pe un angajament pentru libertate, acest grup a operat la început sub auspiciile http://no-name-yet.com.</para>
+ <para>DupÄ mai bine de trei ani, Ubuntu a crescut la o comunitate de peste 12.000 de membri Èi o bazÄ de utilizatori aproximaÈi la peste 8 milioane (la nivelul lunii iunie 2007). Canonical este sponsorul comercial al Ubuntu.</para>
+
+ <note userlevel="instructor">
+ <title>Ãn atenÈia instructorilor:</title>
+ <para>DacÄ studenÈii sunt interesaÈi sÄ cunoascÄ mai multe despre Mark Shuttleworth, prezentaÈi urmÄtorul conÈinut sub forma unei povestiri.</para>
+ <para>Mark Shuttleworth este un întreprinzÄtor african îndrÄgostit de tehnologie, inovaÈie, schimbÄri Èi zboruri spaÈiale. Shuttleworth a studiat finanÈele Èi tehnologia informaÈiei la Universitatea Cape Town, dupÄ care a fondat Thawte, o companie specializatÄ Ã®n certificate digitale Èi criptogafie. Acesta a vândut Thawte companiei americane VeriSign în 1999 Èi a fondat HBD Venture Capital Èi Shuttleworth Foundation. S-a mutat la Londra în 2001 Èi a început pregÄtirile pentru a deveni primul african într-o misiune spaÈialÄ, antrenându-se în Star City, Rusia Èi Kazakstan. Ãn aprilie 2002 devine cÄlÄtor spaÈial ca membru al echipajului de cosmonauÈi de pe Misiunea Soyuz TM34 cÄtre International Space Station (StaÈia spaÈialÄ internaÈionalÄ - ISS). La începutul lui 2004 demareazÄ proiectul Ubuntu, prin care doreÈte realizarea unui SO liber Èi gratuit, de cea mai bunÄ calitate, prietenos cu utilizatorii, disponibil oricui.</para>
+ </note>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Promisiunea Ubuntu</title>
+ <note userlevel="instructor">
+ <title>Ãn atenÈia instructorilor:</title>
+ <para>InsistaÈi pe promisiunea Ubuntu, deoarece conÈine însÄÈi esenÈa spiritului Èi succesului programului.</para>
+ </note>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ubuntu va fi întotdeauna gratuit, inclusiv ediÈiile pentru intreprinderi Èi actualizÄrile de securitate.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ubuntu vine cu suport comercial asigurat de Canonical Èi de sute de companii din toatÄ lumea.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ubuntu include cele mai bune traduceri Èi cea mai bunÄ infrastructurÄ de accesibilitate pe care comunitatea sursÄ deschisÄ le poate oferi.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CD-ul Ubuntu conÈine doar aplicaÈii libere Èi gratuite; Ubuntu vÄ Ã®ncurajeazÄ sÄ folosiÈi programe gratuite Èi cu sursÄ publicÄ, sÄ le îmbunÄtÄÈiÈi Èi sÄ le daÈi mai departe.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Versiuni Ubuntu</title>
+ <para>Ãn octombrie 2004 este lansatÄ prima versiune Ubuntu. O versiune nouÄ a Ubuntu este lansatÄ la fiecare Èase luni, iar actualizÄrile de versiuni sunt gratuite. Utilizatorii sunt sfÄtuiÈi sÄ facÄ actualizÄri de versiune atunci când sunt disponibile, pentru a avea la dispoziÈie cele mai noi aplicaÈii Èi facilitÄÈi. Aceste versiuni sunt denumite dupÄ schema (de nume) A.LL, unde A indicÄ anul, iar MM aratÄ luna lansÄrii. Numele din paranteze este un nume de cod acordat unei versiuni aflatÄ Ã®n dezvoltare.</para>
+ <para>Fiecare versiune este suportatÄ timp de 18 luni; versiunile cu suport pe termen lung (LTS) sunt suportate timp de 3 ani pentru ediÈiile desktop Èi timp de 5 ani pentru ediÈiile server.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Versiuni Ubuntu</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/chapter1_img_05.png" width="100%" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>O scurtÄ istorie a lansÄrilor:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Ubuntu 4.10 (Warty Warthog)</title>
+ <para>Ubuntu 4.10 a fost prima versiune a Ubuntu, lansatÄ Ã®n octombrie 2004; a fost asigurat suportul pânÄ Ã®n aprilie 2006.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Este bine de reÈinut:</title>
+ <para>Prima comunitate de testeri ai versiunii 4.10 a fost numitÄ ScurmÄtori (Sounder), denumire colectivÄ pentru porci mistreÈi (warthogs). Lista de mail a ScurmÄtorilor existÄ Èi astÄzi ca forum pentru discuÈii deschise ale comunitÄÈii.</para>
+ </tip>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Ubuntu 5.04 (Hoary Hedgehog)</title>
+ <para>Lansat în aprilie 2005; suport asigurat pânÄ Ã®n octombrie 2006.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Ubuntu 5.10 (Breezy Badger)</title>
+ <para>Lansat în octombrie 2005; suport asigurat pânÄ Ã®n aprilie 2007.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Ubuntu 6.06 LTS (Dapper Drake)</title>
+ <para>ansat în octombrie 2006. AceastÄ versiune garanteazÄ un proces de pornire (boot) robust; asigurat suportul pânÄ Ã®n aprilie 2007. Suportul pe termen lung se referÄ la suport garantat pentru actualizÄrile de securitate timp de trei ani pentru versiunea desktop Èi de cinci ani pentru versiunea server. Toate celelalte versiuni au suport timp de 18 luni atât pentru versiunea desktop cât Èi pentru versiunea server. Perioada extinsÄ a suportului oferÄ o asigurare în plus Èi face mai uÈoarÄ Èi mai practicÄ implementarea sistemului de operare pe cât mai multe sisteme. Versiunea pentru desktop are suport pânÄ Ã®n iunie 2009 iar versiunea server are suport pânÄ Ã®n iunie 2011.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Ubuntu 6.10 (Edgy Eft)</title>
+ <para>Lansat în octombrie 2006. AceastÄ versiune garanteazÄ un proces de pornire (boot) robust; asigurat suportul pânÄ Ã®n aprilie 2007.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Ubuntu 7.04 (Feisty Fawn)</title>
+ <para>Lansat în aprilie 2007. AceastÄ versiune aduce îmbunÄtÄÈiri importante în roaming-ul de reÈea; suport asigurat pânÄ Ã®n octombrie 2008.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Ubuntu 7.10 (Gutsy Gibbon)</title>
+ <para>Lansat în octombrie 2007. TrÄsÄturile particulare includ efecte vizuale spectaculoase disponibile în instalarea implicitÄ, comutarea mai rapidÄ Ã®ntre utilizatori, auto-detecÈia imprimantelor, cÄutarea Èi indexarea mai rapidÄ a fiÈierelor; suport asigurat pânÄ Ã®n aprilie 2009.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Ubuntu 8.04 LTS (Hardy Heron)</title>
+ <para>LansatÄ Ã®n aprilie 2008, Ubuntu 8.04 LTS este cea de a doua ediÈie cu suport pe termen lung realizatÄ de cÄtre echipa Ubuntu. Versiunea pentru desktop va fi susÈinutÄ pânÄ Ã®n aprilie 2011 iar versiunea server va fi suportatÄ pânÄ Ã®n aprilie 2013.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Ubuntu 8.10 (Intrepid Ibex)</title>
+ <para>Lansat în octombrie 2008, Ubuntu 8.10 include sute de îmbunÄtÄÈiri Èi suport complet pentru 3D. AceastÄ versiune va avea susÈinere pânÄ Ã®n Aprilie 2010.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Ubuntu 9.04 (Jaunty Jackalope)</title>
+ <para>Programat pentru lansare în Aprilie 2009, Ubuntu 9.04 va fi noua versiune inovatoare Ubuntu.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>LucrÄri derivate din Ubuntu</title>
+ <para>Ubuntu este, de asemenea, disponibil în mai multe âaromeâ precum Ubuntu, Edubuntu, Kubuntu Èi Xubuntu. Edubuntu este Ubuntu special conceput pentru mediul Ècolar. Kubuntu este o derivatÄ oficialÄ a lui Ubuntu care se bazeazÄ pe proiectul K Desktop (KDE). KDE este un mediu desktop puternic, combinând uÈurinÈa în folosire Èi funcÈionalitate modernÄ. Xubuntu se adreseazÄ utilizatorilor care nu deÈin calculatoare performante sau acelora care doresc un mediu desktop extrem de eficient pe un calculator performant.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Dezvoltarea Ubuntu Èi comunitatea</title>
+
+ <para>Ubuntu este un proiect susÈinut prin colaborarea membrilor comunitÄÈii Ubuntu din toatÄ lumea. De la începuturile sale, în anul 2004, mii de contribuitori s-au alÄturat comunitÄÈii Ubuntu. AceÈti utilizatori îÈi aduc contribuÈia la dezvoltarea Ubuntu prin scrierea de cod, popularizare, înfrumuseÈarea mediului spaÈiului de lucru, traduceri, testare Èi documentare (acestea fiind doar câteva domenii). Procesul de dezvoltare al sistemului de operare Ubuntu este deschis Èi transparent pentru toatÄ lumea, fie cÄ sunteÈi un utilizator începÄtor sau un dezvoltator cu experienÈÄ Ã®n Ubuntu - oricine este binevenit dacÄ doreÈte sÄ se implice în dezvoltarea Èi îmbunÄtÄÈirea Ubuntu. Canonical, de asemenea, a angajat dezvoltatori care îÈi aduc contribuÈia la dezvoltarea Ubuntu.</para>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Cum vÄ puteÈi implica</title>
+ <para>Comunitatea Ubuntu este formatÄ din mulÈi indivizi Èi multe echipe care lucreazÄ la diferite aspecte ale lui Ubuntu. DacÄ sunteÈi un dezvoltator, puteÈi participa în nucleul de dezvoltare, puteÈi scrie aplicaÈii noi, puteÈi crea pachete pentru aplicaÈii suplimentare Èi puteÈi ajuta la depistarea Èi eliminarea erorilor de programare. DacÄ aveÈi înclinaÈii artistice puteÈi sÄ vÄ aduceÈi contribuÈia la aspectul grafic Èi la funcÈionalitatea sistemului de operare Ubuntu. De asemenea, puteÈi asigura suport tehnic pe Internet, puteÈi scrie documentaÈie, puteÈi ajuta la crearea materialului pentru instruirea utilizatorilor Ubuntu. Sunt o mulÈime de moduri în care puteÈi contribui.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Zona Dezvoltatorilor</title>
+ <para>Zona dezvoltatorilor este compusÄ din dezvoltatori care creeazÄ Èi împacheteazÄ programe, pun la punct defectele de programare Èi întreÈin Ubuntu. Ei sunt responsabili de asigurarea unui catalog cuprinzÄtor de programe Èi de menÈinerea Ubuntu ca sistem de operare pe care te poÈi baza, care ruleazÄ lin, fÄrÄ probleme. O modalitate prin care puteÈi începe sÄ contribuiÈi la împachetarea programelor este sÄ vÄ alÄturaÈi MOTU - consultaÈi https://wiki.ubuntu.com/MOTU/GettingStarted.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Idea Pool</title>
+ <para>DacÄ aveÈi idei de proiecte, propuneri Èi îmbunÄtÄÈiri, dar nu aveÈi posibilitatea de a le implementa personal, le puteÈi adÄuga în colectorul de idei, disponibil la https://wiki.ubuntu.com/IdeaPool.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Utilizatori cu pregÄtire tehnicÄ</title>
+ <para>DacÄ aveÈi pregÄtire sau înclinaÈii tehnice, puteÈi contribui în cadrul comunitÄÈii Ubuntu în urmÄtoarele moduri: <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>TestaÈi versiunile Ubuntu aflate în dezvoltare pentru a ajuta la depistarea erorilor de programare înainte de lansarea propriu-zisÄ.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>TrimiteÈi informÄri despre erorile de programare Èi ajutaÈi echipa de dezvoltatori în analizarea acestora.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>TriaÈi (editaÈi Èi încadraÈi în categorii) defectele de programare pentru a fi citite, evaluate Èi sortate înainte de repararea acestora.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ÃnscrieÈi-vÄ pe listele de asistenÈÄ prin poÈtÄ electronicÄ (e-mail) sau pe listele de discuÈii ale Ubuntu.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>DeveniÈi membru în forumurile de pe Internet Èi rÄspundeÈi solicitÄrilor existente.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>AlÄturaÈi-vÄ canalului IRC Ubuntu, o formÄ de chat Internet în timp real, pentru a participa la discuÈii Èi a oferi asistenÈÄ.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Utilizatori fÄrÄ Ã®nclinaÈii tehnice</title>
+ <para>Chiar dacÄ nu aveÈi cunoÈtinÈe tehnice despre Ubuntu, puteÈi ajuta utilizatorii Ubuntu prin urmÄtoarele proiecte: <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>GraficÄ Èi Design</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Traduceri Èi localizare</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Scrierea Èi actualizarea documentaÈiei Èi a materialelor pentru instruirea utilizatorilor</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Popularizare</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Realizarea cursului despre Ubuntu Desktop</title>
+ <para>Unul dintre scopurile urmÄrite de Canonical este acela de a asigura o pÄtrundere a sistemului de operare Ubuntu pe cât mai multe calculatoare Èi servere, peste tot în lume. Asigurarea instruirii este vÄzutÄ drept calea principalÄ prin care se faciliteazÄ adoptarea Ubuntu Èi astfel de cursuri sunt concepute pentru certificarea profesioniÈtilor Ubuntu, sprijinirea partenerilor care distribuie Ubuntu Èi pregÄtirea utilizatorilor obiÈnuiÈi (ca dumneavoastrÄ) pentru ca aceÈtia sÄ obÈinÄ cât mai multe de la acest SO. Pentru mai multe informaÈii despre cursurile Ubuntu existente Èi programul de certificÄri, consultaÈi http://www.ubuntu.com/training.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <para>Ca Èi în cazul dezvoltÄrii de programe, comunitatea contribuie Èi la dezvoltarea Èi îmbunÄtÄÈirea acestui curs. Membrii comunitÄÈii care sunt experÈi în Ubuntu definesc scopul Èi structura programului de pregÄtire, prin identificarea cerinÈelor din perspectiva utilizatorilor; ei ajutÄ Canonical, precum Èi terÈe pÄrÈi, în realizarea conÈinutului Èi în corectarea acestuia. Mai multe informaÈii despre efortul depus de comunitatea Ubuntu în programele de instruire puteÈi gÄsi la: //wiki.ubuntu.com/Training.</para>
+ <para>Procesul de dezvoltare, în totalitatea sa, respectÄ cu adevÄrat spiritul filosofiei Ubuntu Èi tradiÈiile sursei deschise.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <!-- <sect1>
+ <title>Software Repository and Categories</title>
+ <para>A software repository is a library of software from where you can download
+ and install packages (applications) over the Internet. The Ubuntu software
+ repository contains thousands of packages that are freely available for
+ installation over the Internet. It is easy to install these packages because
+ they are specially built for Ubuntu. Ubuntu repositories are categorised into
+ four groups based on the level of support provided for their content /
+ applications and their source code components. These will be covered in more detail in lessons 3, 6 and 7.</para>
+ <instructornote><title>Instructor Notes:</title><para><emphasis role="italic"> While explaining the software repository categories, demonstrate where the repositories can be found. These repositories can be accessed by clicking System > Administration > Software Sources.</emphasis></para>
+</instructornote>
+ <note><title><emphasis role="strong">Note:</emphasis></title>
+ <para>This course is primarily based on applications available in the Main repository, which is the default repository in Ubuntu.
+ Applications derived from other components will be highlighted.</para></note>
+ <para><emphasis role="strong">The Main Component</emphasis></para>
+ <para>The main component contains software packages that are free
+ and fully supported by the Canonical team. These packages comply
+ with the free software philosophy. The packages in the main
+ component are available by default while installing Ubuntu. For all
+ packages in the main component, security updates and technical
+ support are available free of cost. OpenOffice.org, Abiword and the
+ Apache web server are some of the packages found in the main
+ component.</para>
+ <para><emphasis role="strong">The Restricted Component</emphasis></para>
+ <para>The restricted component consists of packages for commonly
+ used software that is supported by the Ubuntu team but not available
+ under a completely free license. Binary drivers produced by some
+ video card vendors are example of packages in the restricted
+ component. Packages in this component are also available on the
+ standard Ubuntu installation CD, but they can be easily removed.</para>
+ <para><emphasis role="strong">The Universe Component</emphasis></para>
+ <para>The universe component includes thousands of
+ packages for software that are not officially supported by Canonical. The
+ software here is available under a variety of licenses from a number of public sources.</para>
+ <para>All the packages in this component are expected to be Ubuntu compatible,
+ however, there is no guarantee of security fixes and support for them. Packages in this component are
+ maintained by the community.</para>
+ <instructornote><title>Instructor Notes:</title><para><emphasis role="italic">It could be considered risky to use packages from
+ the universe component, especially because the availability of security
+ updates is not guaranteed.</emphasis></para>
+ </instructornote>
+ <para><emphasis role="strong">The Multiverse Component</emphasis></para>
+ <para>The multiverse component contains packages of non-free
+ software, which means that the licensing requirements of these
+ software does not meet the license policy of Ubuntu's main component.
+ It is the user's responsibility to verify their rights to use the software
+ and comply with stated licensing terms. The packages in this component
+ do not come with any support or security updates. Examples of these
+ packages include VLC and the Adobe Flash plugin.</para>
+ <instructornote><title>Instructor Notes:</title><para><emphasis role="italic">Software from the multiverse
+ component could be restricted by patents or other forms of regulation on usage and distribution.
+ It is the responsibility of the user to determine if the software of question
+ can be used in its jurisdiction and to comply with local laws.</emphasis></para>
+ </instructornote>
+</sect1> -->
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Ubuntu Èi Microsoft Windows: DiferenÈele majore</title>
+ <para>Programele cu sursa publicÄ diferÄ de modelul programelor proprietare, dupÄ cum urmeazÄ:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ÃncurajeazÄ personalizarea Èi varietatea, ca opuse ideii o singurÄ mÄsurÄ care sÄ se potriveascÄ tuturor nevoilor.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Se bazeazÄ pe modelul de afaceri âservicii adÄugateâ, în loc de a folosi licenÈierea sau taxarea la bucatÄ.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Are convingerea cÄ beneficiile colaborÄrii Èi contribuÈiile mai multor dezvoltatori depÄÈesc beneficiile aduse de proiectele controlate, dezvoltate de echipe mai mici, formate din dezvoltatori plÄtiÈi.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table>
+ <blockinfo>
+ <abstract>
+ <para>Ubuntu Èi Microsoft Windows se diferenÈiazÄ prin multe trÄsÄturi. Elementele legate de costuri, cicluri de lansare, securitate, personalizare Èi mobilitate trebuie luate în considerare în aceastÄ discuÈie.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ </blockinfo>
+ <title>TrÄsÄturi definitorii</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="3cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="6cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col3" colwidth="6cm"/>
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Atribut</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Ubuntu</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Microsoft Windows</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Costuri</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nu impune taxe de licenÈiere (fÄrÄ costuri)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Costuri pe utilizator Èi/sau pe o perioadÄ limitatÄ de timp</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">LansÄrile de versiuni</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>AceeaÈi versiune Èi aceleaÈi facilitÄÈi sunt destinate atât utilizatorilor obiÈnuiÈi, casnici, cât Èi celor profesionali.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lansarea unei versiuni noi, cu asigurarea asistenÈei complete, la fiecare Èase luni.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>EdiÈii diferite pentru utilizatorii obiÈnuiÈi Èi profesioniÈti (ediÈii Home Èi Professional)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>LansÄri mai puÈin frecvente Èi un program deloc transparent</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Securitate</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Utilizatorului cu drepturi de administrator (root) i se creeazÄ un cont securizat</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Este rar Èinta programelor maliÈioase (malware) Èi a viruÈilor</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Permite accesul neîngrÄdit la contul utilizatorului cu drepturi administrative</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Constituie Èinta predilectÄ a programelor malware Èi a viruÈilor</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Personalizare</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Foarte uÈor de personalizat Èi transformat</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Este posibilÄ rularea mai multor arome (versiuni) de Ubuntu în paralel</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Sistem de operare standard, cu opÈiuni limitate de personalizare</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>AplicaÈiile suplimentare implicÄ costuri suplimentare</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Stocarea de date</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>UÈor de trecut de la o versiune la alta (upgrade Èi downgrade)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Datele utilizatorilor sunt stocate într-un singur director âhomeâ</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Migrarea datele utilizatorilor Èi refacerea acestora Èi a configurÄrilor personale pe alt calculator se poate face foarte uÈor</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Datele utilizatorilor sunt stocate în mai multe locuri</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Realizarea unor copii de siguranÈÄ Èi migrarea datelor unui utilizator pe alt calculator sunt sarcini foarte dificile</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Discutarea fiecÄrui element prezentat în tabel mai în detaliu:</para>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Costuri asociate:</title>
+ <para>Sistemul de operare Microsoft Windows este unul proprietar, iar costul total creÈte cu fiecare funcÈie Èi aplicaÈie care îi este adÄugatÄ. PreÈul rezultat este câteodatÄ influenÈat Èi de folosirea unor aplicaÈii realizate de terÈe pÄrÈi, nefiind controlat numai de Microsoft. Ãn cazul Ubuntu, lansÄrile de versiuni noi Èi aplicaÈii sunt, Èi acestea, gratuite.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>LansÄrile de versiuni noi:</title>
+ <para>Ãn cazul lansÄrilor Ubuntu, existÄ o singurÄ versiune, de aceea aplicaÈiile Èi facilitÄÈile puse la dispoziÈia utilizatorilor obiÈnuiÈi sunt aceleaÈi cu cele folosite de utilizatorii profesioniÈti. EdiÈiile Home Èi Professional ale Microsoft Windows diferÄ. De exemplu, ediÈia Microsoft Windows Professional dispune de mai multe elemente de securitate decât ediÈia Home.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>Programul de lansÄri în cazul Ubuntu, bazat pe un ciclu de 6 luni, face ca utilizatorii sÄ aibÄ acces la cele mai noi aplicaÈii. Actualizarea de versiune (de la cea veche, la cea nou apÄrutÄ) este gratuitÄ Èi suportatÄ pe deplin. LansÄrile Microsoft sunt mai rare, iar programul acestor lansÄri nu este accesibil publicului.</para>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Aspecte legate de securitate:</title>
+ <para>Ubuntu este rar Èinta atacurilor programelor malware Èi a viruÈilor. Contul utilizatorului cu drepturi administrative este securizat implicit în Ubuntu Èi doar câteva sarcini implicÄ folosirea drepturilor speciale. Microsoft Windows pune la dispoziÈie un mediu în care accesul la utilizatorul cu drepturi depline se face direct (nerestricÈionat).</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Securitatea în Ubuntu</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson02_images_003.png" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Personalizare:</title>
+ <para>DupÄ cum veÈi descoperi în acest curs, Ubuntu vÄ invitÄ sÄ-l redesenaÈi Èi sÄ-l personalizaÈi. PuteÈi rula în paralel mai multe versiuni Ubuntu; de exemplu, puteÈi instala Kubuntu (KDE) împreunÄ cu Ubuntu (GNOME) Èi sÄ selectaÈi mediul spaÈiului de lucru pe care doriÈi sÄ-l utilizaÈi. Mai mult de 17,000 pachete sunt disponibile Èi uÈor de accesat prin intermediul Internetului. Ca urmare, nu sunteÈi nevoiÈi sÄ folosiÈi o anume versiune din cauzÄ cÄ pe aceea aÈi instalat-o iniÈial.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+
+ <para>Microsoft Windows este un SO standard, cu puÈine posibilitÄÈi de personalizare. Cu toate cÄ sunt disponibile foarte multe aplicaÈii, acestea, aproape în totalitate, sunt programe proprietare care impun o taxÄ de licenÈiere.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Personalizarea spaÈiului de lucru</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson02_images_004.png" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Stocarea datelor:</title>
+ <para>Ãn Microsoft Windows, datele utilizatorilor sunt stocate în mai multe locuri, ceea ce face ca realizarea copiilor de siguranÈÄ Èi migrarea datelor pe alte calculatoare sÄ fie fÄcute cu greutate. Ubuntu pÄstreazÄ datele unui utilizator într-un singur loc - directorul home (acasÄ). Aceasta face ca migrarea datelor de pe un calculator vechi pe altul nou sÄ fie fÄcutÄ cu uÈurinÈÄ, oferind posibilitatea pÄstrÄrii copiilor de siguranÈÄ Ã®n locuri sigure.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Instalare</title>
+ <table>
+ <title>DiferenÈe legate de instalare</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="3cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="6cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col3" colwidth="6cm"/>
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Instalare</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Ubuntu</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Microsoft Windows</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Instalarea sistemului de operare</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Poate fi descÄrcat de pe Internet, gratuit, sau poate fi comandat, gratuit, ca CD</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Poate fi folosit direct de pe live-CD</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Trebuie cumpÄrat</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Sistemul de operare trebuie instalat pe discul fix al calculatorului</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Instalarea programelor</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Este disponibilÄ o varietate impresionantÄ de programe</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Toate pot fi descÄrcate de pe Internet</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ãn instalarea implicitÄ, programele disponibile sunt în numÄr redus</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Utilizatorii pot cumpÄra Èi descÄrca programe de pe Internet, dar existÄ Èi programe care pot fi instalate doar manual</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Instalarea Sistemului de Operare (SO):</title>
+ <para>TotuÈi, pentru o instalare pe un calculator cumpÄrat fÄrÄ sistem de operare, în cazul Ubuntu puteÈi gÄsi acest sistem de operare pe Internet, gratuit, sau puteÈi comanda un CD, de asemenea, gratuit. Pentru orice versiune de Microsoft Windows trebuie sÄ achitaÈi contravaloarea taxei de licenÈiere impusÄ de Microsoft.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <para>Ubuntu existÄ Èi în modul live-CD, ceea ce înseamnÄ cÄ puteÈi folosi sistemul de operare direct de pe CD, fÄrÄ a-l instala în calculator. DacÄ vÄ place ceea ce vedeÈi, puteÈi sÄ treceÈi la instalare. DacÄ nu, daÈi-l unui prieten. Live-CD-ul este foarte folositor Èi atunci când trebuie sÄ reparaÈi un sistem.</para>
+ <para>InstalÄrile pentru Microsoft Windows Èi Ubuntu se fac foarte uÈor, prin rularea CD-ului de instalare Èi repornirea calculatorului. Ãn cazul ambelor instalÄri, durata acestora variazÄ Ã®n funcÈie de specificaÈiile calculatorului, o duratÄ medie situându-se în intervalul 20-30 de minute.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Instalarea aplicaÈiilor:</title>
+ <para>PuteÈi adÄuga programe în Ubuntu folosind utilitarul Instalare/Dezinstalare (Add/Remove Applications) sau administratorul de pachete Synaptic. Utilitarul Instalare/Dezinstalare vÄ permite sÄ vizionaÈi toate aplicaÈiile libere Èi gratuite, recomandate a fi folosite în Ubuntu, Èi sÄ le instalaÈi pe acelea pe care le doriÈi. Ãn cazul Microsoft Windows, fiecare program are propria metodÄ de instalare. Microsoft Vista dispune de o facilitate numitÄ Digital Locker care permite utilizatorilor sÄ cumpere programe de pe Internet Èi sÄ le descarce într-un mod protejat.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Instalarea aplicaÈiilor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson02_images_006.png" width="100%" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>AplicaÈii</title>
+ <para>Tabelul de mai jos conÈine o comparaÈie între aplicaÈiile Ubuntu Èi cele specifice Microsoft Windows:</para>
+ <table>
+ <title>DiferenÈe de bazÄ Ã®ntre aplicaÈii</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="3cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="6cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col3" colwidth="6cm"/>
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">AplicaÈii</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Ubuntu</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Microsoft Windows</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Navigare web Èi E-mail</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Navigatorul Firefox în instalarea implicitÄ</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Clientul de e-mail Evolution în instalarea implicitÄ</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Navigatorul Internet Explorer în instalarea implicitÄ</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Clientul de e-mail Outlook în instalarea implicitÄ</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Procesare de text</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Suita OpenOffice.org</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>WordPad în instalarea implicitÄ</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Multimedia</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Sunt incluse aplicaÈiile Audio CD Extractor, Brasero, Rhythmbox, Player pentru filme Èi Ãnregistrare sunet</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Include Microsoft Windows Media Player 11 (WMP) Èi Microsoft Windows Media Center (WMC)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="strong">Editare de imagini Èi gestionarea fotografiilor</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>F-Spot pentru gestionarea fotografiilor</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Gimp pentru editarea imaginilor</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>AplicaÈia Picture Gallery</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Desen</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Discutarea fiecÄrui element prezentat în tabel mai în detaliu:</para>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>ReÈea, navigare web Èi e-mail</title>
+ <para>Configurarea reÈelei este uÈoarÄ, atât pentru Ubuntu, cât Èi pentru Microsoft Windows. Navigarea pe Internet dispune de aproximativ aceleaÈi facilitÄÈi în cazul ambelor sisteme de operare.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <para>Mozilla Firefox este navigatorul de Internet instalat implicit de Ubuntu, iar Internet Explorer este navigatorul de Internet din Vista. PuteÈi instala Firefox în Microsoft Windows.</para>
+ <para>Evolution este clientul de mail implicit al Ubuntu. Se poate conecta la conturile POP, cÄsuÈele poÈtale convenÈionale UNIX Èi serverele Exchange prin Outlook Web Access. Evolution dispune Èi de un Personal Information Manager (PIM - administrator al informaÈiilor personale) Èi un utilitar gen agendÄ pentru programarea activitÄÈilor zilnice. AplicaÈia pentru e-mail din Microsoft Vista este o versiune rescrisÄ a aplicaÈiei Outlook Express, care conÈine o versiune trunchiatÄ a utilitarului agendÄ, Microsoft Windows Calendar. Ar trebui sÄ luaÈi în considerare instalarea Outlook dacÄ doriÈi sÄ folosiÈi des agenda sau dacÄ doriÈi un PIM pe deplin funcÈional. Utilizatorii Ubuntu se bucurÄ de un client de e-mail care cuprinde toate facilitÄÈile.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Clientul de e-mail Evolution</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson02_images_008.png" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Procesare de text:</title>
+ <para>Suita OpenOffice.org este prezentÄ Ã®n instalarea implicitÄ a SO Ubuntu Èi asigurÄ multe din facilitÄÈile prezente în Microsoft Office. Vista are în instalarea implicitÄ WordPad; versiunea completÄ a Microsoft Word (sau Office) pentru Microsoft Windows este disponibilÄ, dar implicÄ alte costuri. <figure float="0">
+ <title>
+ <emphasis role="italic">OpenOffice.org Writer</emphasis>
+ </title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson02_images_009.png" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure></para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Multimedia:</title>
+ <para>O serie de programe multimedia sunt configurate implicit în Ubuntu, precum Audio CD Extractor, Brasero scriere discuri, Rhythmbox redare muzicÄ, Player pentru filme Èi Ãnregistrare sunet. Rhythmbox este programul implicit pentru redarea CD-urilor audio Èi pentru organizarea colecÈiilor Èi a listelor de redare. Rhythmbox este similar programului Microsoft Windows Media Player. Brasero poate fi folosit pentru inscriÈionarea CD-urilor cu muzicÄ.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>Pentru a reda formatul mp3 în Ubuntu, trebuie sÄ instalaÈi un pachet de codecuri. Acest lucru este necesar deoarece Ubuntu nu este distribuit cu codecurile mp3 din cauza restricÈiilor impuse de licenÈa acestora. Redarea fiÈierelor mp3 se poate face implicit pentru unele versiuni de Microsoft Windows.</para>
+ <para>Vista are douÄ programe multimedia, Windows Media Player 11 (WMP, pe scurt) Èi Windows Media Center (WMC, pe scurt). WMP este mai bun la redarea fiÈierelor care conÈin muzicÄ, iar WMC este folositor dacÄ intenÈionaÈi sÄ transformaÈi calculatorul în centru de divertisment. WMP poate conÈine o bibliotecÄ cuprinzÄtoare de muzicÄ . Folosind sistemul WMP de cÄutare Èi indexare, puteÈi cÄuta piese muzicale ale unui anume artist sau o anumitÄ piesÄ.</para>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Editarea imaginilor Èi gestionarea fotografiilor</title>
+ <para>Cu aplicaÈia Picture Gallery din Microsoft Vista, puteÈi încÄrca mii de fotografii Èi puteÈi adÄuga etichete acestora. VÄ puteÈi organiza pozele rapid Èi puteÈi lucra cu ele deoarece le puteÈi eticheta printr-un singur clic de maus. Administratorul fotografiilor din Ubuntu, F-Spot, vÄ organizeazÄ colecÈia personalÄ. LucreazÄ fÄrÄ probleme cu bazele de date populare de pe Internet pentru fotografii, cum ar fi Flickr Èi Picasa Web.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>Ubuntu aduce GIMP pentru editarea imaginilor, care este o aplicaÈie puternicÄ, asemÄnÄtoare Photoshop-ului. Microsoft Windows Vista oferÄ âPaintâ pentru editÄri de bazÄ ale imaginilor.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>GIMP</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson02_images_010.png" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Rezumatul lecÈiei</title>
+ <para>Ãn aceastÄ lecÈie aÈi învÄÈat:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Concepte fundamentale Open Source</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>LegÄtura dintre the Free Software Movement (MiÈcarea pentru programe libere), sursa deschisÄ Èi Linux</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum este legat Ubuntu de aplicaÈiile cu sursa publicÄ</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum este dezvoltat Ubuntu</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ConvenÈia folositÄ pentru stabilirea numelui versiunii Ubuntu</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Despre diferenÈele majore dintre Ubuntu Èi Microsoft Windows</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 role="questions">
+ <title>ExerciÈii recapitulative</title>
+ <note userlevel="instructor">
+ <title>Ãn atenÈia instructorilor:</title>
+ <para>DacÄ nu vÄ ajunge timpul, daÈi spre rezolvare acest exerciÈiu cu lecÈia Explorarea Ubuntu Desktop în <xref linkend="lesson2"/>.</para>
+ </note>
+ <qandaset>
+ <qandaentry>
+ <question>
+ <para>Ce se înÈelege prin termenul software liber?</para>
+ </question>
+ <answer>
+ <para>Ãn concordanÈÄ cu declaraÈia Free Software Foundation, referitor la întrebarea âCe este software-ul liberâ, libertÄÈile care stau la baza conceptului de software liber se referÄ la:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Libertatea de a rula un program, în orice scop.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Libertatea de a studia felul în care lucreazÄ un program Èi de a-l adapta nevoilor personale.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Libertatea de a redistribui copii ale programelor, pentru a fi de ajutor celorlalÈi.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Libertatea de a aduce îmbunÄtÄÈiri programelor Èi de a pune la dispoziÈia publicului aceste îmbunÄtÄÈiri, pentru ca toatÄ lumea sÄ beneficieze de ele.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </answer>
+ </qandaentry>
+ <qandaentry>
+ <question>
+ <para>Care este promisiunea Ubuntu?</para>
+ </question>
+ <answer>
+ <para>Promisiunea Ubuntu este: <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ubuntu va fi întotdeauna gratuit, inclusiv ediÈiile pentru intreprinderi Èi actualizÄrile de securitate.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ubuntu vine cu suport comercial asigurat de Canonical Èi de sute de companii din toatÄ lumea.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ubuntu include cele mai bune traduceri Èi cea mai bunÄ infrastructurÄ de accesibilitate pe care comunitatea sursÄ deschisÄ le poate oferi.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CD-ul Ubuntu conÈine doar aplicaÈii libere Èi gratuite; Ubuntu vÄ Ã®ncurajeazÄ sÄ folosiÈi programe gratuite Èi sursÄ deschisÄ, sÄ le îmbunÄtÄÈiÈi Èi sÄ le daÈi mai departe.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+ </answer>
+ </qandaentry>
+ <qandaentry>
+ <question>
+ <para>PotriviÈi versiunile Ubuntu cu anii în care acestea au fost lansate.</para>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="3cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="3cm"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>1) 7.04</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>a) Iunie 2006</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>2) 4.10</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>b) Octombrie 2007</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>3) 6.06</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>c) Aprilie 2007</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>4) 7.10</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>d) Octombrie 2004</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </question>
+ <answer>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="3cm"/>
+ <colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="3cm"/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>1) 7.04</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>c) Aprilie 2007</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>2) 4.10</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>d) Octombrie 2004</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>3) 6.06</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>a) Iunie 2006</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>4) 7.10</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>b) Octombrie 2007</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </answer>
+ </qandaentry>
+ <qandaentry>
+ <question>
+ <para>MenÈionaÈi 3 moduri în care utilizatorii fÄrÄ pregÄtire tehnicÄ pot contribui la dezvoltarea Ubuntu.</para>
+ </question>
+ <answer>
+ <para>Cele trei moduri prin care utilizatorii fÄrÄ pregÄtire tehnicÄ pot contribui la dezvoltarea Ubuntu sunt: graficÄ, traduceri Èi localizare, precum Èi documentarea soluÈiilor.</para>
+ </answer>
+ </qandaentry>
+ <qandaentry>
+ <question>
+ <para>Navigatorul implicit din Ubuntu este _________________.</para>
+ </question>
+ <answer>
+ <para>Navigatorul implicit din Ubuntu este Mozilla Firefox.</para>
+ </answer>
+ </qandaentry>
+ <qandaentry>
+ <question>
+ <para>Clientul implicit de e-mail din Ubuntu este __________________.</para>
+ </question>
+ <answer>
+ <para>Clientul implicit de e-mail din Ubuntu este Evolution.</para>
+ </answer>
+ </qandaentry>
+ <qandaentry>
+ <question>
+ <para>Care sunt avantajele programului Ubuntu de lansÄri noi la perioade de 6 luni?</para>
+ </question>
+ <answer>
+ <para>ActualizÄri mai rapide Èi disponibilitatea aplicaÈiilor noi, precum Èi posibilitatea includerii de caracteristici îmbunÄtÄÈite.</para>
+ </answer>
+ </qandaentry>
+ </qandaset>
+ </sect1>
+</chapter>
=== added file 'chapter10/.xml2po.mo'
Binary files chapter10/.xml2po.mo 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 and chapter10/.xml2po.mo 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000 differ
=== added file 'chapter10/Partitioning_and_Booting-ro.po'
--- chapter10/Partitioning_and_Booting-ro.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000
+++ chapter10/Partitioning_and_Booting-ro.po 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,932 @@
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Ubuntu Desktop Course 8.04\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-29 20:35+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-30 17:04+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Doru HoriÈco <doruhushhush@gmail>\n"
+"Language-Team: Ubuntu Romanian Localization <doruhushhush@xxxxxxxxx>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n==0 || (n%100 > 0 && n%100 < 20)) ? 1 : 2;\\n\n"
+"X-Poedit-Language: Romanian\n"
+"X-Poedit-Country: ROMANIA\n"
+"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:73(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/partitioning.png'; md5=298c8736f0c8ffb7db851a599c36d209"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/partitioning.png'; md5=298c8736f0c8ffb7db851a599c36d209"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:331(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_001.png'; md5=d9a676693a685cc75b9de885913bfcf6"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_001.png'; md5=d9a676693a685cc75b9de885913bfcf6"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:393(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_002.png'; md5=2cbd2281f3c82c85928283b64ce5fbc8"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_002.png'; md5=2cbd2281f3c82c85928283b64ce5fbc8"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:413(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_003.png'; md5=20817092e102f3a6e169f480ac4fdd2f"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_003.png'; md5=20817092e102f3a6e169f480ac4fdd2f"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:436(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_004.png'; md5=ab4b8d3b8012a27aa2fb06081787392f"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_004.png'; md5=ab4b8d3b8012a27aa2fb06081787392f"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:451(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_005.png'; md5=25ea694c1cab9372cb2c613b4a4d8e26"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_005.png'; md5=25ea694c1cab9372cb2c613b4a4d8e26"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:469(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_006.png'; md5=6f36f59efee2ffacc10d33b637411146"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_006.png'; md5=6f36f59efee2ffacc10d33b637411146"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:485(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_007.png'; md5=57ac242cfa0360abe1a09056e815b529"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_007.png'; md5=57ac242cfa0360abe1a09056e815b529"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:502(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_008.png'; md5=56eb37e1b19f4e4a0597515121ced608"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_008.png'; md5=56eb37e1b19f4e4a0597515121ced608"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:517(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_009.png'; md5=7ccec49f504d61500cc25c59db863cb8"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_009.png'; md5=7ccec49f504d61500cc25c59db863cb8"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:547(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_010.png'; md5=7ec8d09387042fd37594bde338f095a1"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_010.png'; md5=7ec8d09387042fd37594bde338f095a1"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:599(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_011.png'; md5=0c00ea24d1a7d400c5b471c0e30ec453"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_011.png'; md5=0c00ea24d1a7d400c5b471c0e30ec453"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:622(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_012.png'; md5=348fd039d7c34656c8cd11efb9eae6af"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_012.png'; md5=348fd039d7c34656c8cd11efb9eae6af"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:657(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_013.png'; md5=d2ff5aee05fcb83b41c5c3de6556a594"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_013.png'; md5=d2ff5aee05fcb83b41c5c3de6556a594"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:696(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_014.png'; md5=27e50f3d7a7b75e09bd1424fcafebfd4"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_014.png'; md5=27e50f3d7a7b75e09bd1424fcafebfd4"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:714(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_015.png'; md5=e0e7bb9b30a4ccb80654618acbcfeda9"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_015.png'; md5=e0e7bb9b30a4ccb80654618acbcfeda9"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:732(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_016.png'; md5=d30cec53df0670b5d10c53f8515ab0bd"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_016.png'; md5=d30cec53df0670b5d10c53f8515ab0bd"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:769(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_017.png'; md5=28573138c388c86e9157d950d60570af"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_017.png'; md5=28573138c388c86e9157d950d60570af"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:786(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_018.png'; md5=d19248d0d3a735121d9fdd29dcd807b6"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_018.png'; md5=d19248d0d3a735121d9fdd29dcd807b6"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:852(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_019.png'; md5=7d4016aeebf76c4a537c4747c26eed8e"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_019.png'; md5=7d4016aeebf76c4a537c4747c26eed8e"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:876(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_020.png'; md5=4042007ddb930ae6700336e0891bd5fa"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_020.png'; md5=4042007ddb930ae6700336e0891bd5fa"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:891(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_021.png'; md5=d3fea9381a9ee8559c93753d17428cf9"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_021.png'; md5=d3fea9381a9ee8559c93753d17428cf9"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1000(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_022.png'; md5=bdd4136b29ea1301145dffae8a707c6f"
+msgstr "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_022.png'; md5=bdd4136b29ea1301145dffae8a707c6f"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:4(title)
+msgid "Partitioning and Booting"
+msgstr "PartiÈionarea Èi pornirea"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:7(title)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:84(title)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:108(title)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:640(title)
+msgid "Note:"
+msgstr "NotÄ:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:9(para)
+msgid "Partitioning and Booting is an additional section and not an integral part of the desktop course. Many users, especially corporate desktop users who have system administrators to set up their computers for them will find this section irrelevant. Home users, or advanced Ubuntu users may find this extremely useful."
+msgstr "PartiÈionarea Èi pornirea este o secÈiune suplimentarÄ Èi nu o parte integrantÄ a cursului Ubuntu desktop. MulÈi dintre utilizatori, în special cei ce lucreazÄ la companii, care au administratori de sistem ce se ocupÄ de calculatoarele lor, s-ar putea sÄ trateze aceastÄ secÈiune cu dezinteres. Utilizatorii de acasÄ Ã®nsÄ, ca Èi cei doritori sÄ avanseze în folosirea Ubuntu o pot gÄsi extrem de utilÄ."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:17(title)
+msgid "Objectives"
+msgstr "Obiective"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:19(para)
+msgid "In this lesson, you will learn:"
+msgstr "Ãn aceastÄ lecÈie veÈi învÄÈa:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:22(para)
+msgid "The benefits of partitioning"
+msgstr "Care sunt avantajele partiÈionÄrii"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:26(para)
+msgid "How to create partitions"
+msgstr "Cum se creeazÄ partiÈiile"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:30(para)
+msgid "How to configure start-up options"
+msgstr "Cum se configureazÄ opÈiunile de pornire"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:35(title)
+msgid "What is Partitioning"
+msgstr "Ce este partiÈionarea"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:38(title)
+msgid "Analogy Time"
+msgstr "Simple analogii"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:40(para)
+msgid "Simply broken down, a new hard disk is similar to the foundations of a house - it needs some structure and walls before you can start putting things (like furniture) into it. The partition is the first level of foundation on the disk. Once the disk is logically carved up into partitions, it can be thought of as a house with rooms. Each partition (room) is of a specific size which could potentially be resized again after you move it, but would cause some disruption as objects get moved to make room. Once a partition (room) is created it can then be formatted using the filesystem of your choice. Once the filesystem has been laid down, it's possible to start populating the partition with data in the form of files and folders (furniture)."
+msgstr "Simplificând lucrurile, un disc fix nou se aseamÄnÄ cu temelia unei case - mai e nevoie de cÄÈiva stâlpi Èi pereÈi, înainte de începe sÄ-Èi aduci Èi sÄ-Èi aranjezi lucrurile înÄuntru (bunÄoarÄ mobilierul). PartiÈia este primul nivel al construcÈiei pe un disc fix. OdatÄ ce discul este logic structurat în partiÈii, se poate asimila unei case cu camere modulare. Fiecare partiÈie (camerÄ) are o anumitÄ dimensiune, care însÄ poate fi modificatÄ mai târziu, sau chiar mutatÄ, numai cÄ asta ar putea sÄ cauzeze unele neajunsuri cu obiectele mutate pentru a elibera spaÈiu. OdatÄ ce o partiÈie (camerÄ) este creatÄ, aceasta poate fi formatatÄ folosind un sistem de fiÈiere la alegere. DupÄ ce v-aÈi ales Èi sistemul de fiÈiere pe care-l veÈi folosi, atunci puteÈi începe popularea partiÈiei cu date sub forma fiÈierelor Èi dosarelor (mobilierul)."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:53(para)
+msgid "So, a partition is a logical chunk of space allocated out of the entire disk. Depending on how a system is configured at installation time, there may be one or more partitions on a disk. In some instances, it is also possible to modify the layout, number and size of partitions, but this is often considered an expert's function."
+msgstr "AÈadar, o partiÈie este alocarea logicÄ a unei bucÄÈi mari din spaÈiul întregului disc. Ãn funcÈie de cum este configurat un sistem la momentul instalÄrii, pot exista una sau mai multe partiÈii pe un disc. Ãn unele cazuri, este posibil chiar sÄ modificaÈi poziÈia, dimensiunile Èi numÄrul de partiÈii, dar acest lucru este considerat de regulÄ treaba experÈilor."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:59(para)
+msgid "Many Microsoft Windows users will have just one large partition - often known as \"C: drive\", however it is also common for Microsoft Windows users to have multiple partitions which are labelled with successive alphabetic characters (D:, E: and so on)."
+msgstr "MulÈi utilizatori Microsoft Windows vor avea chiar o singurÄ Èi mare partiÈie - cunoscutÄ de regulÄ ca âunitatea C: â, deÈi este tot atât de comun Èi pentru utilizatorii de Microsoft Windows sÄ aibÄ mai multe partiÈii denumite cu literele succesive ale alfabetului (D:, E: Èi aÈa mai departe)."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:64(para)
+msgid "Similarly, with Ubuntu it's possible to install the system in exactly one partition on the disk, or spread data and applications over multiple partitions."
+msgstr "Ãn mod similar, la Ubuntu se poate instala sistemul pe o singurÄ partiÈie de pe disc, sau datele Èi aplicaÈiile sistemului pot fi rÄspândite pe mai multe partiÈii."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:69(title)
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "PartiÈionarea"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:78(para)
+msgid "There are valid arguments for both scenarios. Having one single partition with all applications, libraries and data will result in a simple to manage system. It also provides flexibility as installing applications or adding data will use space from a common \"pool\"."
+msgstr "ExistÄ argumente valide pentru ambele scenarii. Având pe o singurÄ partiÈie toate aplicaÈiile, bibliotecile Èi datele, aceasta înseamnÄ cÄ avem un sistem simplu de gestionat. Acest lucru mai oferÄ Èi flexibilitate în instalarea aplicaÈiilor sau în adÄugarea datelor, folosindu-se un âspaÈiuâ comun."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:86(para)
+msgid "If you accept all the defaults when installing Ubuntu, you will end up with a system separated into two partitions on the disk. One contains all files, the other is known as \"swap\" which can be thought of as an extension to your computer's internal memory."
+msgstr "DacÄ acceptaÈi toate configurÄrile implicite în momentul instalÄrii Ubuntu, veÈi obÈine un sistem compus din douÄ partiÈii logice de pe disc. O partiÈie va conÈine toate fiÈierele, iar cealaltÄ este cunoscutÄ ca partiÈie âswap â, ce poate fi consideratÄ o extensie a memoriei calculatorului."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:92(para)
+msgid "Alternatively, it is possible to create multiple partitions of differing sizes into which different types of applications, libraries and data can be placed. This is often used in a multi-user or server environment where user data is kept separate from system programmes, log files and configuration files. A significant benefit to this can be seen when there is a problem on the system and log files start to grow. The log files (in one partition) will not consume all available disk space in this scenario because they will be confined to their own (small) partition of the physical disk."
+msgstr "Alternativ, puteÈi crea mai multe partiÈii de diferite dimensiuni în care puteÈi plasa diferite tipuri de aplicaÈii, biblioteci Èi date. AceastÄ variantÄ de lucru este adesea utilizatÄ când Ubuntu urmeazÄ a fi folosit de mai mulÈi utilizatori sau pentru Ubuntu-server, cazuri în care datele utilizatorului sunt pÄstrate separat de programele sistemului, fiÈierele de administrare Èi de configurare. Un beneficiu semnificativ al acestei situaÈii poate fi marcat atunci când apare o problemÄ Ã®n sistem iar dimensiunile fiÈierelor de administrare încep sÄ creascÄ. Ãn acest scenariu, prin comasarea fiÈierelor de administrare (într-o singurÄ partiÈie) nu se va consuma tot spaÈiul disponibil pe disc, deoarece acestea se vor fi limita la propria lor partiÈie (micÄ) pe discul fizic."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:102(para)
+msgid "Which ever partitioning scheme has been chosen, this is not set in stone. It is possible to use a partition editing utility to resize partitions (subject to sufficient free space in each partition), however this is quite an advanced topic, and generally nto done while the system is in use."
+msgstr "Indiferent ce schemÄ de partiÈionare a fost aleasÄ, acesta nu este bÄtutÄ-n cuie. Este posibil sÄ folosiÈi un program utilitar specializat pentru a redimensiona partiÈii (sub rezerva cÄ aveÈi suficient spaÈiu liber în fiecare partiÈie), însÄ aceasta este o temÄ destul de avansatÄ."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:110(para)
+msgid "Whilst it is possible to change the disk partitioning layout after the system has been installed, it is important to make backups before making any changes to the partitions."
+msgstr "Cu toate cÄ este posibilÄ schimbarea schemei de partiÈionare a discului dupÄ ce sistemul a fost instalat, este important sÄ vÄ faceÈi copii de siguranÈÄ Ã®nainte de a efectua vreo modificare asupra partiÈiilor."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:116(title)
+msgid "About filesystems"
+msgstr "Despre sistemul de fiÈiere"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:118(para)
+msgid "Partitioning a disk is only the beginning. Once the disk has been divided up, those partitions need to be formatted so that the operating system can place files on the disk in a structured manner. There are many different filesystem types, each with their own advantages. With Microsoft Windows the two main filesystems are FAT (File Allocation Table) and NTFS (New Technology File System). With Ubuntu there are many options including ext2, ext3, reiserfs, xfs and many others. The Ubuntu installer chooses ext3 by default, but of course it is possible to override this."
+msgstr "PartiÈionarea unui disc este doar începutul. OdatÄ ce discul a fost împÄrÈit logic, acele partiÈii trebuie sÄ fie formatate, astfel încât sistemul de operare sÄ poatÄ aranja fiÈierele pe disc într-un mod structurat. Sunt multe Èi diferite tipuri de sisteme de fiÈiere, fiecare cu avantajele lui. La Microsoft Windows cele douÄ sisteme de fiÈiere principale sunt FAT (File Allocation Table) Èi NTFS (New Technology File System). La Ubuntu existÄ multe opÈiuni, incluzând aici ext2, ext3, ReiserFS, XFS dar Èi multe altele. Programul de instalare al Ubuntu alege ext3 în mod implicit, dar, desigur, este posibil sÄ prevalaÈi opÈiunea implicitÄ."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:130(title)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:150(title)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:226(title)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:265(title)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:537(title)
+msgid "Nice to Know:"
+msgstr "Este bine de reÈinut:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:132(para)
+msgid "ext3 is a great general purpose journalling filesystem. It handles most tasks well however, xfs is sometimes chosen instead on media-centre systems as it performs better when handling very large files - such as music and video files."
+msgstr "ext3 este un sistem de fiÈiere cu jurnalizare, de uz general. Acesta rezolvÄ bine cele mai multe dintre sarcini, deÈi uneori in locul lui este preferat XFS, pentru cÄ pe sistemele utilizate ca centre media dÄ rezultate mai bune în manipularea unor fiÈiere foarte mari - cum sunt fiÈierele pentru muzicÄ Èi video."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:139(title)
+msgid "Mount points"
+msgstr "Puncte de montare"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:141(para)
+msgid "A mount point is a place in the directory hierarchy where a filesystem could be presented. There is no real Microsoft Windows equivalent to this. With Microsoft Windows the partitions C:, D: and so on, are seen as entirely separate entities so the operating system, applications and data is often referred to by a user as being \"on the C: drive\" or \"in a folder on the D: drive\"."
+msgstr "Punctul de montare este un loc în ierarhia de directoare a discului din care se poate accesa sistemul de fiÈiere. Nu gÄsiÈi nici un echivalent real al acestuia la Microsoft Windows. La Microsoft Windows partiÈiile C:, D: Èi aÈa mai departe, sunt toate tratate ca entitÄÈi separate, aÈa încât sistemul de operare, aplicaÈiile Èi datele sunt adesea prezentate unui utilizator ca fiind âde pe unitatea C: â sau âîntr-un dosar de pe unitatea D: â."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:152(para)
+msgid "\"Mount\" is the term used when referring to a filesystem being made available for access. CD and DVDs are usually automatically mounted when they are inserted. The same goes for USB connected devices such as memory sticks, hard disks and music players."
+msgstr "âMontat â este termenul utilizat când se face referire la faptul cÄ un sistem de fiÈiere este disponibil Èi poate fi accesat. CD-urile Èi DVD-urile sunt de obicei montate automat atunci când sunt introduse în unitate. AcelaÈi lucru este valabil Èi pentru dispozitive USB conectate, cum sunt stick-urile de memorie sau discurile fixe."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:158(para)
+msgid "On Ubuntu, files and folders reside within a partition as they do with Microsoft Windows. However the partition is not normally referenced directly by the user. The user would typically say that files are \"in my home directory\" (when referring to /home/< username>), or \"in the root directory\" (when referring to / ) without specifying which partition on the disk those directories reside in."
+msgstr "Ãn Ubuntu, fiÈierele Èi directoarele se gÄsesc într-o partiÈie, aÈa cum sunt Èi la Microsoft Windows. Cu toate acestea, acea partiÈie nu este rereferitÄ direct de cÄtre utilizator. Utilizatorul ar spune de obicei cÄ fiÈierele sunt âîn directorul meu acasÄâ (când se face referire la /home/ < nume utilizator>), sau âîn directorul rÄdÄcinÄâ (când se face referire la /) fÄrÄ a preciza însÄ pe care partiÈie de pe disc se aflÄ acestea."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:165(para)
+msgid "Under most standard installations of Ubuntu there will be only one partition where all files and folders reside. However if a user plugs in an external USB-connected memory stick or USB hard disk, Ubuntu will mount the partition(s) on that device under mount point(s) within the directory tree. For example a USB attached memory stick or hard disk will usually appear under /media/disk (unless the device has partitions which are labelled, in which case they will appear under /media/<labelname> )"
+msgstr "Ãn majoritatea instalÄrilor standard ale sistemului Ubuntu veÈi gÄsi o singurÄ partiÈie în care se aflÄ toate fiÈierele Èi dosarele. Cu toate acestea, dacÄ utilizatorul va ataÈa un dispozitiv USB extern conectat ca stick de memorie sau un disc fix USB, Ubuntu va monta partiÈia (partiÈiile) acelor noi unitÄÈi în punct(e) de montare corespunzÄtoare în arborele de directoare. De exemplu, un dispozitiv USB stick de memorie sau disc fix vor apÄrea de obicei în /media/disc (cu excepÅ£ia cazului în care unitatea are partiÈiile denumite de utilizator, caz în care acestea vor apÄrea în /media/<nume partiÈie> )"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:175(title)
+msgid "Further considerations"
+msgstr "Alte consideraÈii"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:177(para)
+msgid "As previously mentioned, resizing partitions is not a trivial task. Under most circumstances it requires that all filesystems involved are unmounted, this means they must not be in use. Typically then to resize partitions the system should be booted to an unused filesystem - such as a bootable Live CD. Considerable thought should therefor be given before partitioning a disk with regards to the number and sizes of partitions to be created to prevent later unnecessary resizing."
+msgstr "Cum am menÈionat anterior, redimensionarea partiÈiilor nu este o sarcinÄ facilÄ. Ãn cele mai multe cazuri, aceasta necesitÄ ca toate partiÈiile implicate sÄ fie de-montate, aceasta însemnând sÄ nu fie în uz. De obicei, în vederea redimensionÄrii unei partiÈii calculatorul va trebui pornit cu un sistem de operare având un sistem de fiÈiere independent - cum ar fi un Live CD. Trebuit cântÄrit cu înÈelepciune, înaintea partiÈionÄrii un disc, în ceea ce priveÈte la numÄrul Èi dimensiunile partiÈiilor ce urmeazÄ a fi create, pentru a preveni mai târziu o redimensionare nedoritÄ."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:187(title)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:282(title)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:970(title)
+msgid "Caution:"
+msgstr "MÄsurÄ de precauÈie:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:189(para)
+msgid "You may run out of hard drive space in your home partition due to the sub-division of the drive into fixed-size partitions. This may occur even if the other partitions have plenty of usable space. Good and logical partitioning requires you to predict how much space each partition needs."
+msgstr "S-ar putea sÄ depÄÈiÈi spaÈiul alocat pe hard disc pentru partiÈia dumneavoastrÄ. âAcasÄâ din cauza sub-diviziunilor de mÄrime fixÄ ale unitÄÈii hard. AceastÄ situaÈie poate apÄrea chiar dacÄ celelalte partiÈii au destul spaÈiu liber. O partiÈionare bunÄ Èi raÈionalÄ cere sÄ anticipaÈi cât spaÈiu aveÈi nevoie pentru fiecare partiÈie."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:196(para)
+msgid "For new users, home users and other single-user set-ups, a single root (/) partition with a swap partition would be the easiest and the most convenient to create and use. However, for multi-user systems or computers with lots of disk space, it is best to have the /home, /tmp, /usr and /var directories as individual partitions separate from the root (/) partition."
+msgstr "Pentru utilizatorii noi, utilizatorii âcasniciâ Èi alÈi utilizatori individuali, cea mai uÈoarÄ Èi mai convenabilÄ rezolvare ar fi crearea unei singure partiÈii rÄdÄcinÄ (/) cu o partiÈie de swap. Cu toate acestea, pentru sisteme multi-utilizator sau calculatoare cu discuri fixe de mare capacitate, este ideal sÄ aveÈi directoarele /home, /tmp, /usr Èi /var pe partiÈii separate de partiÈia rÄdÄcinÄ (/)."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:206(para)
+msgid "root: Also called the slash directory, it is the highest directory of the directory tree. When creating the root partition, you need to ensure that the root should contain the /etc, /bin, /sbin, /lib and /dev directories, otherwise you will not be able to boot-up the system. You also need to ensure that the root partition is allocated at least 150-250 MB of disk space."
+msgstr "Directorul rÄdÄcinÄ: numit totodatÄ Èi directorul â / â, ocupÄ poziÈia cea mai înaltÄ Ã®n arborele ierarhic al directoarelor. Când creaÈi partiÈia rÄdÄcinÄ, trebuie sÄ vÄ asiguraÈi cÄ acesta conÈine fiÈierele /etc, /bin, /sbin, /lib Èi /dev, altfel nu veÈi putea porni sistemul. AveÈi nevoie, de asemenea, sÄ vÄ asiguraÈi cÄ partiÈiei rÄdÄcinÄ i-aÈi alocat suficient spaÈiu pe disc - cel puÈin 150-250 MB. "
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:215(para)
+msgid "/home: This directory contains all user-specific files and data. On a multi-user system, every user will store personal data in a sub-directory of this directory. The size of this directory would depend on the number of users using the system and the files they store in this directory. Ideally, you should plan the disk space for this partition based on your planned usage. In general, about 100-MB disk space can be allocated for each user. However, you may need to reserve a lot more space if you are planning to save a lot of multi-media files in your home directory."
+msgstr "Directorul /home: conÈine toate fiÈierele Èi datele personale ale utilizatorului. Pe un sistem multi-utilizator, fiecare utilizator va stoca datele cu caracter personal într-un sub-director din acest director. Ãn acest fel, dimensiunea directorului /home va depinde de numÄrul de utilizatori care folosesc sistemul Èi care îÈi pÄstreazÄ datele în acest director. Ãn mod ideal, spaÈiul pe care îl veÈi aloca acestei partiÈii trebuie ales în funcÈie planurile dumneavoastrÄ. Ãn general, circa 100 MB spaÈiu pe disc poate fi alocat pentru fiecare utilizator. Oricum, ar trebui sÄ rezervaÈi mult mai mult spaÈiu, dacÄ vÄ gândiÈi sÄ salvaÈi volume mari de fiÈiere multi-media în directorul dumneavoastrÄ AcasÄ."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:228(para)
+msgid "It is good practice to have /home on a separate partition because it allows for a smoother transition from one distribution to another."
+msgstr "Este bunÄ practica de a avea directorul /AcasÄ pe o partiÈie separatÄ, deoarece aceasta vÄ permite transferul lui direct de la o distribuÈie la alta."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:233(para)
+msgid "/var: This directory contains variable data, such as news chapters, e-mails, Web sites, databases and the packaging system cache. The size of this directory also depends on system usage. Most probably, the size of this directory would be dictated by your usage of the Ubuntu package management utilities. If you plan to install all the packages that Ubuntu offers, you need to allocate 2 to 3 GB of space for the /var directory. However, if you want to save hard disk space and do not plan any major software updates, you can get by with as little as 30- or 40-MB disk space for the /var directory."
+msgstr "Directorul /var: acest director conÈine date variabile, cum ar fi rubrici de Ètiri, e-mail-uri, site-uri Web, baze de date Èi pachetele âcacheâ ale sistemului. Dimensiunea acestui director depinde, de asemenea, de gradul de folosire a sistemului. Cel mai probabil, mÄrimea directorului ar putea fi dictatÄ de gradul în care dumneavoastrÄ. gestionaÈi Èi utilizaÈi pachetele Ubuntu. DacÄ intenÈionaÈi sÄ instalaÈi toate pachetele pe care le oferÄ Ubuntu, va trebui sÄ alocaÈi pentru acest director /var un spaÈiu de 2 - 3 GB. DacÄ Ã®nsÄ doriÈi sÄ economisiÈi spaÈiu pe hard disc Èi nu vÄ propuneÈi actualizÄri majore ale pachetelor, atunci puteÈi sÄ limitaÈi spaÈiul de disc pentru directorul /var la cel puÈin 30 - 40 MB."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:246(para)
+msgid "/tmp: This directory contains temporary data created by programmes. Some applications, including archive manipulators, CD/DVD authoring tools and multi-media software also use this directory to temporarily store image files. You need to plan space allocation for this directory based on your usage of these applications. for this directory."
+msgstr "Directorul /tmp: acesta conÈine date temporare create de programe. Câteva aplicaÈii, inclusiv programe de arhivare, utilitarele Authoring pentru CD/DVD, precum Èi programe multi-media folosesc Èi ele acest director pentru a stoca temporar fiÈiere de imagini. Trebuie sÄ planificaÈi rezervarea unui spaÈiu pentru acest director, în funcÈie de cât de mult credeÈi cÄ veÈi folosi aceste aplicaÈii. "
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:255(para)
+msgid "/usr: This directory contains all user programmes (binaries), their documentation and supporting libraries. This directory tends to use the maximum space on the hard disk. Therefore, you should provide at least 500-MB disk space for this directory. But, you need to increase this space depending on the number and types of software packages you plan to install. Based on your planned usage and the available disk space, you may allocate 1.5 to 6 GB of disk space for this directory."
+msgstr "Directorul /usr: conÈine toate programele de utilizator (fiÈiere binare), documentaÈia Èi biblioteci specifice lor. Acest director tinde sÄ utilizeze maxim de spaÈiu pe discul fix. Prin urmare, va trebui sÄ alocaÈi pentru acest director cel puÈin 500 MB spaÈiu pe disc. Dar, veÈi avea nevoie sÄ mÄriÈi acest spaÈiu în funcÈie de numÄrul Èi tipurile de pachete pe care aveÈi de gând sÄ le instalaÈi. Pe baza planificÄrilor dumneavoastrÄ Èi a spaÈiului disponibil pe disc, puteÈi aloca între 1,5 Èi 6 GB pentru acest director."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:267(para)
+msgid "The /usr partition is sometimes referred to as User System Resources and not user as was originally intended."
+msgstr "PartiÈia /usr este denumitÄ uneori Resursele de Sistem ale Utilizatorului Èi nu Utilizator, cum s-a intenÈionat iniÈial."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:203(para)
+msgid "Before partitioning your hard drive, you should consider the following: <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/><placeholder-3/><placeholder-4/>"
+msgstr "Ãnainte de a începe partiÈionarea discului fix, ar trebui sÄ luaÈi în considerare urmÄtoarele: <placeholder-1/> <placeholder-2/> <placeholder-3/> <placeholder-4/>"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:273(title)
+msgid "Creating a Partition"
+msgstr "Crearea unei partiÈii"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:275(para)
+msgid "As mentioned earlier, multiple partitions are very useful especially in cases where a partition is corrupted, as it enables you to boot into GNU/Linux to fix the system, without having to reinstall the system. To do this, a root partition is required. This partition should contain the essential components of the system."
+msgstr "AÈa cum am menÈionat anterior, partiÈiile multiple sunt foarte utile mai ales în cazurile în care o partiÈie este stricatÄ, pentru cÄ aveÈi posibilitatea sÄ Ã®ncÄrcaÈi sistemul GNU/Linux, pentru a-l repara, fÄrÄ sÄ fie nevoie sÄ-l reinstalaÈi. Pentru a face acest lucru, este nevoie de o partiÈie rÄdÄcinÄ. AceastÄ partiÈie ar trebui sÄ conÈinÄ componentele esenÈiale ale sistemului."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:284(para)
+msgid "The hard disk drive that you are formatting should not contain any data. If you have already formatted the drive and it contains data, skip the partitioning step and move to the next step - mounting."
+msgstr "Unitatea de disc fix pe care o formataÈi nu trebuie sÄ conÈinÄ nici un fel de date. DacÄ deja aÈi formatat-o iar acesta conÈine date, sÄriÈi peste stadiul partiÈionÄrii Èi treceÈi la pasul urmÄtor - montarea."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:293(para)
+msgid "Partition Editor (GParted): GParted is useful for creating space for new operating systems, re-organising disk usage, copying data residing on hard disks and mirroring one partition with another (disk imaging)."
+msgstr "Editorul de partiÈii (GParted): GParted este util pentru crearea spaÈiului pentru noi sisteme de operare, re-organizarea spaÈiului pe disc, copierea datelor de pe discul fix Èi oglindirea unei partiÈii cu o alta (disc imagine)."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:300(para)
+msgid "Command Line: The command line is faster and more powerful than GParted. When navigating through the file system, you can use the command line to jump from one directory to another in a split second. Use the command-line interface if you are comfortable using the Terminal."
+msgstr "Linie de comandÄ: Linia de comandÄ este mai rapidÄ Èi mai puternicÄ decât GParted. Când navigaÈi prin sistemul de fiÈiere, puteÈi folosi linia de comandÄ pentru a sÄri de la un director la altul într-o fracÈiune de secundÄ. DacÄ ÈtiÈi Èi vÄ este familiar lucrul cu interfaÈa liniei de comandÄ, folosiÈi programul Terminal."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:289(para)
+msgid "If the hard disk drive that you want to format is blank and unformatted, you can use either of the following tools to partition it: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr "DacÄ unitatea de disc fix pe care doriÈi sÄ o formataÈi este goalÄ Èi neformatatÄ, puteÈi utiliza oricare dintre urmÄtoarele unelte de partiÈionare: <placeholder-1/>"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:308(para)
+msgid "If you want to create a partition using GParted, you need to first install GParted by using <emphasis role=\"strong\">Add/Remove Applications</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">Synaptic Package Manager</emphasis>."
+msgstr "DacÄ doriÈi sÄ creaÈi o partiÈie folosind GParted, trebuie mai întâi sÄ instalaÈi programul folosind <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Instalare/Dezinstalare aplicaÈii </emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administratorul de pachete Synaptic </emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:314(title)
+msgid "Installing GParted by Using Synaptic Package Manager"
+msgstr "Instalarea utilitarului GParted folosind Administratorul de pachete Synaptic"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:317(title)
+msgid "To install GParted by using Synaptic Package Manager:"
+msgstr "Pentru a instala GParted folosind Administratorul de pachete Synaptic procedaÈi astfel:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:320(para)
+msgid "On the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administration</emphasis> and then click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Synaptic Package Manager</emphasis>. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Synaptic Package Manager</emphasis> window opens."
+msgstr "Din meniul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Sistem </emphasis> accesaÈi <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Administrare </emphasis>, apoi faceÈi clic pe <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Administratorul de pachete Synaptic</emphasis>. Se va deschide fereastra <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Administratorul de pachete Synaptic </emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:327(title)
+msgid "Synaptic Package Manager Location"
+msgstr "Accesarea Administratorului de pachete Synaptic"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:338(para)
+msgid "When the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Synaptic Package Manager</emphasis> window opens for the first time, it displays a list of all the software packages available in the Ubuntu software repositories. The left pane lists the various software categories. You can select a specific category to view the available software packages listed in that category. Alternatively, you can use the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Search</emphasis> functionality provided in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Synaptic Package Manager</emphasis> to locate specific software in the list."
+msgstr "Când se deschide pentru prima datÄ fereastra principalÄ a aplicaÈiei <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Administratorul de pachete Synaptic </emphasis>, se afiÈeazÄ o listÄ cu toate pachetele de programe disponibile în arhivele software Ubuntu. Panoul din stânga listeazÄ diferitele categorii de programe. PuteÈi sÄ selectaÈi o anumitÄ categorie pentru a vedea disponibilul de programe cuprinse în aceastÄ categorie. Alternativ, puteÈi utiliza butonul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> CautÄ </emphasis> al aplicaÈiei <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Administratorul de pachete Synaptic </emphasis> pentru a localiza un anumit program din listÄ."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:348(para)
+msgid "Click the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Search</emphasis> button to search the package you want to install. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Find</emphasis> dialogue box appears."
+msgstr "FaceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> CautÄ </emphasis> pentru a cÄuta pachetul pe care doriÈi sÄ-l instalaÈi. Se va deschide fereastra de dialog <emphasis role=\"strong\"> CÄutare</emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:351(para)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:400(para)
+msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Search</emphasis> field of the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Find</emphasis> dialogue box, type the name of the package, <emphasis role=\"strong\">Partition Editor</emphasis>, and click the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Search</emphasis> button. The package, gparted, is now displayed in the right pane of the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Synaptic Package Manager</emphasis> window."
+msgstr "De la butonul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> CautÄ </emphasis> în câmpul casetei de dialog <emphasis role=\"strong\"> CautÄ </emphasis> scrieÈi numele pachetului <emphasis role=\"strong\">Parition editor</emphasis> Èi faceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> CautÄ</emphasis>. Pachetul GParted este acum afiÈat în subfereastra din dreapta a aplicaÈiei <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Administratorul de pachete Synaptic </emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:359(para)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:420(para)
+msgid "Right-click the package name to select an action that you want to perform on it. Notice that various options are available to perform a number of actions on the selected package. If the selected package is not installed currently, you can mark it for installation. If the selected package is already marked for installation, you can unmark it to clear the selection. Similarly, if the package is already installed, you may select <emphasis role=\"strong\">Upgrade</emphasis> to upgrade the package and <emphasis role=\"strong\">Mark for Removal</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">Mark for Complete Removal</emphasis> to delete the package from your computer."
+msgstr "FaceÈi clic dreapta pe numele pachetului pentru a alege o acÈiune pe care doriÈi sÄ o efectuaÈi asupra lui. VeÈi observa cÄ aveÈi opÈiuni variate pentru acÈiunile pe care doriÈi sÄ le efectuaÈi asupra pachetului selectat. DacÄ pachetul selectat nu este instalat, îl puteÈi marca pentru instalare. DacÄ pachetul selectat este deja marcat pentru instalare, puteÈi sÄ-l deselectaÈi, pentru a-l dezinstala. Ãn mod similar, în cazul în care pachetul este deja instalat, puteÈi sÄ selectaÈi <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Actualizare </emphasis> pentru a-l actualiza sau <emphasis role=\"strong\"> MarcheazÄ pentru dezinstalare </emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Marcare pentru dezinstalare completÄ </emphasis> pentru a dezinstala pachetul din calculator."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:368(para)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:429(para)
+msgid "To install the package, select the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Mark for Installation</emphasis> check box."
+msgstr "Pentru a instala un pachet, selectaÈi <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Marcare pentru instalare </emphasis> în caseta de validare."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:370(para)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:443(para)
+msgid "The gparted package is now selected for installation. To continue with the installation, click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply</emphasis>. This displays the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Summary</emphasis> dialogue box."
+msgstr "Editorul de partiÈii GParted este acum selectat pentru instalare. Pentru continuarea instalÄrii faceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"strong\">AplicÄ</emphasis>. Va apÄrea caseta de dialog <emphasis role=\"strong\">Sumar</emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:373(para)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:458(para)
+msgid "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Summary</emphasis> dialogue box prompts you to perform a final check before implementing the marked changes. Click the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply</emphasis> button to apply the marked changes. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Downloading package files</emphasis> window opens."
+msgstr "Caseta de dialog <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Sumar </emphasis> vÄ va solicita sÄ efectuaÈi o verificare finalÄ, înainte de punerea în aplicare a acÈiunii marcate. FaceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> AplicÄ </emphasis> pentru a valida modificÄrile marcate. Se va deschide fereastra <emphasis role=\"strong\"> DescÄrcarea pachetului de fiÈiere </emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:379(para)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:476(para)
+msgid "Wait for all the required files to download. After all the required files in the package are downloaded, the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Changes applied</emphasis> dialogue box appears."
+msgstr "AÈteptaÈi ca toate fiÈierele necesare sÄ se descarce. DupÄ ce toate fiÈierele necesare pachetului s-au descÄrcat, apare caseta de dialog <emphasis role=\"strong\"> ModificÄri aplicate </emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:383(para)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:492(para)
+msgid "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Changes applied</emphasis> dialogue box notifies you that all the requested changes have been applied. Click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Close</emphasis> to exit the dialogue box."
+msgstr "Caseta de dialog <emphasis role=\"strong\"> ModificÄri aplicate </emphasis> vÄ confirmÄ cÄ toate modificÄrile solicitate au realizate. EfectuaÈi clic pe <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Ãnchide </emphasis> pentru a închide caseta de dialog."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:389(title)
+msgid "Synaptic Package Manager"
+msgstr "Administratorul de pachete Synaptic"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:409(title)
+msgid "Finding a Package in Synaptic"
+msgstr "CÄutarea unui pachet în Synaptic"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:432(title)
+msgid "Marking a Package for installation"
+msgstr "Marcarea unui pachet pentru instalare"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:447(title)
+msgid "Summary Dialog Box"
+msgstr "Fereastra de dialog Sumar"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:465(title)
+msgid "Applying Changes Box"
+msgstr "Fereastra de dialog Aplicarea modificÄrilor"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:481(title)
+msgid "Changes Applied Box"
+msgstr "Fereastra de dialog ModificÄri aplicate"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:498(title)
+msgid "Synaptic Package Manager after Installation"
+msgstr "Administratorul de pachete Synaptic dupÄ instalare"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:509(para)
+msgid "The partition editor is installed on your computer. You can now partition the hard disk drive."
+msgstr "Editorul de partiÈii a fost instalat în calculatorul dumneavoastrÄ. Acum puteÈi partiÈiona discul fix."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:513(title)
+msgid "Opening Partition Editor"
+msgstr "Deschiderea editorului de partiÈii."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:526(title)
+msgid "Partitioning Using Gparted"
+msgstr "PartiÈionarea folosind Gparted"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:529(title)
+msgid "To partition the hard drive by using GParted:"
+msgstr "Pentru a partiÈiona discul fix folosind GParted procedaÈi astfel:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:532(para)
+msgid "On the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administration</emphasis> and then click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Partition Editor</emphasis>. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">GParted</emphasis> window opens."
+msgstr "Din meniul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Sistem </emphasis>din categoria <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Administrare </emphasis> selectaÈi opÈiunea <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Editor de partiÈii</emphasis>. Se va deschide fereastra principalÄ a aplicaÈiei <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Editorul de partiÈii GParted</emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:539(para)
+msgid "GParted is also available from the Live CD."
+msgstr "GParted este, de asemenea, disponibil pe CD-ul cu care aÈi instalat sistemul de operare, dacÄ aÈi utilizat versiunea Live CD."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:543(title)
+msgid "GParted Window"
+msgstr "Fereastra principalÄ a programului GParted"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:554(para)
+msgid "In the top-right corner of the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GParted</emphasis> window is the drive drop-down box. You can use this box to select the hard drive that you need to partition by specifying the logical name you noted earlier. The Gparted window refreshes and shows you a representation of the selected drive."
+msgstr "Ãn colÈul din dreapta-sus a ferestrei utilitarului <emphasis role=\"strong\"> GParted </emphasis> se aflÄ o casetÄ derulantÄ. Din acea casetÄ aveÈi posibilitatea sÄ selectaÈi discul fix pe care doriÈi sÄ-l partiÈionaÈi prin selectarea numelui logic al discului notat mai devreme. Fereastra editorului de partiÈii GParted se va reîmprospÄta Èi va afiÈa grafic unitatea aleasÄ."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:560(para)
+msgid "If the existing partitions on the drive have not yet been used, a white bar would run across the window. However, if the existing partitions contain some data, the data will be represented by a pale yellow area."
+msgstr "DacÄ partiÈiile existente pe disc nu au fost încÄ utilizate, un fond alb va umple bara graficÄ de reprezentare a discului. DacÄ Ã®nsÄ partiÈiile existente conÈin unele date, spaÈiul ocupat va fi reprezentat printr-un spaÈiu de culoare galben deschis."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:566(title)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1008(title)
+msgid "Instructor Notes:"
+msgstr "Ãn atenÈia instructorilor:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:568(para)
+msgid "Explain how to read the specifications of the current partitions and file systems."
+msgstr "ExplicaÈi cum se citesc caracteristicile partiÈiilor existente Èi sistemele de fiÈiere."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:572(para)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:606(para)
+msgid "You can either resize an existing partition or create a new partition in the unallocated space of the hard drive. Before resizing an existing partition, you must make sure that you unmount it by right-clicking the partition and then selecting <emphasis role=\"strong\">Unmount</emphasis>. Remember that you cannot resize a partition to be smaller than the yellow area, which represents the data on the partition."
+msgstr "PuteÈi fie sÄ redimensionaÈi o partiÈie existentÄ sau sÄ creaÈi una nouÄ Ã®n spaÈiul nealocat de pe discul fix. Ãnainte de redimensionarea unei partiÈii existente, trebuie sÄ vÄ asiguraÈi cÄ aÈi demontat-o, fÄcând clic dreapta pe partiÈie Èi selectând <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Demontare </emphasis>. ReÈineÈi cÄ nu puteÈi redimensiona o partiÈie micÈorând-o peste zona de culoare galbenÄ, care marcheazÄ zona ocupatÄ cu date."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:579(para)
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:613(para)
+msgid "To create a new partition in the unallocated drive space, right-click the area and select <emphasis role=\"strong\">New</emphasis> on the short-cut menu. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Create new Partition</emphasis> dialogue box appears."
+msgstr "Pentru a crea o nouÄ partiÈie în spaÈiul de disc nealocat, faceÈi clic dreapta pe acea zonÄ Èi selectaÈi <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Nou </emphasis> în meniul de acces rapid. Va apÄrea caseta de dialog <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Creare partiÈie nouÄ </emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:583(para)
+msgid "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Create new Partition</emphasis> dialogue box enables you to select specifications for the new partition. Apart from defining the size of the new partition, you can also select the partition type, whether primary or logical, for the new partition. In addition, you can even define the file system to be used on the new partition. By default, Ubuntu uses the ext3 partitions. However, if you want the new drive to be readable by both Microsoft Windows and Ubuntu without installing anything extra, you can format it as Fat 32."
+msgstr "Fereastra de dialog <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Creare partiÈie nouÄ </emphasis> vÄ permite sÄ definiÈi caracteristicile noii partiÈii. In afarÄ de definirea dimensiunii partiÈiei noi, puteÈi de asemenea sÄ alegeÈi tipul partiÈiei, dacÄ sÄ fie primarÄ sau logicÄ. Ãn plus, puteÈi chiar alege sistemul de fiÈiere ce va fi folosit pe partiÈia nouÄ. Ãn mod implicit, Ubuntu foloseÈte partiÈii ext3. Oricum, dacÄ doriÈi ca noua unitate sÄ poatÄ fi cititÄ atât de Microsoft Windows, cât Èi în Ubuntu, fÄrÄ a instala nimic în plus, puteÈi sÄ o formataÈi ca Fat 32."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:595(title)
+msgid "Creating a New Partition"
+msgstr "Crearea unei partiÈii noi"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:618(title)
+msgid "Create New Partition Box"
+msgstr "Fereastra de dialog Crearea unei partiÈii noi"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:629(para)
+msgid "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Create new Partition</emphasis> dialogue box allows you to select specifications for the new partition. Apart from defining the size of the new partition, you can also select the partition type, whether primary or logical, for the new partition. In addition, you can even define the file system to be used on the new partition. By default, Ubuntu uses the ext3 partitions. However, if you want the new drive to be readable by both Microsoft Windows and Ubuntu without installing anything extra, you can format it as Fat 32."
+msgstr "Fereastra de dialog <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Creare partiÈie nouÄ </emphasis> vÄ permite sÄ definiÈi caracteristicile noii partiÈii. In afarÄ de definirea dimensiunii partiÈiei noi, puteÈi de asemenea sÄ alegeÈi tipul partiÈiei, dacÄ sÄ fie primarÄ sau logicÄ. Ãn plus, puteÈi chiar alege sistemul de fiÈiere ce va fi folosit pe partiÈia nouÄ. Ãn mod implicit, Ubuntu foloseÈte de partiÈii ext3. Cu toate acestea, dacÄ doriÈi ca noua unitate sÄ poatÄ fi cititÄ atât de Microsoft Windows, cât Èi în Ubuntu, fÄrÄ a instala nimic în plus, puteÈi sÄ o formataÈi ca Fat 32 sau ca NTFS."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:642(para)
+msgid "If you are creating a partition on a new hard drive, select Primary Partition. An SCSI or S-ATA hard disk can have a maximum of 4 primary partitions and 11 logical partitions while an integrated development environment (IDE) hard drive can have up to 63 partitions overall. The primary partition used to house the logical partitions is called an extended partition. Unlike primary partitions, logical partitions must be contiguous: the blocks in the partition are following each other without any gap."
+msgstr "DacÄ doriÈi sÄ creaÈi o partiÈie pe un disc fix nou, selectaÈi PartiÈie primarÄ. Un disc fix SCSI sau S-ATA poate avea maximum 4 partiÈii primare Èi 11 partiÈiile logice, în timp ce un disc fix IDE poate avea pânÄ la 63 partiÈii în total. PartiÈia primarÄ folositÄ ca bazÄ de partiÈii logice este numitÄ partiÅ£ie extinsÄ. Spre deosebire de partiÈiile primare, partiÈiile logice trebuie sÄ fie continue: blocurile acestei partiÈii urmeazÄ unul dupÄ altul, fÄrÄ nici o pauzÄ."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:653(title)
+msgid "Confirmation Box"
+msgstr "Caseta de confirmare"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:664(para)
+msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"strong\">New Size (MiB)</emphasis> field, specify the size of the partition by using the up or down arrow key. You can also define the size by dragging the black bold arrows on the top white bar."
+msgstr "Ãn câmpul opÈional <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Dimensiune nouÄ (MiB) </emphasis> stabiliÈi dimensiunea doritÄ a partiÈiei, utilizând sÄgeata de navigare în sus sau în jos. De asemenea, puteÈi defini dimensiunea prin glisarea sÄgeÈilor cursor negre ale barei albe de sus, care reprezintÄ partiÈia."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:671(para)
+msgid "Select Primary, Logical or Extended partition from the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Create as</emphasis> drop-down list."
+msgstr "AlegeÈi ca partiÈia sÄ fie PrimarÄ, ExtinsÄ sau LogicÄ din lista derulantÄ <emphasis role=\"strong\"> CreaÈi ca</emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:676(para)
+msgid "Next, specify the file system by selecting from the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Filesystem</emphasis> drop-down list."
+msgstr "Apoi, alegeÈi sistemul de fiÈiere din lista derulantÄ <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Sistem de FiÈiere </emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:680(para)
+msgid "Click the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Add</emphasis> button to complete the partition. The white bar updates to show a new partition on the disk."
+msgstr "FaceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"strong\">AdaugÄ </emphasis> pentru a finaliza partiÈia. Bara graficÄ de culoare albÄ se va actualiza afiÈând noua partiÈie de pe disc."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:686(para)
+msgid "You can create multiple partitions at this stage by following the above-mentioned procedure and then clicking <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply</emphasis> to add them to the hard drive. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply operations to hard disk</emphasis> dialogue box appears."
+msgstr "Ãn aceastÄ fazÄ puteÈi crea mai multe partiÈii, urmând procedura menÈionatÄ anterior Èi apoi fÄcând clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> AplicÄ </emphasis> pentru a le adÄuga pe discul fix. Va apÄrea caseta de dialog <emphasis Role=\"strong\"> Aplicarea operaÈiilor pe disc</emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:692(title)
+msgid "Applying Pending Operations Box"
+msgstr "Caseta Aplicarea operaÈiunilor în aÈteptare"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:703(para)
+msgid "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply operations to hard disk</emphasis> dialogue box recommends that you back up data before performing the changes and seeks your final confirmation before applying the changes to the hard disk. Click the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply</emphasis> button to partition and format the hard disk according to your specifications."
+msgstr "Caseta de dialog <emphasis Role=\"strong\"> Aplicarea operaÈiilor pe disc</emphasis> vÄ recomandÄ sÄ creaÈi o copie de siguranÈÄ a datelor, înainte de efectuarea modificÄrilor Èi vÄ cere o confirmare finalÄ Ã®nainte de scrierea modificÄrilor pe disc. FaceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> AplicÄ </emphasis> pentru partiÈionarea Èi formatarea discului fix în conformitate cu opÈiunile alese de dumneavoastrÄ."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:710(title)
+msgid "GParted with New Partition"
+msgstr "Editorul GParted împreunÄ cu partiÈia nouÄ"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:721(para)
+msgid "The system starts applying the changes to the hard disk. The duration of the operation will depend on the size of the new partition. You can click the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Details</emphasis> button to view more information about where and how changes are being made, whilst the operation is running."
+msgstr "Sistemul începe sÄ aplice modificÄrile pe disc. Durata operaÈiei depinde de mÄrimea noii partiÈii. PuteÈi face clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Detalii </emphasis> pentru a afiÈa mai multe informaÈii despre locul Èi modul în care sunt efectuate modificÄrile, în timp ce operaÈia se deruleazÄ."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:728(title)
+msgid "Deleting a Partition"
+msgstr "Ètergerea unei partiÈii"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:739(para)
+msgid "Once you receive a message that all the specified operations have been successfully completed, you can safely close the window by clicking the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Close</emphasis> button. However, if something goes wrong and the process does not complete successfully, you can save the process output for future reference by clicking the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Save Details</emphasis> button."
+msgstr "Când primiÈi mesajul cÄ toate operaÈiile desemnate au fost finalizate cu succes, puteÈi închide fereastra fÄrÄ probleme, fÄcând clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"strong\">Ãnchide</emphasis>. Oricum, dacÄ ceva a fost greÈit iar procesul nu s-a finalizat cu succes, puteÈi salva starea operaÈiei pentru o reluare viitoare, fÄcând clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Salvare detalii</emphasis>. "
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:749(para)
+msgid "The newly created partition is now visible in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GParted</emphasis> window. You will also notice that your system automounts the newly created partition."
+msgstr "PartiÈia nou creatÄ este acum vizibilÄ Ã®n fereastra editorului de partiÈii <emphasis role=\"strong\"> GParted </emphasis>. De asemenea, veÈi observa cÄ sistemul dumneavoastrÄ monteazÄ automat partiÈia nou creatÄ."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:752(para)
+msgid "Mounting refers to the process of attaching the newly created partition or drive to an existing directory to make it accessible. The directory where the new partition is attached is called the mount point. After the partition is mounted, you can access the files on that partition by accessing the mount point for the new partition. Early Linux distributions did not allow the auto-mounting of new partitions or drives. However, from Ubuntu 8.04 LTS, you can easily access the new partitions by auto-mounting the partitions. When you create a new partition, the new partition opens as a separate window and the partition appears as a disk icon on the desktop."
+msgstr "Montarea se referÄ la procesul de ataÈare a unei partiÈii noi sau a unei unitÄÈii detaÈabile la un director existent, pentru a o face accesibilÄ. Directorul la care noua partiÈie este ataÅatÄ se numeÅte punct de montare. DupÄ ce partiÈia este montatÄ, puteÈi accesa fiÈierele pe care le conÈine prin accesarea punctului de montare al acelei partiÈii. Mai demult, distribuÈiile Linux nu permiteau auto-montarea de noi partiÈii sau discuri. ÃnsÄ, începând cu Ubuntu 7.04, puteÈi accesa cu uÈurinÈÄ noile partiÈii pentru cÄ acestea se auto-monteazÄ. Când creaÈi o nouÄ partiÈie, aceasta îÈi deschide o fereastrÄ separatÄ iar pe ecran va apÄrea reprezentatÄ printr-o pictogramÄ de disc."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:765(title)
+msgid "Removable Drives and Media Preferences Dialogue Box"
+msgstr "Fereastra de dialog PreferinÈe -> UnitÄÈi Èi medii amovibile"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:776(para)
+msgid "When you no longer want to access the new partitions, you can unmount them by right-clicking the <emphasis role=\"strong\">disk</emphasis> icon on the desktop and selecting the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Unmount Volume</emphasis> option from the short-cut menu."
+msgstr "Când nu mai doriÈi sÄ accesaÈi la noile partiÈii, puteÈi sÄ le demontaÈi printr-un clic dreapta pe pictograma de pe ecran a partiÈiei <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Disc </emphasis> Èi selectarea opÈiunii <emphasis role=\"strong\">Demontare volum</emphasis> din meniul contextual."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:782(title)
+msgid "RC.Local File"
+msgstr "FiÈierul RC.local"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:796(title)
+msgid "Boot-up Options"
+msgstr "OpÈiuni la încÄrcarea sistemului "
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:798(para)
+msgid "Booting up is a process through which the operating system is loaded into the computer's main memory or random access memory (RAM). The boot-up process starts when you turn on your computer. During this process, the BIOS takes control of your computer and decides where to look for software on the computer and in which order.Your computer's BIOS settings determine whether your computer will first check the hard disk or a floppy disc, CD, DVD or flash memory to start the booting-up process. If you have multiple operating systems installed on your computer, the BIOS configuration determines which operating system will be loaded first at boot-up."
+msgstr "Pornirea este un proces prin care sistemul de operare este încÄrcat în memoria principalÄ a computerului sau memoria cu acces aleator (RAM). Procesul de încÄrcare începe când porniÈi calculatorul. Pe parcursul acestui proces, BIOS-ul preia controlul calculatorului dumneavoastrÄ Èi decide unde sÄ caute programele în calculator Èi în ce ordine. OpÈiunile de configurare ale BIOS-ului calculatorului dumneavoastrÄ vor determina dacÄ Ã®naintea pornirii procesului de încÄrcare se verificÄ discul fix sau unitatea de dischetÄ, unitÄÈile pentru CD, DVD sau memoria flash. DacÄ aveÈi mai multe sisteme de operare instalate pe computer, configuraÈia BIOS-ului va determina care sistem de operare va fi încÄrcat primul la pornire."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:808(para)
+msgid "Only after all system files have been loaded into the main memory, is the operating system given control of the computer. The operating system performs the requested initial commands and then waits for the first interactive user input."
+msgstr "Numai dupÄ ce toate fiÈierele de sistem au fost încÄrcate în memoria principalÄ, sistemului de operare îi este predat controlul asupra calculatorului. Sistemul de operare executÄ comenzile de iniÈializare, iar apoi aÈteaptÄ comenzile primei interacÈionÄri cu utilizatorul."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:813(para)
+msgid "However, as a superuser or user with administrative privileges, it is possible for you to change the boot-up configuration to define the computer's boot order, change the default operating system to boot-up or make a system command run automatically at boot-up."
+msgstr "Oricum, ca utilizator cu drept de administrare, puteÈi sÄ schimbaÈi configuraÈia de start a calculatorului pentru a stabili ordinea de încÄrcare , sÄ modificaÈi sistemul de operare implicit sau sÄ faceÈi ca sistemul sÄ execute automat o comandÄ la pornire."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:818(para)
+msgid "One way to change or check your BIOS setting is to restart your computer, and press a key to enter the setup function before it starts to load any operating system. Generally, you can do this by pressing F1, F2, ESC or DELETE. Once you are inside the BIOS setup, you can make the desired changes by following the instructions for using the setup. However, you need to be very cautious when making any changes in the BIOS settings because a wrong setting can prevent your computer from booting-up properly."
+msgstr "O cale de verificare sau modificare a configurÄrilor BIOS-ului este repornirea calculatorului Èi apÄsarea unei taste pentru a accesa funcÈia de configurare înainte de a începe încÄrcarea sistemului de operare. Ãn general, puteÈi face acest lucru apÄsând una dintre tastele F1, F2, ESC sau DELETE. OdatÄ ce s-a deschis fereastra de configurare a BIOS-ului, puteÈi face schimbÄrile dorite, urmând instrucÈiunile de utilizare afiÈate. Oricum, trebuie sÄ fiÈi foarte precauÈi atunci când efectuaÈi o modificare în configurÄrile BIOS-ului, pentru cÄ o opÈiune greÈitÄ poate face ca sistemul sÄ nu mai porneascÄ normal."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:827(para)
+msgid "You can also perform these configuration changes by using a command line on your computer's terminal."
+msgstr "De asemenea, puteÈi efectua acele modificÄri de configurare utilizând o linie de comandÄ din terminalul calculatorului."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:831(title)
+msgid "Running a System Command Automatically at Start-Up"
+msgstr "Rularea automatÄ a unei comenzi la pornirea sistemului"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:833(para)
+msgid "At times, you may wish to add a custom command for the start-up process so that your computer executes this command every time it boots up."
+msgstr "Uneori, poate veÈi dori sÄ adÄugaÈi o comandÄ la procesul de start al calculatorului, astfel încât acesta sÄ execute acea comandÄ de fiecare datÄ când porneÈte."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:838(title)
+msgid "To run a system command automatically at start-up:"
+msgstr "Pentru a rula automat o comandÄ la pornire procedaÈi astfel:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:841(para)
+msgid "On the Terminal, type the following command to open the rc.local file:"
+msgstr "Ãn terminal, tastaÈi urmÄtoarea comandÄ pentru a deschide fiÈierul rc.local:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:844(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"$ sudo nano\n"
+" /etc/rc.local"
+msgstr ""
+"$ sudo nano\n"
+" /etc/rc.local"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:848(title)
+msgid "Terminal Window"
+msgstr "Fereastra principalÄ a aplicaÈiei Terminal"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:857(para)
+msgid "The rc.local file contains a script that is executed after all the other initial scripts. You can insert your own initialisation scripts in this file if you want some services to be executed automatically during the start-up process."
+msgstr "FiÈierul rc.local conÈine un script care este executat dupÄ toate celelalte scripturi de pornire. DacÄ doriÈi ca unele aplicaÈii sÄ porneascÄ Ã®n mod automat în procesului de start, aveÈi posibilitatea de a introduce propriile dumneavoastrÄ scripturi de pornire în acest fiÈier. "
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:864(para)
+msgid "The rc.local file opens in the Terminal window. Type the command that you want to run at system start-up before the line, exit 0."
+msgstr "FiÈierul rc.local se deschide în fereastra aplicaÈiei Terminal. ScrieÈi înaintea liniei exit 0 comanda care doriÈi sÄ ruleze la pornirea sistemului."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:868(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"$ date >\n"
+" /home/oem/newbackup"
+msgstr ""
+"$ date >\n"
+" /home/oem/newbackup"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:872(title)
+msgid "Making Settings for rc.local File"
+msgstr "Efectuarea configurÄrilor în fiÈierul rc.local"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:883(para)
+msgid "After you enter the command you want executed at system start-up, press CTRL+X to save and exit the edited file."
+msgstr "DupÄ ce aÈi introdus comanda doritÄ pentru a fi executatÄ la pornire, apÄsaÈi CTRL+X pentru a salva Èi închide fiÈierul."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:887(title)
+msgid "Services Window"
+msgstr "Accesarea utilitarului pentru configurarea serviciilor"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:898(para)
+msgid "When you reboot the system, the rc.local file executes. If you want to display the output of the above command, type the following command in the Terminal:"
+msgstr "Când reporniÈi sistemul, fiÈierul rc.local va fi executat. DacÄ doriÈi sÄ se afiÈeze rezultatul comenzii de mai sus, tastaÈi urmÄtoarea comandÄ Ã®n Terminal:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:902(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "$ cat newbackup"
+msgstr "$ cat newbackup"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:904(para)
+msgid "The following image shows the output of the above command:"
+msgstr "Imaginea urmÄtoare prezintÄ rezultatul comenzii de mai sus:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:911(title)
+msgid "Changing the Default Operating System at Boot"
+msgstr "Schimbarea sistemului de operare care porneÈte implicit"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:913(para)
+msgid "When multiple operating systems are installed on a computer, this is referred to as a multi-boot configuration. Typically, the operating system that is listed on top in the configuration file is loaded on the computer. To choose the operating system that starts when you turn on your computer, edit the grub configuration file."
+msgstr "Când sunt mai multe sisteme de operare instalate pe un calculator, este vorba despre o configuraÈie âmulti-bootâ. Ãn mod obiÈnuit, sistemul de operare încÄrcat de calculator este cel afiÈat în capul listei din fiÈierul de configurare. Pentru a alege care sistem de operare sÄ se încarce atunci când porniÈi computerul, editaÈi fiÈierul de configurare GRUB."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:921(para)
+msgid "Back up the configuration file, and open it in a text editor, as follows:"
+msgstr "FaceÈi o copie de siguranÈÄ a fiÈierului de configurare Èi deschideÈi-l într-un editor de text, astfel:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:924(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"$ sudo cp\n"
+" /boot/grub/menu.lst /boot/grub/menu.lst_backup $ sudo\n"
+" gedit /boot/grub/menu.lst"
+msgstr ""
+"$ sudo cp /boot/grub/menu.lst /boot/grub/menu.lst_backup\n"
+"$ gksu gedit /boot/grub/menu.lst"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:930(para)
+msgid "Find the line written below to change the default sequence:"
+msgstr "Pentru a modifica ordinea de încÄrcare implicitÄ, gÄsiÈi linia care conÈine:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:933(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "... default 0 ..."
+msgstr "... default 0 ..."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:935(para)
+msgid "Replace this line with the following line:"
+msgstr "ÃnlocuiÈi aceastÄ linie cu linia urmÄtoarea:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:937(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "default X"
+msgstr "default X"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:939(para)
+msgid "Replace X with a number based on the order in which your operating systems appear in the configuration file. You should start counting from 0. For example, if you wish the default operating system to be the first in the list, replace X with 0; and if you wish the default operating system to be the second in the list, replace X with 1."
+msgstr "ÃnlocuiÈi X cu un numÄr în funcÈie de ordinea în care doriÈi ca sistemele de operare sÄ aparÄ Ã®n fiÈierul de configurare. Trebuie sÄ Ã®ncepeÈi cu cifra 0. De exemplu, dacÄ doriÈi ca sistemul de operare implicit sÄ fie primul din listÄ, înlocuiÈi X cu 0; dacÄ doriÈi ca sistemul de operare implicit sÄ fie cel de pe poziÈia a doua în listÄ, înlocuiÈi X cu 1."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:948(para)
+msgid "Point to saved and save default to reboot the last OS chosen."
+msgstr "AlegeÈi sÄ salvaÈi Èi salvaÈi configuraÈia ca implicitÄ, pentru ca la repornire sÄ se încarce ultimul sistem de operare ales."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:955(title)
+msgid "Configuring Start-Up Services"
+msgstr "Configurarea Serviciilor care sÄ porneascÄ la încÄrcarea sistemului"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:957(para)
+msgid "When Ubuntu starts up, many services are started for your convenience. Some services are mandatory for Ubuntu to work properly on your computer. Others are services that you'll probably never need, either because you just do not want them (for example, ntpdate, which sets your system time from a time server) or you simply don't have the device (for example, the HP printing and scanning system, which is of no use if you don't own an HP device)."
+msgstr "Când Ubuntu porneÈte, sunt lansate mai multe programe care vÄ sunt folositoare. Unele servicii sunt indispensabile pentru ca Ubuntu sÄ funcÈioneze corect pe calculatorul dumneavoastrÄ. Altele sunt utilitare de care probabil nu veÈi avea niciodatÄ nevoie, sau chiar nu le doriÈi (de exemplu, ntpdate, care coreleazÄ ora calculatorului dumneavoastrÄ. cu un server de timp) sau unele pentru care nu aveÈi un periferic care sÄ le foloseascÄ (de exemplu, programul HP de imprimare Èi scanare, care nu vÄ este de nici un folos, dacÄ nu folosiÈi un dispozitiv HP)."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:965(para)
+msgid "Although these services are harmless, they increase your computer's start-up time. By de-activating some of these services, you should get a slightly faster start-up time."
+msgstr "DeÈi asemenea programe sunt inofensive, ele mÄresc timpul de pornire a computerului. Prin dezactivarea unora dintre ele, aÈi putea obÈine un timp de pornire mai mic."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:972(para)
+msgid "Read the service information before you disable any service because disabling some services may stop your system from booting-up or running properly."
+msgstr "A se citi informaÈiile despre utilitarul respectiv înainte de a-l dezactiva, pentru cÄ dezactivarea unora pot face ca sistemul dumneavoastrÄ sÄ nu mai porneascÄ sau sÄ nu mai funcÈioneze corespunzÄtor."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:977(para)
+msgid "To configure the start-up services, you need to have administrative privileges. Then, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr "Pentru configurarea programelor care ruleazÄ la încÄrcarea sistemului, trebuie sÄ aveÈi privilegii administrative. Apoi, parcurgeÈi urmÄtorii paÅi:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:982(para)
+msgid "On the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administration</emphasis> and then click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Services</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Din meniul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Sistem </emphasis> alegeÈi <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Administrare</emphasis>, apoi faceÈi clic pe <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Servicii</emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:988(para)
+msgid "Type your administrative password. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Services settings</emphasis> window opens."
+msgstr "IntroduceÈi parola. Se va deschide fereastra <emphasis role=\"strong\">SetÄri servicii</emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:992(para)
+msgid "Select the services you want running by selecting or clearing the respective check boxes and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">OK</emphasis>."
+msgstr "SelectaÈi utilitarul care doriÈi sÄ fie activat la pornire prin selectarea sau deselectarea casetelor respective, apoi faceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Ãnchide</emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:996(title)
+msgid "Services Settings Window"
+msgstr "Fereastra de configurare a serviciilor de pornire"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1010(para)
+msgid "If you want greater control over the boot-up services, install Boot-up Manager (bum). You can install bum from the Universe repository. You need to click the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administration</emphasis> and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Boot-up Manager</emphasis>."
+msgstr "DacÄ doriÈi un control mai mare asupra lansÄrii utilitarelor la pornire, instalaÈi Boot-up Manager (bum). PuteÈi instala bum din arhivele software Universe. Trebuie sÄ intraÈi în meniul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Sistem </emphasis> iar de la categoria <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Administrare </emphasis> selectaÈi opÈiunea <emphasis role=\"strong\">Boot-up Manager</emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1018(title)
+msgid "Lesson Summary"
+msgstr "Sumarul LecÈiei"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1022(para)
+msgid "Partitioning your hard disk is similar to splitting rooms with walls in a house."
+msgstr "PartiÈionarea discului dumneavoastrÄ fix este similarÄ cu împÄrÈirea unei case în camere despÄrÈite de pereÈi."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1027(para)
+msgid "You can run Ubuntu on a single or multiple partitions or drives."
+msgstr "PuteÈi instala Ubuntu pe o singurÄ sau mai multe partiÈii sau unitÄÈi detaÈabile."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1032(para)
+msgid "Before partitioning the hard drive, you should make sure that there is no data on the hard drive. If the hard drive on which you are creating a partition contains data and you wish to preserve it, it will be safer to back up the data before proceeding."
+msgstr "Ãnaintea partiÈionÄrii discului fix, trebuie sÄ vÄ asiguraÈi cÄ nu existÄ date pe acea unitate. Ãn cazul în care discul fix pe care urmeazÄ sÄ creaÈi o partiÈie conÈine date pe care doriÈi sÄ le pÄstraÈi, este mai sigur sÄ creaÈi o copie de siguranÈÄ a acelor date înainte de a continua."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1039(para)
+msgid "You can create a partition by using both the partition editor and the command-line interface."
+msgstr "PuteÈi crea o partiÈie folosind deopotrivÄ editorul de partiÈii sau interfaÈa liniei de comandÄ."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1044(para)
+msgid "It is possible for you to change the boot-up configuration to define the computer's boot order, change the default operating system to boot or make a system command run automatically at boot-up."
+msgstr "Este posibil sÄ schimbaÈi configuraÈia de pornire redefinind atât ordinea de pornire a sistemelor instalate, prin schimbarea sistemul de operare implicit la pornire, sau definind programe care sÄ se deschidÄ automat la pornire."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1051(para)
+msgid "To run a set of commands each time the system boots up, you need to include the commands in the /etc/rc.local file so that the computer executes them automatically at every boot-up."
+msgstr "Pentru a determina un set de programe sÄ se lanseze o datÄ cu pornirea sistemului, este nevoie sÄ includeÈi comenzile de start corespunzÄtoare în fiÈierul /etc/rc.local, astfel încât calculatorul sÄ le execute automat la fiecare pornire."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1057(para)
+msgid "You can change the default operating system at boot by making changes in the configuration file."
+msgstr "PuteÈi schimba sistemul de operare care se încarcÄ implicit la pornire, modificând fiÈierul de configurare."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1062(para)
+msgid "You must read the service information before disabling any service because disabling some services may stop your system from booting-up or running properly."
+msgstr "Trebuie sÄ citiÈi documentaÈia unui program sau utilitar înainte de a-l dezactiva, pentru cÄ dezactivarea unor servicii pot face ca sistemul dumneavoastrÄ sÄ nu mai porneascÄ sau sÄ funcÈioneze defectuos."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1020(para)
+msgid "In this lesson, you learned that: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr "Ãn aceastÄ lecÈie aÈi învÄÈat cÄ: <placeholder-1/>"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1070(title)
+msgid "Review Exercise"
+msgstr "ExerciÈii recapitulative"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1075(para)
+msgid "What are the advantages of partitioning?"
+msgstr "Care sunt avantajele partiÈionÄrii?"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1079(para)
+msgid "The following are the advantages of partitioning:"
+msgstr "Avantajele partiÈionÄrii sunt urmÄtoarele:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1083(para)
+msgid "Minimises data loss"
+msgstr "Limitarea pierderii datelor"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1087(para)
+msgid "Enhances security"
+msgstr "CreÈterea securitÄÈii"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1091(para)
+msgid "Enhances performance"
+msgstr "MÄrirea performanÈelor"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1099(para)
+msgid "Why do you need to use the sudo command?"
+msgstr "De ce este nevoie sÄ folosiÈi comanda sudo?"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1103(para)
+msgid "In Unix-based operating systems, you need to use the sudo command to run programmes that require administrative privileges."
+msgstr "Ãn sistemele de operare bazate pe Unix, trebuie sÄ folosiÈi comanda sudo pentru a deschide aplicaÈii ce necesitÄ drepturi administrative."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1111(para)
+msgid "Which of these file systems does Ubuntu use by default?"
+msgstr "Care dintre aceste sisteme de fiÈiere sunt folosite implicit în Ubuntu?"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1115(para)
+msgid "Fat 32"
+msgstr "Fat 32"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1119(para)
+msgid "NTFS"
+msgstr "NTFS"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1123(para)
+msgid "Ext3"
+msgstr "Ext3"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1129(para)
+msgid "c) Ext3"
+msgstr "Ext3"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1135(para)
+msgid "If you want to run a system command automatically at start-up, where should you add the command?"
+msgstr "DacÄ doriÈi ca o aplicaÈie a sistemului sÄ se lanseze automat, la pornire, unde i-aÈi putea stabili comanda?"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1140(para)
+msgid "The command needs to be added to the /etc/rc.local file."
+msgstr "Comanda trebuie adÄugatÄ Ã®n fiÈierul /etc/rc.local."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1147(para)
+msgid "Is it possible to disable all the start-up services? Why?"
+msgstr "Este posibil sÄ dezactivaÈi toate aplicaÈiile de start? De ce?"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1152(para)
+msgid "No, it is not possible to disable all start-up services because disabling some services will stop your system from booting-up or running properly."
+msgstr "Nu, nu este posibil sÄ dezactivÄm toate aplicaÈiile de start pentru cÄ dezactivarea unora dintre ele va face ca sistemul sÄ nu mai porneascÄ sau sÄ funcÈioneze necorespunzÄtor."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1161(title)
+msgid "Lab Exercise"
+msgstr "ExerciÈii practice"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1164(title)
+msgid "Exercise 1"
+msgstr "ExerciÈiul 1"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1166(para)
+msgid "As a previous Microsoft Windows user, you want to have a dual-boot configuration on your computer and create a separate partition to run Microsoft Windows on it. To perform this task, you need to create a 5-GB primary partition and format it with a Microsoft Windows-compatible file system."
+msgstr "Ca fost utilizator de Microsoft Windows, aÈi vrea sÄ aveÈi un calculator cu dublÄ opÈiune de pornire Èi sÄ creaÈi o partiÈie separatÄ de pe care sÄ lansaÈi Microsoft Windows. Pentru a obÈine aceasta, trebuie sÄ creaÈi o partiÈie primarÄ de 5 GB Èi sÄ o formataÈi cu un sistem de fiÈiere compatibil cu Microsoft Windows."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1174(title)
+msgid "Option a: To create a Partition using Partition Editor:"
+msgstr "OpÈiunea a: Crearea unei partiÈii folosind Editorul de partiÈii:"
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1177(para)
+msgid "On the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administration</emphasis> and then click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Partition Editor</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Din meniul <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Sistem </emphasis> alegeÈi <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Administrare </emphasis> Èi faceÅ£i clic pe <emphasis role=\"strong\"> Editor de partiÈii</emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1183(para)
+msgid "In the drive drop-down box, select the hard drive you need to partition by specifying its logical name. The window refreshes and shows you a representation of the drive."
+msgstr "Ãn caseta de afiÈare a unitÄÈilor de stocare, selectaÈi discul fix dorit prin alegerea denumirii sale logice. Fereastra se va reîmprospÄta Èi va afiÈa o reprezentare a unitÄÈii alese."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1189(para)
+msgid "Right-click the white bar and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">New</emphasis> to create a new partition. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Create new Partition</emphasis> dialogue box appears, in which you choose the specifications of the new partition."
+msgstr "EfectuaÈi clic dreapta pe bara cu fond alb Èi apoi clic pe <emphasis role=\"strong\">Nou</emphasis> pentru crearea unei partiÈii noi. Va apÄrea fereastra de dialog <emphasis role=\"strong\">CreaÈi noua partiÈie</emphasis>, în care definiÈi caracteristicile noi partiÈii."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1194(para)
+msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"strong\">New Size</emphasis> dialogue box, select the size of the new partition."
+msgstr "Ãn fereastra de dialog <emphasis role=\"strong\">Noua dimensiune</emphasis>, selectaÈi mÄrimea noii partiÈii."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1199(para)
+msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Create as</emphasis> box, select <emphasis role=\"strong\">Primary Partition</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Ãn caseta <emphasis role=\"strong\">CreazÄ ca</emphasis>, selectaÈi <emphasis role=\"strong\">PartiÈie primarÄ</emphasis>."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1204(para)
+msgid "Next, specify the file system. Select ntfs."
+msgstr "Acum alegeÈi sistemul de fiÈiere. OptaÈi pentru ntfs."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1208(para)
+msgid "Click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Add</emphasis> to compute the partition. The graphical display updates to show a new partition on the disk."
+msgstr "EfectuaÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"strong\">AdaugÄ</emphasis> pentru a calibra partiÈia. Graficul de reprezentare se actualizeazÄ marcând o nouÄ partiÈie pe disc."
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1214(para)
+msgid "If you are sure about the specification of the new partition, click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply</emphasis>. The disk will be partitioned and formatted."
+msgstr "DacÄ sunteÈi sigur de caracteristicile noii partiÈii, faceÈi clic pe <emphasis role=\"strong\">AplicÄ</emphasis>. Discul va fi partiÈionat Èi formatat."
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:0(None)
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+
=== added file 'chapter10/Partitioning_and_Booting.pot'
--- chapter10/Partitioning_and_Booting.pot 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000
+++ chapter10/Partitioning_and_Booting.pot 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,896 @@
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-29 20:35+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:73(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/partitioning.png'; md5=298c8736f0c8ffb7db851a599c36d209"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:331(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_001.png'; md5=d9a676693a685cc75b9de885913bfcf6"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:393(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_002.png'; md5=2cbd2281f3c82c85928283b64ce5fbc8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:413(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_003.png'; md5=20817092e102f3a6e169f480ac4fdd2f"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:436(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_004.png'; md5=ab4b8d3b8012a27aa2fb06081787392f"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:451(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_005.png'; md5=25ea694c1cab9372cb2c613b4a4d8e26"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:469(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_006.png'; md5=6f36f59efee2ffacc10d33b637411146"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:485(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_007.png'; md5=57ac242cfa0360abe1a09056e815b529"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:502(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_008.png'; md5=56eb37e1b19f4e4a0597515121ced608"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:517(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_009.png'; md5=7ccec49f504d61500cc25c59db863cb8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:547(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_010.png'; md5=7ec8d09387042fd37594bde338f095a1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:599(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_011.png'; md5=0c00ea24d1a7d400c5b471c0e30ec453"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:622(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_012.png'; md5=348fd039d7c34656c8cd11efb9eae6af"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:657(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_013.png'; md5=d2ff5aee05fcb83b41c5c3de6556a594"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:696(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_014.png'; md5=27e50f3d7a7b75e09bd1424fcafebfd4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:714(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_015.png'; md5=e0e7bb9b30a4ccb80654618acbcfeda9"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:732(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_016.png'; md5=d30cec53df0670b5d10c53f8515ab0bd"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:769(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_017.png'; md5=28573138c388c86e9157d950d60570af"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:786(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_018.png'; md5=d19248d0d3a735121d9fdd29dcd807b6"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:852(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_019.png'; md5=7d4016aeebf76c4a537c4747c26eed8e"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:876(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_020.png'; md5=4042007ddb930ae6700336e0891bd5fa"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:891(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_021.png'; md5=d3fea9381a9ee8559c93753d17428cf9"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1000(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson11_images_022.png'; md5=bdd4136b29ea1301145dffae8a707c6f"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:4(title)
+msgid "Partitioning and Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:7(title) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:84(title) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:108(title) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:640(title)
+msgid "Note:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:9(para)
+msgid "Partitioning and Booting is an additional section and not an integral part of the desktop course. Many users, especially corporate desktop users who have system administrators to set up their computers for them will find this section irrelevant. Home users, or advanced Ubuntu users may find this extremely useful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:17(title)
+msgid "Objectives"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:19(para)
+msgid "In this lesson, you will learn:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:22(para)
+msgid "The benefits of partitioning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:26(para)
+msgid "How to create partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:30(para)
+msgid "How to configure start-up options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:35(title)
+msgid "What is Partitioning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:38(title)
+msgid "Analogy Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:40(para)
+msgid "Simply broken down, a new hard disk is similar to the foundations of a house - it needs some structure and walls before you can start putting things (like furniture) into it. The partition is the first level of foundation on the disk. Once the disk is logically carved up into partitions, it can be thought of as a house with rooms. Each partition (room) is of a specific size which could potentially be resized again after you move it, but would cause some disruption as objects get moved to make room. Once a partition (room) is created it can then be formatted using the filesystem of your choice. Once the filesystem has been laid down, it's possible to start populating the partition with data in the form of files and folders (furniture)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:53(para)
+msgid "So, a partition is a logical chunk of space allocated out of the entire disk. Depending on how a system is configured at installation time, there may be one or more partitions on a disk. In some instances, it is also possible to modify the layout, number and size of partitions, but this is often considered an expert's function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:59(para)
+msgid "Many Microsoft Windows users will have just one large partition - often known as \"C: drive\", however it is also common for Microsoft Windows users to have multiple partitions which are labelled with successive alphabetic characters (D:, E: and so on)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:64(para)
+msgid "Similarly, with Ubuntu it's possible to install the system in exactly one partition on the disk, or spread data and applications over multiple partitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:69(title)
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:78(para)
+msgid "There are valid arguments for both scenarios. Having one single partition with all applications, libraries and data will result in a simple to manage system. It also provides flexibility as installing applications or adding data will use space from a common \"pool\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:86(para)
+msgid "If you accept all the defaults when installing Ubuntu, you will end up with a system separated into two partitions on the disk. One contains all files, the other is known as \"swap\" which can be thought of as an extension to your computer's internal memory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:92(para)
+msgid "Alternatively, it is possible to create multiple partitions of differing sizes into which different types of applications, libraries and data can be placed. This is often used in a multi-user or server environment where user data is kept separate from system programmes, log files and configuration files. A significant benefit to this can be seen when there is a problem on the system and log files start to grow. The log files (in one partition) will not consume all available disk space in this scenario because they will be confined to their own (small) partition of the physical disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:102(para)
+msgid "Which ever partitioning scheme has been chosen, this is not set in stone. It is possible to use a partition editing utility to resize partitions (subject to sufficient free space in each partition), however this is quite an advanced topic, and generally nto done while the system is in use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:110(para)
+msgid "Whilst it is possible to change the disk partitioning layout after the system has been installed, it is important to make backups before making any changes to the partitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:116(title)
+msgid "About filesystems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:118(para)
+msgid "Partitioning a disk is only the beginning. Once the disk has been divided up, those partitions need to be formatted so that the operating system can place files on the disk in a structured manner. There are many different filesystem types, each with their own advantages. With Microsoft Windows the two main filesystems are FAT (File Allocation Table) and NTFS (New Technology File System). With Ubuntu there are many options including ext2, ext3, reiserfs, xfs and many others. The Ubuntu installer chooses ext3 by default, but of course it is possible to override this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:130(title) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:150(title) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:226(title) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:265(title) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:537(title)
+msgid "Nice to Know:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:132(para)
+msgid "ext3 is a great general purpose journalling filesystem. It handles most tasks well however, xfs is sometimes chosen instead on media-centre systems as it performs better when handling very large files - such as music and video files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:139(title)
+msgid "Mount points"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:141(para)
+msgid "A mount point is a place in the directory hierarchy where a filesystem could be presented. There is no real Microsoft Windows equivalent to this. With Microsoft Windows the partitions C:, D: and so on, are seen as entirely separate entities so the operating system, applications and data is often referred to by a user as being \"on the C: drive\" or \"in a folder on the D: drive\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:152(para)
+msgid "\"Mount\" is the term used when referring to a filesystem being made available for access. CD and DVDs are usually automatically mounted when they are inserted. The same goes for USB connected devices such as memory sticks, hard disks and music players."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:158(para)
+msgid "On Ubuntu, files and folders reside within a partition as they do with Microsoft Windows. However the partition is not normally referenced directly by the user. The user would typically say that files are \"in my home directory\" (when referring to /home/< username>), or \"in the root directory\" (when referring to / ) without specifying which partition on the disk those directories reside in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:165(para)
+msgid "Under most standard installations of Ubuntu there will be only one partition where all files and folders reside. However if a user plugs in an external USB-connected memory stick or USB hard disk, Ubuntu will mount the partition(s) on that device under mount point(s) within the directory tree. For example a USB attached memory stick or hard disk will usually appear under /media/disk (unless the device has partitions which are labelled, in which case they will appear under /media/<labelname> )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:175(title)
+msgid "Further considerations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:177(para)
+msgid "As previously mentioned, resizing partitions is not a trivial task. Under most circumstances it requires that all filesystems involved are unmounted, this means they must not be in use. Typically then to resize partitions the system should be booted to an unused filesystem - such as a bootable Live CD. Considerable thought should therefor be given before partitioning a disk with regards to the number and sizes of partitions to be created to prevent later unnecessary resizing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:187(title) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:282(title) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:970(title)
+msgid "Caution:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:189(para)
+msgid "You may run out of hard drive space in your home partition due to the sub-division of the drive into fixed-size partitions. This may occur even if the other partitions have plenty of usable space. Good and logical partitioning requires you to predict how much space each partition needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:196(para)
+msgid "For new users, home users and other single-user set-ups, a single root (/) partition with a swap partition would be the easiest and the most convenient to create and use. However, for multi-user systems or computers with lots of disk space, it is best to have the /home, /tmp, /usr and /var directories as individual partitions separate from the root (/) partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:206(para)
+msgid "root: Also called the slash directory, it is the highest directory of the directory tree. When creating the root partition, you need to ensure that the root should contain the /etc, /bin, /sbin, /lib and /dev directories, otherwise you will not be able to boot-up the system. You also need to ensure that the root partition is allocated at least 150-250 MB of disk space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:215(para)
+msgid "/home: This directory contains all user-specific files and data. On a multi-user system, every user will store personal data in a sub-directory of this directory. The size of this directory would depend on the number of users using the system and the files they store in this directory. Ideally, you should plan the disk space for this partition based on your planned usage. In general, about 100-MB disk space can be allocated for each user. However, you may need to reserve a lot more space if you are planning to save a lot of multi-media files in your home directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:228(para)
+msgid "It is good practice to have /home on a separate partition because it allows for a smoother transition from one distribution to another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:233(para)
+msgid "/var: This directory contains variable data, such as news chapters, e-mails, Web sites, databases and the packaging system cache. The size of this directory also depends on system usage. Most probably, the size of this directory would be dictated by your usage of the Ubuntu package management utilities. If you plan to install all the packages that Ubuntu offers, you need to allocate 2 to 3 GB of space for the /var directory. However, if you want to save hard disk space and do not plan any major software updates, you can get by with as little as 30- or 40-MB disk space for the /var directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:246(para)
+msgid "/tmp: This directory contains temporary data created by programmes. Some applications, including archive manipulators, CD/DVD authoring tools and multi-media software also use this directory to temporarily store image files. You need to plan space allocation for this directory based on your usage of these applications. for this directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:255(para)
+msgid "/usr: This directory contains all user programmes (binaries), their documentation and supporting libraries. This directory tends to use the maximum space on the hard disk. Therefore, you should provide at least 500-MB disk space for this directory. But, you need to increase this space depending on the number and types of software packages you plan to install. Based on your planned usage and the available disk space, you may allocate 1.5 to 6 GB of disk space for this directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:267(para)
+msgid "The /usr partition is sometimes referred to as User System Resources and not user as was originally intended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:203(para)
+msgid "Before partitioning your hard drive, you should consider the following: <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/><placeholder-3/><placeholder-4/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:273(title)
+msgid "Creating a Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:275(para)
+msgid "As mentioned earlier, multiple partitions are very useful especially in cases where a partition is corrupted, as it enables you to boot into GNU/Linux to fix the system, without having to reinstall the system. To do this, a root partition is required. This partition should contain the essential components of the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:284(para)
+msgid "The hard disk drive that you are formatting should not contain any data. If you have already formatted the drive and it contains data, skip the partitioning step and move to the next step - mounting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:293(para)
+msgid "Partition Editor (GParted): GParted is useful for creating space for new operating systems, re-organising disk usage, copying data residing on hard disks and mirroring one partition with another (disk imaging)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:300(para)
+msgid "Command Line: The command line is faster and more powerful than GParted. When navigating through the file system, you can use the command line to jump from one directory to another in a split second. Use the command-line interface if you are comfortable using the Terminal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:289(para)
+msgid "If the hard disk drive that you want to format is blank and unformatted, you can use either of the following tools to partition it: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:308(para)
+msgid "If you want to create a partition using GParted, you need to first install GParted by using <emphasis role=\"strong\">Add/Remove Applications</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">Synaptic Package Manager</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:314(title)
+msgid "Installing GParted by Using Synaptic Package Manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:317(title)
+msgid "To install GParted by using Synaptic Package Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:320(para)
+msgid "On the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administration</emphasis> and then click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Synaptic Package Manager</emphasis>. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Synaptic Package Manager</emphasis> window opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:327(title)
+msgid "Synaptic Package Manager Location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:338(para)
+msgid "When the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Synaptic Package Manager</emphasis> window opens for the first time, it displays a list of all the software packages available in the Ubuntu software repositories. The left pane lists the various software categories. You can select a specific category to view the available software packages listed in that category. Alternatively, you can use the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Search</emphasis> functionality provided in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Synaptic Package Manager</emphasis> to locate specific software in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:348(para)
+msgid "Click the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Search</emphasis> button to search the package you want to install. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Find</emphasis> dialogue box appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:351(para) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:400(para)
+msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Search</emphasis> field of the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Find</emphasis> dialogue box, type the name of the package, <emphasis role=\"strong\">Partition Editor</emphasis>, and click the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Search</emphasis> button. The package, gparted, is now displayed in the right pane of the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Synaptic Package Manager</emphasis> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:359(para) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:420(para)
+msgid "Right-click the package name to select an action that you want to perform on it. Notice that various options are available to perform a number of actions on the selected package. If the selected package is not installed currently, you can mark it for installation. If the selected package is already marked for installation, you can unmark it to clear the selection. Similarly, if the package is already installed, you may select <emphasis role=\"strong\">Upgrade</emphasis> to upgrade the package and <emphasis role=\"strong\">Mark for Removal</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">Mark for Complete Removal</emphasis> to delete the package from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:368(para) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:429(para)
+msgid "To install the package, select the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Mark for Installation</emphasis> check box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:370(para) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:443(para)
+msgid "The gparted package is now selected for installation. To continue with the installation, click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply</emphasis>. This displays the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Summary</emphasis> dialogue box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:373(para) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:458(para)
+msgid "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Summary</emphasis> dialogue box prompts you to perform a final check before implementing the marked changes. Click the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply</emphasis> button to apply the marked changes. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Downloading package files</emphasis> window opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:379(para) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:476(para)
+msgid "Wait for all the required files to download. After all the required files in the package are downloaded, the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Changes applied</emphasis> dialogue box appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:383(para) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:492(para)
+msgid "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Changes applied</emphasis> dialogue box notifies you that all the requested changes have been applied. Click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Close</emphasis> to exit the dialogue box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:389(title)
+msgid "Synaptic Package Manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:409(title)
+msgid "Finding a Package in Synaptic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:432(title)
+msgid "Marking a Package for installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:447(title)
+msgid "Summary Dialog Box"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:465(title)
+msgid "Applying Changes Box"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:481(title)
+msgid "Changes Applied Box"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:498(title)
+msgid "Synaptic Package Manager after Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:509(para)
+msgid "The partition editor is installed on your computer. You can now partition the hard disk drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:513(title)
+msgid "Opening Partition Editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:526(title)
+msgid "Partitioning Using Gparted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:529(title)
+msgid "To partition the hard drive by using GParted:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:532(para)
+msgid "On the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administration</emphasis> and then click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Partition Editor</emphasis>. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">GParted</emphasis> window opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:539(para)
+msgid "GParted is also available from the Live CD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:543(title)
+msgid "GParted Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:554(para)
+msgid "In the top-right corner of the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GParted</emphasis> window is the drive drop-down box. You can use this box to select the hard drive that you need to partition by specifying the logical name you noted earlier. The Gparted window refreshes and shows you a representation of the selected drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:560(para)
+msgid "If the existing partitions on the drive have not yet been used, a white bar would run across the window. However, if the existing partitions contain some data, the data will be represented by a pale yellow area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:566(title) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1008(title)
+msgid "Instructor Notes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:568(para)
+msgid "Explain how to read the specifications of the current partitions and file systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:572(para) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:606(para)
+msgid "You can either resize an existing partition or create a new partition in the unallocated space of the hard drive. Before resizing an existing partition, you must make sure that you unmount it by right-clicking the partition and then selecting <emphasis role=\"strong\">Unmount</emphasis>. Remember that you cannot resize a partition to be smaller than the yellow area, which represents the data on the partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:579(para) Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:613(para)
+msgid "To create a new partition in the unallocated drive space, right-click the area and select <emphasis role=\"strong\">New</emphasis> on the short-cut menu. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Create new Partition</emphasis> dialogue box appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:583(para)
+msgid "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Create new Partition</emphasis> dialogue box enables you to select specifications for the new partition. Apart from defining the size of the new partition, you can also select the partition type, whether primary or logical, for the new partition. In addition, you can even define the file system to be used on the new partition. By default, Ubuntu uses the ext3 partitions. However, if you want the new drive to be readable by both Microsoft Windows and Ubuntu without installing anything extra, you can format it as Fat 32."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:595(title)
+msgid "Creating a New Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:618(title)
+msgid "Create New Partition Box"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:629(para)
+msgid "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Create new Partition</emphasis> dialogue box allows you to select specifications for the new partition. Apart from defining the size of the new partition, you can also select the partition type, whether primary or logical, for the new partition. In addition, you can even define the file system to be used on the new partition. By default, Ubuntu uses the ext3 partitions. However, if you want the new drive to be readable by both Microsoft Windows and Ubuntu without installing anything extra, you can format it as Fat 32."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:642(para)
+msgid "If you are creating a partition on a new hard drive, select Primary Partition. An SCSI or S-ATA hard disk can have a maximum of 4 primary partitions and 11 logical partitions while an integrated development environment (IDE) hard drive can have up to 63 partitions overall. The primary partition used to house the logical partitions is called an extended partition. Unlike primary partitions, logical partitions must be contiguous: the blocks in the partition are following each other without any gap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:653(title)
+msgid "Confirmation Box"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:664(para)
+msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"strong\">New Size (MiB)</emphasis> field, specify the size of the partition by using the up or down arrow key. You can also define the size by dragging the black bold arrows on the top white bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:671(para)
+msgid "Select Primary, Logical or Extended partition from the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Create as</emphasis> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:676(para)
+msgid "Next, specify the file system by selecting from the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Filesystem</emphasis> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:680(para)
+msgid "Click the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Add</emphasis> button to complete the partition. The white bar updates to show a new partition on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:686(para)
+msgid "You can create multiple partitions at this stage by following the above-mentioned procedure and then clicking <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply</emphasis> to add them to the hard drive. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply operations to hard disk</emphasis> dialogue box appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:692(title)
+msgid "Applying Pending Operations Box"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:703(para)
+msgid "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply operations to hard disk</emphasis> dialogue box recommends that you back up data before performing the changes and seeks your final confirmation before applying the changes to the hard disk. Click the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply</emphasis> button to partition and format the hard disk according to your specifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:710(title)
+msgid "GParted with New Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:721(para)
+msgid "The system starts applying the changes to the hard disk. The duration of the operation will depend on the size of the new partition. You can click the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Details</emphasis> button to view more information about where and how changes are being made, whilst the operation is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:728(title)
+msgid "Deleting a Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:739(para)
+msgid "Once you receive a message that all the specified operations have been successfully completed, you can safely close the window by clicking the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Close</emphasis> button. However, if something goes wrong and the process does not complete successfully, you can save the process output for future reference by clicking the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Save Details</emphasis> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:749(para)
+msgid "The newly created partition is now visible in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GParted</emphasis> window. You will also notice that your system automounts the newly created partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:752(para)
+msgid "Mounting refers to the process of attaching the newly created partition or drive to an existing directory to make it accessible. The directory where the new partition is attached is called the mount point. After the partition is mounted, you can access the files on that partition by accessing the mount point for the new partition. Early Linux distributions did not allow the auto-mounting of new partitions or drives. However, from Ubuntu 8.04 LTS, you can easily access the new partitions by auto-mounting the partitions. When you create a new partition, the new partition opens as a separate window and the partition appears as a disk icon on the desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:765(title)
+msgid "Removable Drives and Media Preferences Dialogue Box"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:776(para)
+msgid "When you no longer want to access the new partitions, you can unmount them by right-clicking the <emphasis role=\"strong\">disk</emphasis> icon on the desktop and selecting the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Unmount Volume</emphasis> option from the short-cut menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:782(title)
+msgid "RC.Local File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:796(title)
+msgid "Boot-up Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:798(para)
+msgid "Booting up is a process through which the operating system is loaded into the computer's main memory or random access memory (RAM). The boot-up process starts when you turn on your computer. During this process, the BIOS takes control of your computer and decides where to look for software on the computer and in which order.Your computer's BIOS settings determine whether your computer will first check the hard disk or a floppy disc, CD, DVD or flash memory to start the booting-up process. If you have multiple operating systems installed on your computer, the BIOS configuration determines which operating system will be loaded first at boot-up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:808(para)
+msgid "Only after all system files have been loaded into the main memory, is the operating system given control of the computer. The operating system performs the requested initial commands and then waits for the first interactive user input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:813(para)
+msgid "However, as a superuser or user with administrative privileges, it is possible for you to change the boot-up configuration to define the computer's boot order, change the default operating system to boot-up or make a system command run automatically at boot-up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:818(para)
+msgid "One way to change or check your BIOS setting is to restart your computer, and press a key to enter the setup function before it starts to load any operating system. Generally, you can do this by pressing F1, F2, ESC or DELETE. Once you are inside the BIOS setup, you can make the desired changes by following the instructions for using the setup. However, you need to be very cautious when making any changes in the BIOS settings because a wrong setting can prevent your computer from booting-up properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:827(para)
+msgid "You can also perform these configuration changes by using a command line on your computer's terminal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:831(title)
+msgid "Running a System Command Automatically at Start-Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:833(para)
+msgid "At times, you may wish to add a custom command for the start-up process so that your computer executes this command every time it boots up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:838(title)
+msgid "To run a system command automatically at start-up:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:841(para)
+msgid "On the Terminal, type the following command to open the rc.local file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:844(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "$ sudo nano\n /etc/rc.local"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:848(title)
+msgid "Terminal Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:857(para)
+msgid "The rc.local file contains a script that is executed after all the other initial scripts. You can insert your own initialisation scripts in this file if you want some services to be executed automatically during the start-up process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:864(para)
+msgid "The rc.local file opens in the Terminal window. Type the command that you want to run at system start-up before the line, exit 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:868(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "$ date >\n /home/oem/newbackup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:872(title)
+msgid "Making Settings for rc.local File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:883(para)
+msgid "After you enter the command you want executed at system start-up, press CTRL+X to save and exit the edited file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:887(title)
+msgid "Services Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:898(para)
+msgid "When you reboot the system, the rc.local file executes. If you want to display the output of the above command, type the following command in the Terminal:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:902(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "$ cat newbackup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:904(para)
+msgid "The following image shows the output of the above command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:911(title)
+msgid "Changing the Default Operating System at Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:913(para)
+msgid "When multiple operating systems are installed on a computer, this is referred to as a multi-boot configuration. Typically, the operating system that is listed on top in the configuration file is loaded on the computer. To choose the operating system that starts when you turn on your computer, edit the grub configuration file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:921(para)
+msgid "Back up the configuration file, and open it in a text editor, as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:924(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "$ sudo cp\n /boot/grub/menu.lst /boot/grub/menu.lst_backup $ sudo\n gedit /boot/grub/menu.lst"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:930(para)
+msgid "Find the line written below to change the default sequence:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:933(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "... default 0 ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:935(para)
+msgid "Replace this line with the following line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:937(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "default X"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:939(para)
+msgid "Replace X with a number based on the order in which your operating systems appear in the configuration file. You should start counting from 0. For example, if you wish the default operating system to be the first in the list, replace X with 0; and if you wish the default operating system to be the second in the list, replace X with 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:948(para)
+msgid "Point to saved and save default to reboot the last OS chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:955(title)
+msgid "Configuring Start-Up Services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:957(para)
+msgid "When Ubuntu starts up, many services are started for your convenience. Some services are mandatory for Ubuntu to work properly on your computer. Others are services that you'll probably never need, either because you just do not want them (for example, ntpdate, which sets your system time from a time server) or you simply don't have the device (for example, the HP printing and scanning system, which is of no use if you don't own an HP device)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:965(para)
+msgid "Although these services are harmless, they increase your computer's start-up time. By de-activating some of these services, you should get a slightly faster start-up time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:972(para)
+msgid "Read the service information before you disable any service because disabling some services may stop your system from booting-up or running properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:977(para)
+msgid "To configure the start-up services, you need to have administrative privileges. Then, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:982(para)
+msgid "On the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administration</emphasis> and then click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Services</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:988(para)
+msgid "Type your administrative password. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Services settings</emphasis> window opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:992(para)
+msgid "Select the services you want running by selecting or clearing the respective check boxes and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">OK</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:996(title)
+msgid "Services Settings Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1010(para)
+msgid "If you want greater control over the boot-up services, install Boot-up Manager (bum). You can install bum from the Universe repository. You need to click the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administration</emphasis> and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Boot-up Manager</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1018(title)
+msgid "Lesson Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1022(para)
+msgid "Partitioning your hard disk is similar to splitting rooms with walls in a house."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1027(para)
+msgid "You can run Ubuntu on a single or multiple partitions or drives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1032(para)
+msgid "Before partitioning the hard drive, you should make sure that there is no data on the hard drive. If the hard drive on which you are creating a partition contains data and you wish to preserve it, it will be safer to back up the data before proceeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1039(para)
+msgid "You can create a partition by using both the partition editor and the command-line interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1044(para)
+msgid "It is possible for you to change the boot-up configuration to define the computer's boot order, change the default operating system to boot or make a system command run automatically at boot-up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1051(para)
+msgid "To run a set of commands each time the system boots up, you need to include the commands in the /etc/rc.local file so that the computer executes them automatically at every boot-up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1057(para)
+msgid "You can change the default operating system at boot by making changes in the configuration file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1062(para)
+msgid "You must read the service information before disabling any service because disabling some services may stop your system from booting-up or running properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1020(para)
+msgid "In this lesson, you learned that: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1070(title)
+msgid "Review Exercise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1075(para)
+msgid "What are the advantages of partitioning?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1079(para)
+msgid "The following are the advantages of partitioning:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1083(para)
+msgid "Minimises data loss"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1087(para)
+msgid "Enhances security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1091(para)
+msgid "Enhances performance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1099(para)
+msgid "Why do you need to use the sudo command?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1103(para)
+msgid "In Unix-based operating systems, you need to use the sudo command to run programmes that require administrative privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1111(para)
+msgid "Which of these file systems does Ubuntu use by default?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1115(para)
+msgid "Fat 32"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1119(para)
+msgid "NTFS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1123(para)
+msgid "Ext3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1129(para)
+msgid "c) Ext3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1135(para)
+msgid "If you want to run a system command automatically at start-up, where should you add the command?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1140(para)
+msgid "The command needs to be added to the /etc/rc.local file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1147(para)
+msgid "Is it possible to disable all the start-up services? Why?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1152(para)
+msgid "No, it is not possible to disable all start-up services because disabling some services will stop your system from booting-up or running properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1161(title)
+msgid "Lab Exercise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1164(title)
+msgid "Exercise 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1166(para)
+msgid "As a previous Microsoft Windows user, you want to have a dual-boot configuration on your computer and create a separate partition to run Microsoft Windows on it. To perform this task, you need to create a 5-GB primary partition and format it with a Microsoft Windows-compatible file system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1174(title)
+msgid "Option a: To create a Partition using Partition Editor:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1177(para)
+msgid "On the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administration</emphasis> and then click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Partition Editor</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1183(para)
+msgid "In the drive drop-down box, select the hard drive you need to partition by specifying its logical name. The window refreshes and shows you a representation of the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1189(para)
+msgid "Right-click the white bar and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">New</emphasis> to create a new partition. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Create new Partition</emphasis> dialogue box appears, in which you choose the specifications of the new partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1194(para)
+msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"strong\">New Size</emphasis> dialogue box, select the size of the new partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1199(para)
+msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Create as</emphasis> box, select <emphasis role=\"strong\">Primary Partition</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1204(para)
+msgid "Next, specify the file system. Select ntfs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1208(para)
+msgid "Click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Add</emphasis> to compute the partition. The graphical display updates to show a new partition on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:1214(para)
+msgid "If you are sure about the specification of the new partition, click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply</emphasis>. The disk will be partitioned and formatted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.
+#: Partitioning_and_Booting.xml:0(None)
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+
=== added file 'chapter10/Partitioning_and_Booting.ro.xml'
--- chapter10/Partitioning_and_Booting.ro.xml 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000
+++ chapter10/Partitioning_and_Booting.ro.xml 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,832 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN" "http://docbook.org/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
+<chapter id="lesson10">
+ <title>PartiÈionarea Èi pornirea</title>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>NotÄ:</title>
+
+ <para>PartiÈionarea Èi pornirea este o secÈiune suplimentarÄ Èi nu o parte integrantÄ a cursului Ubuntu desktop. MulÈi dintre utilizatori, în special cei ce lucreazÄ la companii, care au administratori de sistem ce se ocupÄ de calculatoarele lor, s-ar putea sÄ trateze aceastÄ secÈiune cu dezinteres. Utilizatorii de acasÄ Ã®nsÄ, ca Èi cei doritori sÄ avanseze în folosirea Ubuntu o pot gÄsi extrem de utilÄ.</para>
+ </note>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+ <title>Obiective</title>
+
+ <para>Ãn aceastÄ lecÈie veÈi învÄÈa:</para>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Care sunt avantajele partiÈionÄrii</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum se creeazÄ partiÈiile</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cum se configureazÄ opÈiunile de pornire</para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Ce este partiÈionarea</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Simple analogii</title>
+
+ <para>Simplificând lucrurile, un disc fix nou se aseamÄnÄ cu temelia unei case - mai e nevoie de cÄÈiva stâlpi Èi pereÈi, înainte de începe sÄ-Èi aduci Èi sÄ-Èi aranjezi lucrurile înÄuntru (bunÄoarÄ mobilierul). PartiÈia este primul nivel al construcÈiei pe un disc fix. OdatÄ ce discul este logic structurat în partiÈii, se poate asimila unei case cu camere modulare. Fiecare partiÈie (camerÄ) are o anumitÄ dimensiune, care însÄ poate fi modificatÄ mai târziu, sau chiar mutatÄ, numai cÄ asta ar putea sÄ cauzeze unele neajunsuri cu obiectele mutate pentru a elibera spaÈiu. OdatÄ ce o partiÈie (camerÄ) este creatÄ, aceasta poate fi formatatÄ folosind un sistem de fiÈiere la alegere. DupÄ ce v-aÈi ales Èi sistemul de fiÈiere pe care-l veÈi folosi, atunci puteÈi începe popularea partiÈiei cu date sub forma fiÈierelor Èi dosarelor (mobilierul).</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <para>AÈadar, o partiÈie este alocarea logicÄ a unei bucÄÈi mari din spaÈiul întregului disc. Ãn funcÈie de cum este configurat un sistem la momentul instalÄrii, pot exista una sau mai multe partiÈii pe un disc. Ãn unele cazuri, este posibil chiar sÄ modificaÈi poziÈia, dimensiunile Èi numÄrul de partiÈii, dar acest lucru este considerat de regulÄ treaba experÈilor.</para>
+
+ <para>MulÈi utilizatori Microsoft Windows vor avea chiar o singurÄ Èi mare partiÈie - cunoscutÄ de regulÄ ca âunitatea C: â, deÈi este tot atât de comun Èi pentru utilizatorii de Microsoft Windows sÄ aibÄ mai multe partiÈii denumite cu literele succesive ale alfabetului (D:, E: Èi aÈa mai departe).</para>
+
+ <para>Ãn mod similar, la Ubuntu se poate instala sistemul pe o singurÄ partiÈie de pe disc, sau datele Èi aplicaÈiile sistemului pot fi rÄspândite pe mai multe partiÈii.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0" id="fig-partioning">
+ <title>PartiÈionarea</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/partitioning.png" width="4cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>ExistÄ argumente valide pentru ambele scenarii. Având pe o singurÄ partiÈie toate aplicaÈiile, bibliotecile Èi datele, aceasta înseamnÄ cÄ avem un sistem simplu de gestionat. Acest lucru mai oferÄ Èi flexibilitate în instalarea aplicaÈiilor sau în adÄugarea datelor, folosindu-se un âspaÈiuâ comun.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>NotÄ:</title>
+
+ <para>DacÄ acceptaÈi toate configurÄrile implicite în momentul instalÄrii Ubuntu, veÈi obÈine un sistem compus din douÄ partiÈii logice de pe disc. O partiÈie va conÈine toate fiÈierele, iar cealaltÄ este cunoscutÄ ca partiÈie âswap â, ce poate fi consideratÄ o extensie a memoriei calculatorului.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>Alternativ, puteÈi crea mai multe partiÈii de diferite dimensiuni în care puteÈi plasa diferite tipuri de aplicaÈii, biblioteci Èi date. AceastÄ variantÄ de lucru este adesea utilizatÄ când Ubuntu urmeazÄ a fi folosit de mai mulÈi utilizatori sau pentru Ubuntu-server, cazuri în care datele utilizatorului sunt pÄstrate separat de programele sistemului, fiÈierele de administrare Èi de configurare. Un beneficiu semnificativ al acestei situaÈii poate fi marcat atunci când apare o problemÄ Ã®n sistem iar dimensiunile fiÈierelor de administrare încep sÄ creascÄ. Ãn acest scenariu, prin comasarea fiÈierelor de administrare (într-o singurÄ partiÈie) nu se va consuma tot spaÈiul disponibil pe disc, deoarece acestea se vor fi limita la propria lor partiÈie (micÄ) pe discul fizic.</para>
+
+ <para>Indiferent ce schemÄ de partiÈionare a fost aleasÄ, acesta nu este bÄtutÄ-n cuie. Este posibil sÄ folosiÈi un program utilitar specializat pentru a redimensiona partiÈii (sub rezerva cÄ aveÈi suficient spaÈiu liber în fiecare partiÈie), însÄ aceasta este o temÄ destul de avansatÄ.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>NotÄ:</title>
+
+ <para>Cu toate cÄ este posibilÄ schimbarea schemei de partiÈionare a discului dupÄ ce sistemul a fost instalat, este important sÄ vÄ faceÈi copii de siguranÈÄ Ã®nainte de a efectua vreo modificare asupra partiÈiilor.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Despre sistemul de fiÈiere</title>
+
+ <para>PartiÈionarea unui disc este doar începutul. OdatÄ ce discul a fost împÄrÈit logic, acele partiÈii trebuie sÄ fie formatate, astfel încât sistemul de operare sÄ poatÄ aranja fiÈierele pe disc într-un mod structurat. Sunt multe Èi diferite tipuri de sisteme de fiÈiere, fiecare cu avantajele lui. La Microsoft Windows cele douÄ sisteme de fiÈiere principale sunt FAT (File Allocation Table) Èi NTFS (New Technology File System). La Ubuntu existÄ multe opÈiuni, incluzând aici ext2, ext3, ReiserFS, XFS dar Èi multe altele. Programul de instalare al Ubuntu alege ext3 în mod implicit, dar, desigur, este posibil sÄ prevalaÈi opÈiunea implicitÄ.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Este bine de reÈinut:</title>
+
+ <para>ext3 este un sistem de fiÈiere cu jurnalizare, de uz general. Acesta rezolvÄ bine cele mai multe dintre sarcini, deÈi uneori in locul lui este preferat XFS, pentru cÄ pe sistemele utilizate ca centre media dÄ rezultate mai bune în manipularea unor fiÈiere foarte mari - cum sunt fiÈierele pentru muzicÄ Èi video.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Puncte de montare</title>
+
+ <para>Punctul de montare este un loc în ierarhia de directoare a discului din care se poate accesa sistemul de fiÈiere. Nu gÄsiÈi nici un echivalent real al acestuia la Microsoft Windows. La Microsoft Windows partiÈiile C:, D: Èi aÈa mai departe, sunt toate tratate ca entitÄÈi separate, aÈa încât sistemul de operare, aplicaÈiile Èi datele sunt adesea prezentate unui utilizator ca fiind âde pe unitatea C: â sau âîntr-un dosar de pe unitatea D: â.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Este bine de reÈinut:</title>
+
+ <para>âMontat â este termenul utilizat când se face referire la faptul cÄ un sistem de fiÈiere este disponibil Èi poate fi accesat. CD-urile Èi DVD-urile sunt de obicei montate automat atunci când sunt introduse în unitate. AcelaÈi lucru este valabil Èi pentru dispozitive USB conectate, cum sunt stick-urile de memorie sau discurile fixe.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>Ãn Ubuntu, fiÈierele Èi directoarele se gÄsesc într-o partiÈie, aÈa cum sunt Èi la Microsoft Windows. Cu toate acestea, acea partiÈie nu este rereferitÄ direct de cÄtre utilizator. Utilizatorul ar spune de obicei cÄ fiÈierele sunt âîn directorul meu acasÄâ (când se face referire la /home/ < nume utilizator>), sau âîn directorul rÄdÄcinÄâ (când se face referire la /) fÄrÄ a preciza însÄ pe care partiÈie de pe disc se aflÄ acestea.</para>
+
+ <para>Ãn majoritatea instalÄrilor standard ale sistemului Ubuntu veÈi gÄsi o singurÄ partiÈie în care se aflÄ toate fiÈierele Èi dosarele. Cu toate acestea, dacÄ utilizatorul va ataÈa un dispozitiv USB extern conectat ca stick de memorie sau un disc fix USB, Ubuntu va monta partiÈia (partiÈiile) acelor noi unitÄÈi în punct(e) de montare corespunzÄtoare în arborele de directoare. De exemplu, un dispozitiv USB stick de memorie sau disc fix vor apÄrea de obicei în /media/disc (cu excepÅ£ia cazului în care unitatea are partiÈiile denumite de utilizator, caz în care acestea vor apÄrea în /media/<nume partiÈie> )</para>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Alte consideraÈii</title>
+
+ <para>Cum am menÈionat anterior, redimensionarea partiÈiilor nu este o sarcinÄ facilÄ. Ãn cele mai multe cazuri, aceasta necesitÄ ca toate partiÈiile implicate sÄ fie de-montate, aceasta însemnând sÄ nu fie în uz. De obicei, în vederea redimensionÄrii unei partiÈii calculatorul va trebui pornit cu un sistem de operare având un sistem de fiÈiere independent - cum ar fi un Live CD. Trebuit cântÄrit cu înÈelepciune, înaintea partiÈionÄrii un disc, în ceea ce priveÈte la numÄrul Èi dimensiunile partiÈiilor ce urmeazÄ a fi create, pentru a preveni mai târziu o redimensionare nedoritÄ.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <caution>
+ <title>MÄsurÄ de precauÈie:</title>
+
+ <para>S-ar putea sÄ depÄÈiÈi spaÈiul alocat pe hard disc pentru partiÈia dumneavoastrÄ. âAcasÄâ din cauza sub-diviziunilor de mÄrime fixÄ ale unitÄÈii hard. AceastÄ situaÈie poate apÄrea chiar dacÄ celelalte partiÈii au destul spaÈiu liber. O partiÈionare bunÄ Èi raÈionalÄ cere sÄ anticipaÈi cât spaÈiu aveÈi nevoie pentru fiecare partiÈie.</para>
+ </caution>
+
+ <para>Pentru utilizatorii noi, utilizatorii âcasniciâ Èi alÈi utilizatori individuali, cea mai uÈoarÄ Èi mai convenabilÄ rezolvare ar fi crearea unei singure partiÈii rÄdÄcinÄ (/) cu o partiÈie de swap. Cu toate acestea, pentru sisteme multi-utilizator sau calculatoare cu discuri fixe de mare capacitate, este ideal sÄ aveÈi directoarele /home, /tmp, /usr Èi /var pe partiÈii separate de partiÈia rÄdÄcinÄ (/).</para>
+
+ <para>Ãnainte de a începe partiÈionarea discului fix, ar trebui sÄ luaÈi în considerare urmÄtoarele: <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Directorul rÄdÄcinÄ: numit totodatÄ Èi directorul â / â, ocupÄ poziÈia cea mai înaltÄ Ã®n arborele ierarhic al directoarelor. Când creaÈi partiÈia rÄdÄcinÄ, trebuie sÄ vÄ asiguraÈi cÄ acesta conÈine fiÈierele /etc, /bin, /sbin, /lib Èi /dev, altfel nu veÈi putea porni sistemul. AveÈi nevoie, de asemenea, sÄ vÄ asiguraÈi cÄ partiÈiei rÄdÄcinÄ i-aÈi alocat suficient spaÈiu pe disc - cel puÈin 150-250 MB. </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Directorul /home: conÈine toate fiÈierele Èi datele personale ale utilizatorului. Pe un sistem multi-utilizator, fiecare utilizator va stoca datele cu caracter personal într-un sub-director din acest director. Ãn acest fel, dimensiunea directorului /home va depinde de numÄrul de utilizatori care folosesc sistemul Èi care îÈi pÄstreazÄ datele în acest director. Ãn mod ideal, spaÈiul pe care îl veÈi aloca acestei partiÈii trebuie ales în funcÈie planurile dumneavoastrÄ. Ãn general, circa 100 MB spaÈiu pe disc poate fi alocat pentru fiecare utilizator. Oricum, ar trebui sÄ rezervaÈi mult mai mult spaÈiu, dacÄ vÄ gândiÈi sÄ salvaÈi volume mari de fiÈiere multi-media în directorul dumneavoastrÄ AcasÄ.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist> <tip>
+ <title>Este bine de reÈinut:</title>
+
+ <para>Este bunÄ practica de a avea directorul /AcasÄ pe o partiÈie separatÄ, deoarece aceasta vÄ permite transferul lui direct de la o distribuÈie la alta.</para>
+ </tip> <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Directorul /var: acest director conÈine date variabile, cum ar fi rubrici de Ètiri, e-mail-uri, site-uri Web, baze de date Èi pachetele âcacheâ ale sistemului. Dimensiunea acestui director depinde, de asemenea, de gradul de folosire a sistemului. Cel mai probabil, mÄrimea directorului ar putea fi dictatÄ de gradul în care dumneavoastrÄ. gestionaÈi Èi utilizaÈi pachetele Ubuntu. DacÄ intenÈionaÈi sÄ instalaÈi toate pachetele pe care le oferÄ Ubuntu, va trebui sÄ alocaÈi pentru acest director /var un spaÈiu de 2 - 3 GB. DacÄ Ã®nsÄ doriÈi sÄ economisiÈi spaÈiu pe hard disc Èi nu vÄ propuneÈi actualizÄri majore ale pachetelor, atunci puteÈi sÄ limitaÈi spaÈiul de disc pentru directorul /var la cel puÈin 30 - 40 MB.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Directorul /tmp: acesta conÈine date temporare create de programe. Câteva aplicaÈii, inclusiv programe de arhivare, utilitarele Authoring pentru CD/DVD, precum Èi programe multi-media folosesc Èi ele acest director pentru a stoca temporar fiÈiere de imagini. Trebuie sÄ planificaÈi rezervarea unui spaÈiu pentru acest director, în funcÈie de cât de mult credeÈi cÄ veÈi folosi aceste aplicaÈii. </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Directorul /usr: conÈine toate programele de utilizator (fiÈiere binare), documentaÈia Èi biblioteci specifice lor. Acest director tinde sÄ utilizeze maxim de spaÈiu pe discul fix. Prin urmare, va trebui sÄ alocaÈi pentru acest director cel puÈin 500 MB spaÈiu pe disc. Dar, veÈi avea nevoie sÄ mÄriÈi acest spaÈiu în funcÈie de numÄrul Èi tipurile de pachete pe care aveÈi de gând sÄ le instalaÈi. Pe baza planificÄrilor dumneavoastrÄ Èi a spaÈiului disponibil pe disc, puteÈi aloca între 1,5 Èi 6 GB pentru acest director.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist> <tip>
+ <title>Este bine de reÈinut:</title>
+
+ <para>PartiÈia /usr este denumitÄ uneori Resursele de Sistem ale Utilizatorului Èi nu Utilizator, cum s-a intenÈionat iniÈial.</para>
+ </tip></para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Crearea unei partiÈii</title>
+
+ <para>AÈa cum am menÈionat anterior, partiÈiile multiple sunt foarte utile mai ales în cazurile în care o partiÈie este stricatÄ, pentru cÄ aveÈi posibilitatea sÄ Ã®ncÄrcaÈi sistemul GNU/Linux, pentru a-l repara, fÄrÄ sÄ fie nevoie sÄ-l reinstalaÈi. Pentru a face acest lucru, este nevoie de o partiÈie rÄdÄcinÄ. AceastÄ partiÈie ar trebui sÄ conÈinÄ componentele esenÈiale ale sistemului.</para>
+
+ <caution>
+ <title>MÄsurÄ de precauÈie:</title>
+
+ <para>Unitatea de disc fix pe care o formataÈi nu trebuie sÄ conÈinÄ nici un fel de date. DacÄ deja aÈi formatat-o iar acesta conÈine date, sÄriÈi peste stadiul partiÈionÄrii Èi treceÈi la pasul urmÄtor - montarea.</para>
+ </caution>
+
+ <para>DacÄ unitatea de disc fix pe care doriÈi sÄ o formataÈi este goalÄ Èi neformatatÄ, puteÈi utiliza oricare dintre urmÄtoarele unelte de partiÈionare: <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Editorul de partiÈii (GParted): GParted este util pentru crearea spaÈiului pentru noi sisteme de operare, re-organizarea spaÈiului pe disc, copierea datelor de pe discul fix Èi oglindirea unei partiÈii cu o alta (disc imagine).</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Linie de comandÄ: Linia de comandÄ este mai rapidÄ Èi mai puternicÄ decât GParted. Când navigaÈi prin sistemul de fiÈiere, puteÈi folosi linia de comandÄ pentru a sÄri de la un director la altul într-o fracÈiune de secundÄ. DacÄ ÈtiÈi Èi vÄ este familiar lucrul cu interfaÈa liniei de comandÄ, folosiÈi programul Terminal.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+
+ <para>DacÄ doriÈi sÄ creaÈi o partiÈie folosind GParted, trebuie mai întâi sÄ instalaÈi programul folosind <emphasis role="strong"> Instalare/Dezinstalare aplicaÈii </emphasis> sau <emphasis role="strong">Administratorul de pachete Synaptic </emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Instalarea utilitarului GParted folosind Administratorul de pachete Synaptic</title>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <title>Pentru a instala GParted folosind Administratorul de pachete Synaptic procedaÈi astfel:</title>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Din meniul <emphasis role="strong"> Sistem </emphasis> accesaÈi <emphasis role="strong"> Administrare </emphasis>, apoi faceÈi clic pe <emphasis role="strong"> Administratorul de pachete Synaptic</emphasis>. Se va deschide fereastra <emphasis role="strong"> Administratorul de pachete Synaptic </emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0" id="fig-synaptic-loc">
+ <title>Accesarea Administratorului de pachete Synaptic</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_001.png" width="11cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Când se deschide pentru prima datÄ fereastra principalÄ a aplicaÈiei <emphasis role="strong"> Administratorul de pachete Synaptic </emphasis>, se afiÈeazÄ o listÄ cu toate pachetele de programe disponibile în arhivele software Ubuntu. Panoul din stânga listeazÄ diferitele categorii de programe. PuteÈi sÄ selectaÈi o anumitÄ categorie pentru a vedea disponibilul de programe cuprinse în aceastÄ categorie. Alternativ, puteÈi utiliza butonul <emphasis role="strong"> CautÄ </emphasis> al aplicaÈiei <emphasis role="strong"> Administratorul de pachete Synaptic </emphasis> pentru a localiza un anumit program din listÄ.</para>
+
+ <para>FaceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong"> CautÄ </emphasis> pentru a cÄuta pachetul pe care doriÈi sÄ-l instalaÈi. Se va deschide fereastra de dialog <emphasis role="strong"> CÄutare</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>De la butonul <emphasis role="strong"> CautÄ </emphasis> în câmpul casetei de dialog <emphasis role="strong"> CautÄ </emphasis> scrieÈi numele pachetului <emphasis role="strong">Parition editor</emphasis> Èi faceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong"> CautÄ</emphasis>. Pachetul GParted este acum afiÈat în subfereastra din dreapta a aplicaÈiei <emphasis role="strong"> Administratorul de pachete Synaptic </emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>FaceÈi clic dreapta pe numele pachetului pentru a alege o acÈiune pe care doriÈi sÄ o efectuaÈi asupra lui. VeÈi observa cÄ aveÈi opÈiuni variate pentru acÈiunile pe care doriÈi sÄ le efectuaÈi asupra pachetului selectat. DacÄ pachetul selectat nu este instalat, îl puteÈi marca pentru instalare. DacÄ pachetul selectat este deja marcat pentru instalare, puteÈi sÄ-l deselectaÈi, pentru a-l dezinstala. Ãn mod similar, în cazul în care pachetul este deja instalat, puteÈi sÄ selectaÈi <emphasis role="strong"> Actualizare </emphasis> pentru a-l actualiza sau <emphasis role="strong"> MarcheazÄ pentru dezinstalare </emphasis> sau <emphasis role="strong"> Marcare pentru dezinstalare completÄ </emphasis> pentru a dezinstala pachetul din calculator.</para>
+
+ <para>Pentru a instala un pachet, selectaÈi <emphasis role="strong"> Marcare pentru instalare </emphasis> în caseta de validare.</para>
+
+ <para>Editorul de partiÈii GParted este acum selectat pentru instalare. Pentru continuarea instalÄrii faceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong">AplicÄ</emphasis>. Va apÄrea caseta de dialog <emphasis role="strong">Sumar</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>Caseta de dialog <emphasis role="strong"> Sumar </emphasis> vÄ va solicita sÄ efectuaÈi o verificare finalÄ, înainte de punerea în aplicare a acÈiunii marcate. FaceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong"> AplicÄ </emphasis> pentru a valida modificÄrile marcate. Se va deschide fereastra <emphasis role="strong"> DescÄrcarea pachetului de fiÈiere </emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>AÈteptaÈi ca toate fiÈierele necesare sÄ se descarce. DupÄ ce toate fiÈierele necesare pachetului s-au descÄrcat, apare caseta de dialog <emphasis role="strong"> ModificÄri aplicate </emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>Caseta de dialog <emphasis role="strong"> ModificÄri aplicate </emphasis> vÄ confirmÄ cÄ toate modificÄrile solicitate au realizate. EfectuaÈi clic pe <emphasis role="strong"> Ãnchide </emphasis> pentru a închide caseta de dialog.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0" id="fig-synaptic">
+ <title>Administratorul de pachete Synaptic</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_002.png" width="11cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>De la butonul <emphasis role="strong"> CautÄ </emphasis> în câmpul casetei de dialog <emphasis role="strong"> CautÄ </emphasis> scrieÈi numele pachetului <emphasis role="strong">Parition editor</emphasis> Èi faceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong"> CautÄ</emphasis>. Pachetul GParted este acum afiÈat în subfereastra din dreapta a aplicaÈiei <emphasis role="strong"> Administratorul de pachete Synaptic </emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0" id="fig-synaptic-find">
+ <title>CÄutarea unui pachet în Synaptic</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_003.png" width="11cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>FaceÈi clic dreapta pe numele pachetului pentru a alege o acÈiune pe care doriÈi sÄ o efectuaÈi asupra lui. VeÈi observa cÄ aveÈi opÈiuni variate pentru acÈiunile pe care doriÈi sÄ le efectuaÈi asupra pachetului selectat. DacÄ pachetul selectat nu este instalat, îl puteÈi marca pentru instalare. DacÄ pachetul selectat este deja marcat pentru instalare, puteÈi sÄ-l deselectaÈi, pentru a-l dezinstala. Ãn mod similar, în cazul în care pachetul este deja instalat, puteÈi sÄ selectaÈi <emphasis role="strong"> Actualizare </emphasis> pentru a-l actualiza sau <emphasis role="strong"> MarcheazÄ pentru dezinstalare </emphasis> sau <emphasis role="strong"> Marcare pentru dezinstalare completÄ </emphasis> pentru a dezinstala pachetul din calculator.</para>
+
+ <para>Pentru a instala un pachet, selectaÈi <emphasis role="strong"> Marcare pentru instalare </emphasis> în caseta de validare.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0" id="fig-synaptic-mark">
+ <title>Marcarea unui pachet pentru instalare</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_004.png" width="11cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Editorul de partiÈii GParted este acum selectat pentru instalare. Pentru continuarea instalÄrii faceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong">AplicÄ</emphasis>. Va apÄrea caseta de dialog <emphasis role="strong">Sumar</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Fereastra de dialog Sumar</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_005.png" width="11cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Caseta de dialog <emphasis role="strong"> Sumar </emphasis> vÄ va solicita sÄ efectuaÈi o verificare finalÄ, înainte de punerea în aplicare a acÈiunii marcate. FaceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong"> AplicÄ </emphasis> pentru a valida modificÄrile marcate. Se va deschide fereastra <emphasis role="strong"> DescÄrcarea pachetului de fiÈiere </emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Fereastra de dialog Aplicarea modificÄrilor</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_006.png" width="7cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>AÈteptaÈi ca toate fiÈierele necesare sÄ se descarce. DupÄ ce toate fiÈierele necesare pachetului s-au descÄrcat, apare caseta de dialog <emphasis role="strong"> ModificÄri aplicate </emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Fereastra de dialog ModificÄri aplicate</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_007.png" width="7cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Caseta de dialog <emphasis role="strong"> ModificÄri aplicate </emphasis> vÄ confirmÄ cÄ toate modificÄrile solicitate au realizate. EfectuaÈi clic pe <emphasis role="strong"> Ãnchide </emphasis> pentru a închide caseta de dialog.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Administratorul de pachete Synaptic dupÄ instalare</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_008.png" width="11cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Editorul de partiÈii a fost instalat în calculatorul dumneavoastrÄ. Acum puteÈi partiÈiona discul fix.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Deschiderea editorului de partiÈii.</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_009.png" width="11cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>PartiÈionarea folosind Gparted</title>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <title>Pentru a partiÈiona discul fix folosind GParted procedaÈi astfel:</title>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Din meniul <emphasis role="strong"> Sistem </emphasis>din categoria <emphasis role="strong"> Administrare </emphasis> selectaÈi opÈiunea <emphasis role="strong"> Editor de partiÈii</emphasis>. Se va deschide fereastra principalÄ a aplicaÈiei <emphasis role="strong"> Editorul de partiÈii GParted</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Este bine de reÈinut:</title>
+
+ <para>GParted este, de asemenea, disponibil pe CD-ul cu care aÈi instalat sistemul de operare, dacÄ aÈi utilizat versiunea Live CD.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Fereastra principalÄ a programului GParted</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_010.png" width="11cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Ãn colÈul din dreapta-sus a ferestrei utilitarului <emphasis role="strong"> GParted </emphasis> se aflÄ o casetÄ derulantÄ. Din acea casetÄ aveÈi posibilitatea sÄ selectaÈi discul fix pe care doriÈi sÄ-l partiÈionaÈi prin selectarea numelui logic al discului notat mai devreme. Fereastra editorului de partiÈii GParted se va reîmprospÄta Èi va afiÈa grafic unitatea aleasÄ.</para>
+
+ <para>DacÄ partiÈiile existente pe disc nu au fost încÄ utilizate, un fond alb va umple bara graficÄ de reprezentare a discului. DacÄ Ã®nsÄ partiÈiile existente conÈin unele date, spaÈiul ocupat va fi reprezentat printr-un spaÈiu de culoare galben deschis.</para>
+
+ <note userlevel="instructor">
+ <title>Ãn atenÈia instructorilor:</title>
+
+ <para>ExplicaÈi cum se citesc caracteristicile partiÈiilor existente Èi sistemele de fiÈiere.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>PuteÈi fie sÄ redimensionaÈi o partiÈie existentÄ sau sÄ creaÈi una nouÄ Ã®n spaÈiul nealocat de pe discul fix. Ãnainte de redimensionarea unei partiÈii existente, trebuie sÄ vÄ asiguraÈi cÄ aÈi demontat-o, fÄcând clic dreapta pe partiÈie Èi selectând <emphasis role="strong"> Demontare </emphasis>. ReÈineÈi cÄ nu puteÈi redimensiona o partiÈie micÈorând-o peste zona de culoare galbenÄ, care marcheazÄ zona ocupatÄ cu date.</para>
+
+ <para>Pentru a crea o nouÄ partiÈie în spaÈiul de disc nealocat, faceÈi clic dreapta pe acea zonÄ Èi selectaÈi <emphasis role="strong"> Nou </emphasis> în meniul de acces rapid. Va apÄrea caseta de dialog <emphasis role="strong"> Creare partiÈie nouÄ </emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>Fereastra de dialog <emphasis role="strong"> Creare partiÈie nouÄ </emphasis> vÄ permite sÄ definiÈi caracteristicile noii partiÈii. In afarÄ de definirea dimensiunii partiÈiei noi, puteÈi de asemenea sÄ alegeÈi tipul partiÈiei, dacÄ sÄ fie primarÄ sau logicÄ. Ãn plus, puteÈi chiar alege sistemul de fiÈiere ce va fi folosit pe partiÈia nouÄ. Ãn mod implicit, Ubuntu foloseÈte partiÈii ext3. Oricum, dacÄ doriÈi ca noua unitate sÄ poatÄ fi cititÄ atât de Microsoft Windows, cât Èi în Ubuntu, fÄrÄ a instala nimic în plus, puteÈi sÄ o formataÈi ca Fat 32.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Crearea unei partiÈii noi</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_011.png" width="11cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>PuteÈi fie sÄ redimensionaÈi o partiÈie existentÄ sau sÄ creaÈi una nouÄ Ã®n spaÈiul nealocat de pe discul fix. Ãnainte de redimensionarea unei partiÈii existente, trebuie sÄ vÄ asiguraÈi cÄ aÈi demontat-o, fÄcând clic dreapta pe partiÈie Èi selectând <emphasis role="strong"> Demontare </emphasis>. ReÈineÈi cÄ nu puteÈi redimensiona o partiÈie micÈorând-o peste zona de culoare galbenÄ, care marcheazÄ zona ocupatÄ cu date.</para>
+
+ <para>Pentru a crea o nouÄ partiÈie în spaÈiul de disc nealocat, faceÈi clic dreapta pe acea zonÄ Èi selectaÈi <emphasis role="strong"> Nou </emphasis> în meniul de acces rapid. Va apÄrea caseta de dialog <emphasis role="strong"> Creare partiÈie nouÄ </emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Fereastra de dialog Crearea unei partiÈii noi</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_012.png" width="8cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Fereastra de dialog <emphasis role="strong"> Creare partiÈie nouÄ </emphasis> vÄ permite sÄ definiÈi caracteristicile noii partiÈii. In afarÄ de definirea dimensiunii partiÈiei noi, puteÈi de asemenea sÄ alegeÈi tipul partiÈiei, dacÄ sÄ fie primarÄ sau logicÄ. Ãn plus, puteÈi chiar alege sistemul de fiÈiere ce va fi folosit pe partiÈia nouÄ. Ãn mod implicit, Ubuntu foloseÈte de partiÈii ext3. Cu toate acestea, dacÄ doriÈi ca noua unitate sÄ poatÄ fi cititÄ atât de Microsoft Windows, cât Èi în Ubuntu, fÄrÄ a instala nimic în plus, puteÈi sÄ o formataÈi ca Fat 32 sau ca NTFS.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>NotÄ:</title>
+
+ <para>DacÄ doriÈi sÄ creaÈi o partiÈie pe un disc fix nou, selectaÈi PartiÈie primarÄ. Un disc fix SCSI sau S-ATA poate avea maximum 4 partiÈii primare Èi 11 partiÈiile logice, în timp ce un disc fix IDE poate avea pânÄ la 63 partiÈii în total. PartiÈia primarÄ folositÄ ca bazÄ de partiÈii logice este numitÄ partiÅ£ie extinsÄ. Spre deosebire de partiÈiile primare, partiÈiile logice trebuie sÄ fie continue: blocurile acestei partiÈii urmeazÄ unul dupÄ altul, fÄrÄ nici o pauzÄ.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Caseta de confirmare</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_013.png" width="11cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Ãn câmpul opÈional <emphasis role="strong"> Dimensiune nouÄ (MiB) </emphasis> stabiliÈi dimensiunea doritÄ a partiÈiei, utilizând sÄgeata de navigare în sus sau în jos. De asemenea, puteÈi defini dimensiunea prin glisarea sÄgeÈilor cursor negre ale barei albe de sus, care reprezintÄ partiÈia.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>AlegeÈi ca partiÈia sÄ fie PrimarÄ, ExtinsÄ sau LogicÄ din lista derulantÄ <emphasis role="strong"> CreaÈi ca</emphasis>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Apoi, alegeÈi sistemul de fiÈiere din lista derulantÄ <emphasis role="strong"> Sistem de FiÈiere </emphasis>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>FaceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong">AdaugÄ </emphasis> pentru a finaliza partiÈia. Bara graficÄ de culoare albÄ se va actualiza afiÈând noua partiÈie de pe disc.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Ãn aceastÄ fazÄ puteÈi crea mai multe partiÈii, urmând procedura menÈionatÄ anterior Èi apoi fÄcând clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong"> AplicÄ </emphasis> pentru a le adÄuga pe discul fix. Va apÄrea caseta de dialog <emphasis Role="strong"> Aplicarea operaÈiilor pe disc</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Caseta Aplicarea operaÈiunilor în aÈteptare</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_014.png" width="7cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Caseta de dialog <emphasis Role="strong"> Aplicarea operaÈiilor pe disc</emphasis> vÄ recomandÄ sÄ creaÈi o copie de siguranÈÄ a datelor, înainte de efectuarea modificÄrilor Èi vÄ cere o confirmare finalÄ Ã®nainte de scrierea modificÄrilor pe disc. FaceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong"> AplicÄ </emphasis> pentru partiÈionarea Èi formatarea discului fix în conformitate cu opÈiunile alese de dumneavoastrÄ.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Editorul GParted împreunÄ cu partiÈia nouÄ</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_015.png" width="11cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Sistemul începe sÄ aplice modificÄrile pe disc. Durata operaÈiei depinde de mÄrimea noii partiÈii. PuteÈi face clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong"> Detalii </emphasis> pentru a afiÈa mai multe informaÈii despre locul Èi modul în care sunt efectuate modificÄrile, în timp ce operaÈia se deruleazÄ.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Ètergerea unei partiÈii</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_016.png" width="11cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Când primiÈi mesajul cÄ toate operaÈiile desemnate au fost finalizate cu succes, puteÈi închide fereastra fÄrÄ probleme, fÄcând clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong">Ãnchide</emphasis>. Oricum, dacÄ ceva a fost greÈit iar procesul nu s-a finalizat cu succes, puteÈi salva starea operaÈiei pentru o reluare viitoare, fÄcând clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong"> Salvare detalii</emphasis>. </para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>PartiÈia nou creatÄ este acum vizibilÄ Ã®n fereastra editorului de partiÈii <emphasis role="strong"> GParted </emphasis>. De asemenea, veÈi observa cÄ sistemul dumneavoastrÄ monteazÄ automat partiÈia nou creatÄ.</para>
+
+ <para>Montarea se referÄ la procesul de ataÈare a unei partiÈii noi sau a unei unitÄÈii detaÈabile la un director existent, pentru a o face accesibilÄ. Directorul la care noua partiÈie este ataÅatÄ se numeÅte punct de montare. DupÄ ce partiÈia este montatÄ, puteÈi accesa fiÈierele pe care le conÈine prin accesarea punctului de montare al acelei partiÈii. Mai demult, distribuÈiile Linux nu permiteau auto-montarea de noi partiÈii sau discuri. ÃnsÄ, începând cu Ubuntu 7.04, puteÈi accesa cu uÈurinÈÄ noile partiÈii pentru cÄ acestea se auto-monteazÄ. Când creaÈi o nouÄ partiÈie, aceasta îÈi deschide o fereastrÄ separatÄ iar pe ecran va apÄrea reprezentatÄ printr-o pictogramÄ de disc.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Fereastra de dialog PreferinÈe -> UnitÄÈi Èi medii amovibile</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_017.png" width="11cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Când nu mai doriÈi sÄ accesaÈi la noile partiÈii, puteÈi sÄ le demontaÈi printr-un clic dreapta pe pictograma de pe ecran a partiÈiei <emphasis role="strong"> Disc </emphasis> Èi selectarea opÈiunii <emphasis role="strong">Demontare volum</emphasis> din meniul contextual.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>FiÈierul RC.local</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_018.png" width="8cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title>OpÈiuni la încÄrcarea sistemului </title>
+
+ <para>Pornirea este un proces prin care sistemul de operare este încÄrcat în memoria principalÄ a computerului sau memoria cu acces aleator (RAM). Procesul de încÄrcare începe când porniÈi calculatorul. Pe parcursul acestui proces, BIOS-ul preia controlul calculatorului dumneavoastrÄ Èi decide unde sÄ caute programele în calculator Èi în ce ordine. OpÈiunile de configurare ale BIOS-ului calculatorului dumneavoastrÄ vor determina dacÄ Ã®naintea pornirii procesului de încÄrcare se verificÄ discul fix sau unitatea de dischetÄ, unitÄÈile pentru CD, DVD sau memoria flash. DacÄ aveÈi mai multe sisteme de operare instalate pe computer, configuraÈia BIOS-ului va determina care sistem de operare va fi încÄrcat primul la pornire.</para>
+
+ <para>Numai dupÄ ce toate fiÈierele de sistem au fost încÄrcate în memoria principalÄ, sistemului de operare îi este predat controlul asupra calculatorului. Sistemul de operare executÄ comenzile de iniÈializare, iar apoi aÈteaptÄ comenzile primei interacÈionÄri cu utilizatorul.</para>
+
+ <para>Oricum, ca utilizator cu drept de administrare, puteÈi sÄ schimbaÈi configuraÈia de start a calculatorului pentru a stabili ordinea de încÄrcare , sÄ modificaÈi sistemul de operare implicit sau sÄ faceÈi ca sistemul sÄ execute automat o comandÄ la pornire.</para>
+
+ <para>O cale de verificare sau modificare a configurÄrilor BIOS-ului este repornirea calculatorului Èi apÄsarea unei taste pentru a accesa funcÈia de configurare înainte de a începe încÄrcarea sistemului de operare. Ãn general, puteÈi face acest lucru apÄsând una dintre tastele F1, F2, ESC sau DELETE. OdatÄ ce s-a deschis fereastra de configurare a BIOS-ului, puteÈi face schimbÄrile dorite, urmând instrucÈiunile de utilizare afiÈate. Oricum, trebuie sÄ fiÈi foarte precauÈi atunci când efectuaÈi o modificare în configurÄrile BIOS-ului, pentru cÄ o opÈiune greÈitÄ poate face ca sistemul sÄ nu mai porneascÄ normal.</para>
+
+ <para>De asemenea, puteÈi efectua acele modificÄri de configurare utilizând o linie de comandÄ din terminalul calculatorului.</para>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Rularea automatÄ a unei comenzi la pornirea sistemului</title>
+
+ <para>Uneori, poate veÈi dori sÄ adÄugaÈi o comandÄ la procesul de start al calculatorului, astfel încât acesta sÄ execute acea comandÄ de fiecare datÄ când porneÈte.</para>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <title>Pentru a rula automat o comandÄ la pornire procedaÈi astfel:</title>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Ãn terminal, tastaÈi urmÄtoarea comandÄ pentru a deschide fiÈierul rc.local:</para>
+
+ <screen format="linespecific">$ sudo nano
+ /etc/rc.local</screen>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Fereastra principalÄ a aplicaÈiei Terminal</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_019.png" width="8cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>FiÈierul rc.local conÈine un script care este executat dupÄ toate celelalte scripturi de pornire. DacÄ doriÈi ca unele aplicaÈii sÄ porneascÄ Ã®n mod automat în procesului de start, aveÈi posibilitatea de a introduce propriile dumneavoastrÄ scripturi de pornire în acest fiÈier. </para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>FiÈierul rc.local se deschide în fereastra aplicaÈiei Terminal. ScrieÈi înaintea liniei exit 0 comanda care doriÈi sÄ ruleze la pornirea sistemului.</para>
+
+ <screen format="linespecific">$ date >
+ /home/oem/newbackup</screen>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Efectuarea configurÄrilor în fiÈierul rc.local</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_020.png" width="9cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>DupÄ ce aÈi introdus comanda doritÄ pentru a fi executatÄ la pornire, apÄsaÈi CTRL+X pentru a salva Èi închide fiÈierul.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Accesarea utilitarului pentru configurarea serviciilor</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_021.png" width="11cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Când reporniÈi sistemul, fiÈierul rc.local va fi executat. DacÄ doriÈi sÄ se afiÈeze rezultatul comenzii de mai sus, tastaÈi urmÄtoarea comandÄ Ã®n Terminal:</para>
+
+ <screen format="linespecific">$ cat newbackup</screen>
+
+ <para>Imaginea urmÄtoare prezintÄ rezultatul comenzii de mai sus:</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Schimbarea sistemului de operare care porneÈte implicit</title>
+
+ <para>Când sunt mai multe sisteme de operare instalate pe un calculator, este vorba despre o configuraÈie âmulti-bootâ. Ãn mod obiÈnuit, sistemul de operare încÄrcat de calculator este cel afiÈat în capul listei din fiÈierul de configurare. Pentru a alege care sistem de operare sÄ se încarce atunci când porniÈi computerul, editaÈi fiÈierul de configurare GRUB.</para>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>FaceÈi o copie de siguranÈÄ a fiÈierului de configurare Èi deschideÈi-l într-un editor de text, astfel:</para>
+
+ <screen format="linespecific">$ sudo cp /boot/grub/menu.lst /boot/grub/menu.lst_backup
+$ gksu gedit /boot/grub/menu.lst</screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Pentru a modifica ordinea de încÄrcare implicitÄ, gÄsiÈi linia care conÈine:</para>
+
+ <screen format="linespecific">... default 0 ...</screen>
+
+ <para>ÃnlocuiÈi aceastÄ linie cu linia urmÄtoarea:</para>
+
+ <screen format="linespecific">default X</screen>
+
+ <para>ÃnlocuiÈi X cu un numÄr în funcÈie de ordinea în care doriÈi ca sistemele de operare sÄ aparÄ Ã®n fiÈierul de configurare. Trebuie sÄ Ã®ncepeÈi cu cifra 0. De exemplu, dacÄ doriÈi ca sistemul de operare implicit sÄ fie primul din listÄ, înlocuiÈi X cu 0; dacÄ doriÈi ca sistemul de operare implicit sÄ fie cel de pe poziÈia a doua în listÄ, înlocuiÈi X cu 1.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>AlegeÈi sÄ salvaÈi Èi salvaÈi configuraÈia ca implicitÄ, pentru ca la repornire sÄ se încarce ultimul sistem de operare ales.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Configurarea Serviciilor care sÄ porneascÄ la încÄrcarea sistemului</title>
+
+ <para>Când Ubuntu porneÈte, sunt lansate mai multe programe care vÄ sunt folositoare. Unele servicii sunt indispensabile pentru ca Ubuntu sÄ funcÈioneze corect pe calculatorul dumneavoastrÄ. Altele sunt utilitare de care probabil nu veÈi avea niciodatÄ nevoie, sau chiar nu le doriÈi (de exemplu, ntpdate, care coreleazÄ ora calculatorului dumneavoastrÄ. cu un server de timp) sau unele pentru care nu aveÈi un periferic care sÄ le foloseascÄ (de exemplu, programul HP de imprimare Èi scanare, care nu vÄ este de nici un folos, dacÄ nu folosiÈi un dispozitiv HP).</para>
+
+ <para>DeÈi asemenea programe sunt inofensive, ele mÄresc timpul de pornire a computerului. Prin dezactivarea unora dintre ele, aÈi putea obÈine un timp de pornire mai mic.</para>
+
+ <caution>
+ <title>MÄsurÄ de precauÈie:</title>
+
+ <para>A se citi informaÈiile despre utilitarul respectiv înainte de a-l dezactiva, pentru cÄ dezactivarea unora pot face ca sistemul dumneavoastrÄ sÄ nu mai porneascÄ sau sÄ nu mai funcÈioneze corespunzÄtor.</para>
+ </caution>
+
+ <para>Pentru configurarea programelor care ruleazÄ la încÄrcarea sistemului, trebuie sÄ aveÈi privilegii administrative. Apoi, parcurgeÈi urmÄtorii paÅi:</para>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Din meniul <emphasis role="strong"> Sistem </emphasis> alegeÈi <emphasis role="strong"> Administrare</emphasis>, apoi faceÈi clic pe <emphasis role="strong"> Servicii</emphasis>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>IntroduceÈi parola. Se va deschide fereastra <emphasis role="strong">SetÄri servicii</emphasis>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>SelectaÈi utilitarul care doriÈi sÄ fie activat la pornire prin selectarea sau deselectarea casetelor respective, apoi faceÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong"> Ãnchide</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Fereastra de configurare a serviciilor de pornire</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Lesson11_images_022.png" width="6cm" format="PNG"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+
+ <note userlevel="instructor">
+ <title>Ãn atenÈia instructorilor:</title>
+
+ <para>DacÄ doriÈi un control mai mare asupra lansÄrii utilitarelor la pornire, instalaÈi Boot-up Manager (bum). PuteÈi instala bum din arhivele software Universe. Trebuie sÄ intraÈi în meniul <emphasis role="strong"> Sistem </emphasis> iar de la categoria <emphasis role="strong"> Administrare </emphasis> selectaÈi opÈiunea <emphasis role="strong">Boot-up Manager</emphasis>.</para>
+ </note>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Sumarul LecÈiei</title>
+
+ <para>Ãn aceastÄ lecÈie aÈi învÄÈat cÄ: <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>PartiÈionarea discului dumneavoastrÄ fix este similarÄ cu împÄrÈirea unei case în camere despÄrÈite de pereÈi.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>PuteÈi instala Ubuntu pe o singurÄ sau mai multe partiÈii sau unitÄÈi detaÈabile.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ãnaintea partiÈionÄrii discului fix, trebuie sÄ vÄ asiguraÈi cÄ nu existÄ date pe acea unitate. Ãn cazul în care discul fix pe care urmeazÄ sÄ creaÈi o partiÈie conÈine date pe care doriÈi sÄ le pÄstraÈi, este mai sigur sÄ creaÈi o copie de siguranÈÄ a acelor date înainte de a continua.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>PuteÈi crea o partiÈie folosind deopotrivÄ editorul de partiÈii sau interfaÈa liniei de comandÄ.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Este posibil sÄ schimbaÈi configuraÈia de pornire redefinind atât ordinea de pornire a sistemelor instalate, prin schimbarea sistemul de operare implicit la pornire, sau definind programe care sÄ se deschidÄ automat la pornire.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Pentru a determina un set de programe sÄ se lanseze o datÄ cu pornirea sistemului, este nevoie sÄ includeÈi comenzile de start corespunzÄtoare în fiÈierul /etc/rc.local, astfel încât calculatorul sÄ le execute automat la fiecare pornire.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>PuteÈi schimba sistemul de operare care se încarcÄ implicit la pornire, modificând fiÈierul de configurare.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Trebuie sÄ citiÈi documentaÈia unui program sau utilitar înainte de a-l dezactiva, pentru cÄ dezactivarea unor servicii pot face ca sistemul dumneavoastrÄ sÄ nu mai porneascÄ sau sÄ funcÈioneze defectuos.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 role="questions">
+ <title>ExerciÈii recapitulative</title>
+
+ <qandaset>
+ <qandaentry>
+ <question>
+ <para>Care sunt avantajele partiÈionÄrii?</para>
+ </question>
+
+ <answer>
+ <para>Avantajele partiÈionÄrii sunt urmÄtoarele:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Limitarea pierderii datelor</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>CreÈterea securitÄÈii</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>MÄrirea performanÈelor</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </answer>
+ </qandaentry>
+
+ <qandaentry>
+ <question>
+ <para>De ce este nevoie sÄ folosiÈi comanda sudo?</para>
+ </question>
+
+ <answer>
+ <para>Ãn sistemele de operare bazate pe Unix, trebuie sÄ folosiÈi comanda sudo pentru a deschide aplicaÈii ce necesitÄ drepturi administrative.</para>
+ </answer>
+ </qandaentry>
+
+ <qandaentry>
+ <question>
+ <para>Care dintre aceste sisteme de fiÈiere sunt folosite implicit în Ubuntu?</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Fat 32</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>NTFS</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ext3</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </question>
+
+ <answer>
+ <para>Ext3</para>
+ </answer>
+ </qandaentry>
+
+ <qandaentry>
+ <question>
+ <para>DacÄ doriÈi ca o aplicaÈie a sistemului sÄ se lanseze automat, la pornire, unde i-aÈi putea stabili comanda?</para>
+ </question>
+
+ <answer>
+ <para>Comanda trebuie adÄugatÄ Ã®n fiÈierul /etc/rc.local.</para>
+ </answer>
+ </qandaentry>
+
+ <qandaentry>
+ <question>
+ <para>Este posibil sÄ dezactivaÈi toate aplicaÈiile de start? De ce?</para>
+ </question>
+
+ <answer>
+ <para>Nu, nu este posibil sÄ dezactivÄm toate aplicaÈiile de start pentru cÄ dezactivarea unora dintre ele va face ca sistemul sÄ nu mai porneascÄ sau sÄ funcÈioneze necorespunzÄtor.</para>
+ </answer>
+ </qandaentry>
+ </qandaset>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title>ExerciÈii practice</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>ExerciÈiul 1</title>
+
+ <para>Ca fost utilizator de Microsoft Windows, aÈi vrea sÄ aveÈi un calculator cu dublÄ opÈiune de pornire Èi sÄ creaÈi o partiÈie separatÄ de pe care sÄ lansaÈi Microsoft Windows. Pentru a obÈine aceasta, trebuie sÄ creaÈi o partiÈie primarÄ de 5 GB Èi sÄ o formataÈi cu un sistem de fiÈiere compatibil cu Microsoft Windows.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <title>OpÈiunea a: Crearea unei partiÈii folosind Editorul de partiÈii:</title>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Din meniul <emphasis role="strong"> Sistem </emphasis> alegeÈi <emphasis role="strong"> Administrare </emphasis> Èi faceÅ£i clic pe <emphasis role="strong"> Editor de partiÈii</emphasis>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Ãn caseta de afiÈare a unitÄÈilor de stocare, selectaÈi discul fix dorit prin alegerea denumirii sale logice. Fereastra se va reîmprospÄta Èi va afiÈa o reprezentare a unitÄÈii alese.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>EfectuaÈi clic dreapta pe bara cu fond alb Èi apoi clic pe <emphasis role="strong">Nou</emphasis> pentru crearea unei partiÈii noi. Va apÄrea fereastra de dialog <emphasis role="strong">CreaÈi noua partiÈie</emphasis>, în care definiÈi caracteristicile noi partiÈii.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Ãn fereastra de dialog <emphasis role="strong">Noua dimensiune</emphasis>, selectaÈi mÄrimea noii partiÈii.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Ãn caseta <emphasis role="strong">CreazÄ ca</emphasis>, selectaÈi <emphasis role="strong">PartiÈie primarÄ</emphasis>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>Acum alegeÈi sistemul de fiÈiere. OptaÈi pentru ntfs.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>EfectuaÈi clic pe butonul <emphasis role="strong">AdaugÄ</emphasis> pentru a calibra partiÈia. Graficul de reprezentare se actualizeazÄ marcând o nouÄ partiÈie pe disc.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step performance="required">
+ <para>DacÄ sunteÈi sigur de caracteristicile noii partiÈii, faceÈi clic pe <emphasis role="strong">AplicÄ</emphasis>. Discul va fi partiÈionat Èi formatat.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </sect1>
+</chapter>
=== added file 'chapter2/.xml2po.mo'
Binary files chapter2/.xml2po.mo 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 and chapter2/.xml2po.mo 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000 differ
=== added file 'chapter2/Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop-ro.po'
--- chapter2/Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop-ro.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000
+++ chapter2/Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop-ro.po 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,909 @@
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Ubuntu Desktop Course 8.04\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-29 18:47+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-29 20:02+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Doru HoriÈco <doruhushhush@gmail>\n"
+"Language-Team: Ubuntu Romanian Localization <doruhushhush@xxxxxxxxx>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n==0 || (n%100 > 0 && n%100 < 20)) ? 1 : 2;\\n\n"
+"X-Poedit-Language: Romanian\n"
+"X-Poedit-Country: ROMANIA\n"
+"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:92(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_001.png'; md5=2702a46111941de35b205a96b9e8bbb5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:108(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_002.png'; md5=1f28288dd4e7a8f8f5e4551ee5deb35c"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:122(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_003.png'; md5=d69f7858c373afb66de36d6f10b20a72"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:144(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_004.png'; md5=2c6acada46c0c07339a09a8d0c11bbc3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:164(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_005.png'; md5=83fb7b1b4355cca801129147a15ba300"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:194(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_006.png'; md5=936cc62e7e382ac1b4d198cc86034358"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:211(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_007.png'; md5=9eeeffb122481e65e4f55af841924ae5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:230(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_008.png'; md5=acb9db6f6e50aeeb26b83cc765c52c08"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:258(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_009.png'; md5=b9b1b186a6ffb59237565074206d1adc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:276(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_010.png'; md5=8b6da16dea3506e11375dfbb3a6f10e8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:290(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_011.png'; md5=5801410041f5d1fac0057dab7bd78574"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:308(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_012.png'; md5=6e67af9f4ef840b13712a3484f990ae8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:332(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_013.png'; md5=bacbfad7dda1060c9dee56c1a0cdb515"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:354(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_015.png'; md5=78a5263f5507a514cf6224f87843e66f"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:371(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_016.png'; md5=fa4c917c0a840acdd414e26f6a4e2353"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:387(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_017.png'; md5=3307736ba5389f5f19cc37332f51abb7"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:408(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_018.png'; md5=4f48d01c0a3f31bb98a5671b5969f768"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:425(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_019.png'; md5=5c00f46ed9353fa890c816953e546dad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:440(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_020.png'; md5=4f5343184ab4f949f3cf7ced7dc7edcf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:458(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_021.png'; md5=252b3e1ea5cc5550d0e71373131f2510"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:475(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_022.png'; md5=a1b626d9c0e65d31a92f7e1ecc977417"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:495(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_023.png'; md5=fec762bb56757cd0a9380dc4d545055a"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:521(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_024.png'; md5=108ad2283ebfd6174e2c0e1a682e2c31"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:553(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_025.png'; md5=e3e408cc3b09dd85ea0d961a9a18fded"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:570(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_026.png'; md5=e80a8f72d70568f4289d6e39daf3e9f8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:588(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_027.png'; md5=44500bc9ffbda54de6ef6176ec727738"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:659(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_028.png'; md5=86edaab488f4c85fe308a7ef23c4a025"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:677(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_029.png'; md5=7f55155277f9f457c1a7f4f13ae92da2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:741(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_030.png'; md5=4ef58140609e512aa37489bfdb594c2b"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:759(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_031.png'; md5=e4d913cb1b0557f4baef9267ab3b3cab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:776(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_032.png'; md5=c0409804a1fc8a9bcdd9009f34649cc0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:835(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_033.png'; md5=26ad6647d0dd3c6e7c18b46f8955983f"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:851(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_034.png'; md5=626428fbcea23e5c0ac7eb6b3c3d5b55"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:900(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_035.png'; md5=c6e6c9ffef9c99ddef5430bd4dc4de2d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:918(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'images/Lesson03_images_036.png'; md5=5979adf62f7ef6352f97c8f3449bc630"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:5(title)
+msgid "Exploring the Ubuntu Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:8(title)
+msgid "Objectives"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:10(para)
+msgid "In this lesson, you will learn:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:13(para)
+msgid "The highlights of Ubuntu desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:17(para)
+msgid "How to change the default language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:21(para)
+msgid "How to create a new user account and take advantage of user switching"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:25(para)
+msgid "To add and remove applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:29(para)
+msgid "How to enable 3D Desktop effects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:34(title)
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:51(title)
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:80(title)
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:627(title)
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:795(title)
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:866(title)
+msgid "Instructor Notes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:36(emphasis)
+msgid "All the topics in this lesson are mandatory. To familiarise the students with the basic features of the new desktop, this lesson should primarily be a hands on session."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:43(para)
+msgid "This section serves as a quick tour of the Ubuntu desktop. The course will go into more detail in later lessons, but this will give you a taste of what's ahead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:48(title)
+msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:53(emphasis)
+msgid "Highlight the fact that unlike other operating systems, Ubuntu comes with a completely clean desktop, by default. Users are free to add icons and files on the desktop according to their preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:59(para)
+msgid "GNOME is the default desktop environment for Ubuntu. GNOME (GNU Network Object Model Environment) is an international effort to build a complete desktop environmentâthe graphical user interface, which sits on top of a computer operating systemâentirely from free software. This goal includes creating software development frameworks, selecting application software for the desktop and working on the programmes which manage application launching, file handling and window and task management. Community members worldwide contribute to the translation and accessibility of the desktop in multiple languages. (Reference: <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNOME\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNOME</ulink>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:71(title)
+msgid "Key Desktop Components on Ubuntu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:73(para)
+msgid "When you start your computer, the first screen displayed on Ubuntu is the logon screen, where you type your user name and password. The next screen displayed is the Ubuntu desktop. Ubuntu comes with a completely clean desktop background, free of icons by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:82(para)
+msgid "Ensure that you browse through each element very quickly because more details will be covered in the subsequent lessons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:87(title)
+msgid "Default Ubuntu Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:97(para)
+msgid "You can arrange icons and files on the desktop to access them quickly. If a CD, hard disk or any other external device is connected to your computer, Ubuntu automatically displays its icon on the desktop to allow easy access to the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:103(title)
+msgid "Desktop Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:113(para)
+msgid "At the top and bottom of the desktop are two bars, called panels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:117(title)
+msgid "Desktop Panels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:131(title)
+msgid "Applications:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:133(para)
+msgid "This menu contains all the applications installed on your computer such as games, music players, Web browsers and e-mail clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:139(title)
+msgid "The Application Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:152(title)
+msgid "Places:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:154(para)
+msgid "This menu provides access to your home directory, external devices and network on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:159(title)
+msgid "The Places Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:170(title)
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:245(title)
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:319(title)
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:504(title)
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:726(title)
+msgid "Note:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:172(para)
+msgid "The Home directory is created by default for every user and automatically takes the username. It contains all user-specific files. In a multi-user system, every user stores personal data in a sub-directory of this directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:181(title)
+msgid "System:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:183(para)
+msgid "This menu enables you to change the computer settings. You can also access the Ubuntu help system and turn off your computer here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:189(title)
+msgid "The System Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:127(para)
+msgid "There are three main menus in the left pane of the top panel: Applications, Places and System. <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:201(para)
+msgid "By default, there are three shortcut icons next to the menus on the top panel: Mozilla Firefox, Evolution and Help. You can create additional shortcuts to any applications and place them here for quick access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:206(title)
+msgid "The Shortcut Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:217(title)
+msgid "To add a new shortcut icon to the desktop panel:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:220(para)
+msgid "Right-click the blank area of the top panel and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Add to Panel</emphasis>. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Add to Panel</emphasis> dialogue box appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:225(title)
+msgid "Adding a Shortcut Icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:237(para)
+msgid "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Add to Panel</emphasis> dialogue box displays a list of applications available on your computer. Select an application and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Add</emphasis> to add it to the blank area of the desktop. If you want to launch the programmes available on the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Applications</emphasis> menu, click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Application Launcher</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:247(para)
+msgid "Alternatively, you can drag an application icon from the Add to Panel dialogue box and drop the icon on the panel to create a short cut to the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:253(title)
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:285(title)
+msgid "Adding Application Launchers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:265(para)
+msgid "The applications grouped in a category similar to the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Applications</emphasis> menu appears. Select an application from the available list, and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Add</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:271(title)
+msgid "Selecting Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:281(para)
+msgid "The icon of the selected application will be displayed on the blank area of the top panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:297(para)
+msgid "You can change the location of the newly created shortcut icon by right-clicking it and selecting <emphasis role=\"strong\">Move</emphasis>. Move the icon anywhere on the top panel and left-click the icon to freeze its location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:303(title)
+msgid "Moving Shortcut Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:313(para)
+msgid "Next to the blank area on the top panel (where you can create short cuts of the application) is the fast user switch icon. This icon shows the current user of your computer. You can click the icon to view other users on the computer and switch to another user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:321(para)
+msgid "You will learn more about fast user switching in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Fast User Switching</emphasis> topic of this lesson."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:327(title)
+msgid "The Fast User Switch Icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:337(para)
+msgid "The System tray contains the network and sound icons for quick access to network and sound settings. You can check the network configuration of the computer and adjust the volume of your computer's speaker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:342(para)
+msgid "The current date and time is displayed next to the System tray. If you click the date and time, a calendar is displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:345(para)
+msgid "The last icon on the top panel shuts down, restarts, hibernates, locks your computer and places it on standby."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:349(title)
+msgid "Top Panel Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:359(para)
+msgid "The first icon on the bottom panel provides quick access to the desktop. If multiple windows are open on your desktop and you would like to minimise all of them together, click this icon. Clicking again will display your windows in their original state, before you minimised them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:366(title)
+msgid "Show the Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:376(para)
+msgid "Next to the icon used to minimise the windows is a blank area in which the list of open application windows appears, similar to the taskbar in Windows. When you open an application, it's listed on this area for easy access, as shown in the bottom panel of the following screen:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:382(title)
+msgid "Open Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:392(para)
+msgid "The next icon, workspace, enables you to split the windows that are open on your desktop into multiple workspaces. You can then navigate among the workspaces by pressing and holding down the CTRL+ALT keys, and then pressing either the left or the right arrow key. This reduces the clutter on your desktop and eases navigation between windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:398(para)
+msgid "For example, you might have the Firefox window, an OpenOffice application, a search window and a calculator window open on the desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:403(title)
+msgid "The Workspace Icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:413(para)
+msgid "You can move the Firefox window to a separate workspace by pressing and holding down the CTRL+ALT+SHIFT keys and then pressing the left or the right arrow key. Two workspaces will be displayed in the bottom-right corner of the desktop - one workspace with the Firefox window and the original workspace with the other windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:420(title)
+msgid "Switching Workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:430(para)
+msgid "Now, you have two separate workspaces. Notice that the Firefox window has shifted to the original workspace. So, depending on the task you perform, you can split the windows into different workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:435(title)
+msgid "Splitting Windows into Workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:445(para)
+msgid "By default, Ubuntu provides two workspaces. If you want to split the windows into more workspaces, you have to add the workspace to the desktop by right-clicking the workspace icon and then clicking <emphasis role=\"strong\">Preferences</emphasis>. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Workspace Switcher Preferences</emphasis> dialogue box appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:453(title)
+msgid "Creating New Workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:463(para)
+msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Workspace Switcher Preferences</emphasis> dialogue box, type or select the number of workspaces from the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Number of workspaces</emphasis> list and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Close</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:470(title)
+msgid "Workspace Switcher Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:480(para)
+msgid "The specified number of workspaces will be displayed in the bottom-right corner of the desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:483(para)
+msgid "The last icon in the bottom panel is the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Waste basket</emphasis>. It contains the files you deleted from your computer. Right-click the icon and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Open</emphasis> to open the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Trash</emphasis> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:490(title)
+msgid "The Waste Basket Icon and Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:500(para)
+msgid "You can delete an item permanently from the computer by pressing the DELETE key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:506(para)
+msgid "Alternatively, you can right-click the item and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Delete from Trash</emphasis> to permanently delete it from the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:511(para)
+msgid "If you want to restore the deleted item to the desktop, drag that item to the desktop from the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Trash</emphasis> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:516(title)
+msgid "Deleting Items from Trash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:528(title)
+msgid "Changing the Default Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:530(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu supports more than 100 languages. You can set the default language of your computer either during the installation of Ubuntu or at a later stage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:534(para)
+msgid "To change the default language during the installation, select the required language when prompted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:538(title)
+msgid "To change the default language at a later stage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:541(para)
+msgid "On the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administration</emphasis> and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Language Support</emphasis>. The system prompts you to install language support if updates are available for your selected language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:548(title)
+msgid "Configuring Language Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:560(para)
+msgid "Click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> to continue. On completing the updates, the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Language Support</emphasis> dialogue box opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:565(title)
+msgid "Installing Language Support Updates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:577(para)
+msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Language Support</emphasis> dialogue box, from the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Supported Languages</emphasis> section, select the check box for the language you want to use for support functions in Ubuntu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:583(title)
+msgid "Installing Default Language Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:595(para)
+msgid "Click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Apply</emphasis> and then click <emphasis role=\"strong\">OK</emphasis>. Ubuntu downloads and installs the necessary packages on your computer. The language you selected will now appear in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Default Language</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:603(para)
+msgid "Select the language that you want set as default, and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">OK</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:608(para)
+msgid "For the changes to take effect, log off and then log on again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:614(title)
+msgid "Nice to Know:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:616(para)
+msgid "You can change the language as many times as you would like and this can depend on your location. For example, changing the language to Russian may be a nice touch when presenting in Russia during a business trip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:624(title)
+msgid "Creating a User Account and Fast User Switching"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:629(para)
+msgid "Advise students that to understand the concept of fast user switching, they need to have more than one user account on their computer. Walk the students through creating a new user on their computer, and then move on to the concept of fast user switching."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:635(para)
+msgid "You may have multiple users who want to access your system. In this case, there is a risk of data being manipulated or corrupted by other users. To prevent this from happening, you can create user accounts for each individual who wants to use your computer, giving each user an individual account with personalised user settings. For example, it is useful to give children their own accounts on the computer to prevent then from changing your settings or accessing unsuitable files and applications.."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:645(title)
+msgid "To create a new user account on Ubuntu:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:648(para)
+msgid "On the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administration</emphasis> and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Users and Groups</emphasis>. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">User settings</emphasis> dialogue box appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:654(title)
+msgid "Adding/Removing Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:666(para)
+msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"strong\">User settings</emphasis> dialogue box, click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Add User</emphasis> to add a new user account on your computer. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">New user account</emphasis> dialogue box opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:672(title)
+msgid "Adding a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:684(para)
+msgid "Specify the user accounts' basic settings, contact information and password information in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">New user account</emphasis> dialogue box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:690(para)
+msgid "Type the name with which you want to log on to your computer in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Username</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:695(para)
+msgid "Type your full name in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Real name</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:700(para)
+msgid "Select your user type from the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Profile</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:705(para)
+msgid "Type your office location in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Office location</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:710(para)
+msgid "Type your work phone number in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Work phone</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:715(para)
+msgid "Type your home phone number in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Home phone</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:720(para)
+msgid "Type the password for your user account in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">User password</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:728(para)
+msgid "This information is for record keeping only, and other users cannot view it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:732(para)
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1078(para)
+msgid "Click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Close</emphasis> to save the settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:736(title)
+msgid "Configuring New User Account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:748(para)
+msgid "A new user account will be displayed in the User settings dialogue box. This dialogue box displays the new user's full name and login name. It also tells you the location of the new user account created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:754(title)
+msgid "The New User Account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:766(para)
+msgid "Now, if you click the fast user switch icon, there will be two users displayed and the current user logged on to the computer will be marked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:771(title)
+msgid "Switching Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:781(para)
+msgid "This feature prevents you from logging off and logging on all the time to switch users. It allows multiple users to switch quickly while staying logged on. By simply clicking the fast user switching icon, a list of the user names appears. Select the user name and you will be directed to the logon screen. Type the user name and password, and you will be on a desktop of the new user. When you switch to another user, the previous user screen is locked by default, so the other person cannot make any profile changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:792(title)
+msgid "Adding/Removing Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:797(para)
+msgid "Advise students that you will cover this topic in detail while teaching the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Customising Ubuntu and Applications</emphasis> lesson of this course. This topic is just an introduction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:802(para)
+msgid "Tell the students that you will cover this topic in detail while teaching the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Customising the Desktop and Application</emphasis> lesson of this course. This topic is just an introduction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:809(title)
+msgid "Use the Add/Remove applications when you need to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:812(para)
+msgid "Use software not provided as a default application on Ubuntu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:817(para)
+msgid "Try an alternative application to the one already installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:822(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu contains pre-loaded software that you can easily install on your computer when required. You can install this software by using the Add/Remove application or the Synaptic Package Manager utility of Ubuntu. To access the Add/Remove application, on the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Applications</emphasis> menu, click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Add/Remove</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:830(title)
+msgid "Launching Add/Remove Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:840(para)
+msgid "To access Synaptic Package Manager, on the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administration</emphasis> and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Synaptic Package Manager</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:846(title)
+msgid "Launching Synaptic Package Manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:856(para)
+msgid "Synaptic offers an advanced way of installing packages. If you do not find a software programme in the Add/Remove tool, you can search for it in Synaptic. It searches all software in the available repositories on Ubuntu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:863(title)
+msgid "Desktop Effects - Compiz Fusion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:868(para)
+msgid "Advise students that to view desktop effects, computers must have a 3D-enabled graphic card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:872(para)
+msgid "Compiz Fusion is a 3D window manager that makes use of 3D accelerated graphics cards found today on many desktops and laptops. It provides a number of visual effects that makes the Linux desktop more powerful and intuitive, as well as easier and more fun to use. For example, you can place workspaces on a cube, which enables you to move from one workspace to another easily."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:879(para)
+msgid "Compiz Fusion is enabled by default on Ubuntu 8.04 LTS with appropriate graphics cards. It enables the 3D desktop visual effects that improve the usability and visual appeal of the system. You really have to see and play with this application to appreciate the benefits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:885(title)
+msgid "To view the visual effects on Ubuntu:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:888(para)
+msgid "On the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Preferences</emphasis> and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Appearance</emphasis>. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Appearance Preferences</emphasis> dialogue box appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:895(title)
+msgid "Opening the Appearance Preferences Dialogue Box"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:907(para)
+msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Appearance Preferences</emphasis> dialogue box, there are three pre-configured levels of special effects settings: No effects, Normal effects and Extra effects. You can select any one of them:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:913(title)
+msgid "Configuring Visual Effects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:925(para)
+msgid "If you want a simple desktop without any special effects, select <emphasis role=\"strong\">None</emphasis>. If you want a desktop with a balance of attractiveness and average performance, select <emphasis role=\"strong\">Normal</emphasis>. If you want various desktop effects, such as wobbly windows, desktop cube and many more, select <emphasis role=\"strong\">Extra</emphasis>. For example, while you are waiting for an update to complete or an e-mail client to import e-mail messages, you can turn on the Wobbly effect. The windows will start dancing and displaying the 3D effects. Play with it a little, it's fun!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:937(title)
+msgid "Lesson Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:939(para)
+msgid "In this lesson, you learned that:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:942(para)
+msgid "Ubuntu utilises the GNOME desktop by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:946(para)
+msgid "You can set the default language of your computer either during the installation of Ubuntu or at a later stage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:951(para)
+msgid "Fast user switching enables you to share your computer with other users without sharing your files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:956(para)
+msgid "You can install software by using the Add/Remove application or the Synaptic Package Manager utility of Ubuntu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:961(para)
+msgid "Compiz Fusion is enabled by default on Ubuntu 8.04 LTS and provides fun, 3D desktop visual effects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:969(title)
+msgid "Review Exercise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:974(para)
+msgid "At the top and bottom of the desktop, you have two bars, called _________________."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:979(para)
+msgid "At the top and bottom of the desktop, you have two bars, called panels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:986(para)
+msgid "Which are the three shortcut icons already present on the top panel?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:991(para)
+msgid "Mozilla Firefox, Evolution e-mail client and Ubuntu help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:998(para)
+msgid "What is fast user switching?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1002(para)
+msgid "Fast user switching is a feature that avoids you having to log off and log on all the time to switch users. It enables multiple users to switch quickly while staying"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1012(title)
+msgid "Lab Exercise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1015(title)
+msgid "Exercise:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1017(para)
+msgid "You have bank-related information on your computer and want to block others' access to it. Your friend wants to use your computer for some time. To handle this situation, create a new user account for your friend and use the fast user switch feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1026(para)
+msgid "On the <emphasis role=\"strong\">System</emphasis> menu, point to <emphasis role=\"strong\">Administration</emphasis> and click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Users and Groups</emphasis>. The <emphasis role=\"strong\">User settings</emphasis> dialogue box opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1033(para)
+msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"strong\">User settings</emphasis> dialogue box, click <emphasis role=\"strong\">Add User.</emphasis> The <emphasis role=\"strong\">New user account</emphasis> dialogue box appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1039(para)
+msgid "In the dialogue box, specify the following information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1043(para)
+msgid "Type charles in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Username</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1048(para)
+msgid "Select Desktop user from the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Profile</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1053(para)
+msgid "Type charles windsor in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Real name</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1058(para)
+msgid "Type England in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Office location</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1063(para)
+msgid "Type 111111 in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Work phone</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1068(para)
+msgid "Type 99999 in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Home phone</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1073(para)
+msgid "Type password@1 in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">User password</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1087(para)
+msgid "Click the fast user switch icon on the top panel. Click charles. The logon screen appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1092(para)
+msgid "Type charles in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Username</emphasis> box and password@1 in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Password</emphasis> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1098(para)
+msgid "Your friend can now work on this desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:1102(para)
+msgid "Your friend cannot access your user account because the computer will ask for your password to log on to the account. So, your personal data is safe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.
+#: Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.xml:0(None)
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+
=== added file 'chapter2/Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.pot'
--- chapter2/Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.pot 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000
+++ chapter2/Exploring_the_Ubuntu_Desktop.pot 2010-02-14 11:08:16 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,894 @@
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-29 18:47+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. When image changes, this message w